Contact for more information email message
Return to Index

Coral References

List

A - B - C - D - E - F - G - H - I - J - K - L - M - N - O - P - Q - R - S - T - U - V - W - X - Y - Z

these references are annotated, where an abstract is available to me. click on the abstract link.
The figures included have been selected for students in coral reef studies, Geological Oceanography Program, University of Puerto Rico

Abstracts are included for the use of students in UPRM classes. They are also available to anyone who logs onto this site. If you do not want an abstract of your paper listed, or want it modified, please notify me by e-mail.

If you have found this list useful, please help add to it by sending me references, abstracts and jpeg figures to be included
email message

  1. Aas, E., and K. Brith. 1997. Self-shading effect by radiance meters on upward radiance observed in coastal waters. Limnology and Oceanography 42, no. 5: 968-74.
  2. Aas, E., and J. Hokedal. 1999. Reflection of spectral sky irradiance on the surface of the sea and related properties. Remote Sensing Environment 70: 181-90.
  3. Abdel-Kader, A. F., S. M. Nasr, H. I. El-Gamily, and M. El-Raey. 1998. Environmental sensitivity analysis of potential oil spill for Ras- Mohammed coastal zone, Egypt. Journal of Coastal Research 14: 502-10.
  4. Abdel-Salam, Hany A, and James W. Porter. 1988. Physiological effects of sediment rejection on photosynthesis and respiration in three Caribbean reef corals. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  5. Abrams, M. 2000. The Advanced Spaceborne Thermal Emission and Reflection Radiometer (ASTER): data products for the high spatial resolution imager on NASA's Terra platform. Int. J. Remote Sensing 21, no. 5: 847-59.
  6. Abrams, R W, M D Abrams, and M W. Schein. 1983. Diurnal observations on the behavioral ecology of Gymnothorax moringa (Cuvier) and Muraena miliaris (Kaup) on a Caribbean coral reef. Coral Reefs 1: 185-92.
  7. Abu Hilal, Ahmad H. 1985. Phosphate pollution in the Jordan Gulf of Aqaba. Marine Pollution Bulletin 16: 281-85.
  8. Abu-Jaber, Mayyada Haidar. 1991. "Morpho-sedimentological controls on the environmental management of the Jordanian coast of the Gulf of Aqaba." Master's, Duke University. abstract
  9. Acevedo, Roberto. 1986. "A comparison of coral reef front zonation patterns between high and normal sediment input areas." M.S., University of Puerto Rico. abstract -
  10. Acevedo, Roberto. 1989. Effects of sedimentation on the photosynthesis/respiration ratios of three Hawaiian hermatypic corals. Pacific Science Journal (Submitted). abstract - figure
  11. Acevedo, Roberto, and Jack Morelock. 1988. Effects of terrigenous sediment influx on coral reef zonation in southwestern Puerto Rico. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 189-93. abstract
  12. Acevedo, Roberto, Jack Morelock, and Carlos Goenaga. 1984. Modification of coral reef front zonation by sediment stress. Advances in Reef Sciences, abstr.
  13. Acevedo, Roberto, Jack Morelock, and R. A. Olivieri. 1989. Modification of coral reef zonation by terrigenous sediment stress. Palaios 4: 92-100. abstract - figure - figure - (figure)
  14. Achauer, C. W. 1983. Reef, lagoon and off-reef facies, James atoll reef (Lower Cretaceous), Fairway field, Texas. Carbonate Buildups - a core workshop (Dallas, Texas, April 16-17, 1983).P. M. Harris, 411-28. Tulsa, OK: SEPM Core Workshop No. 4.
  15. Achituv, Y., and Z. Dubinsky. 1990. Carbon budgets in marine, mutualistic associations between microalgea and cnidarians. Comparative Physiology 5: 36-48.
  16. ---. 1990. Evolution and zoogeography of coral reefs. Coral Reefs: 25.
  17. Acker, Kelly Lee, and Michael J. Risk. 1985. Substrate destruction and sediment production by the boring sponge Cliona Caribbaea on Grand Cayman Island. Journal Sedimentary Petrology 55: 705-11. abstract - figure
  18. Acker, Kelly Lee, and Colin W. Stearn. 1988. Biological and Sedimentological changes across the carbonate-siliciclastic transition, northeast Barbados, W.I. 6th International Coral Reef Symposium, 319-24. abstract
  19. ---. 1990. Carbonate-siliciclastic facies transition and reef growth on the northeast coast of Barbados, West Indies. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 60, no. 1: 18-25. abstract - figure
  20. Acosta, A., S. Fowler, and et al. 1996. Uptake and release of heavy metals and radionuclides in corals . 8th Intern. Coral Reef Symp., abstr.
  21. Adam, M. S., R. C. Anderson, and H. Shakeel. 1996. Commercial exploitation of reef resources: examples of sustainable and non-sustainable utilization from the Maldives. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 2015-20.
  22. Adams, J. E., and H. N. Frenzel. 1950. Capitan barrier reef, Texas and New Mexico. Journal of Geology 58: 289-312.
  23. Adams, Rodney D. 1971. Distribution of littoral sediment on the windward coast, St. Vincent, W.I. Trans. Fifth Carib. Geol. Conf., 55-59. abstract
  24. ---. 1968. The leeward reefs of St. Vincent, West Indies. Journal of Geology 76: 597-95. abstract - figure
  25. Adams, T., P. Dalzell, and R. Farman. 1996. Status of Pacific island coral reef fisheries. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 1977-80.
  26. Adelseck, C. G. Jr. 1978. Dissolution of deep-sea carbonate: preliminary calibration of preservational and morphological aspects. Deep-Sea Research 25: 1167-85.
  27. Adey, Walter H. 1975. The algal ridges and coral reefs of St. Croix, their structure and Holocene development. Atoll Research Bulletin 187: 1-67. abstract
  28. ---. 1978. Coral reef morphogenesis: a multidimensional model. Science 202: 831-37.
  29. Adey, Walter H. 1997. Coral reefs: conservation by valuation and the utilization of pharmaceutical potential. Coral Reefs: Challenges and Opportunities for Sustainable Management; Proceedings of an Associated Event of the Fifth Annual World Bank Conference on Environmentally and Socially Sustainable Development, World Bank, 72-75.
  30. Adey, Walter H. 1998. Coral reefs: algal structured and mediated ecosystems in shallow, turbulent, alkaline waters. J Phycol 34: 393-406.
  31. ---. 1979. Crustose coralline algae as microenvironmental indicators for the Tertiary. Historical Biogeography, Plate Tectonics, and the Changing Environment. Eds. J. Gray, and A. Boucot, 459-64. Corvalis, OR: Oregon State University Press.
  32. Adey, Walter H. 1987. Marine microcosms. Restoration Ecology. A Synthetic Approach to Ecological Research. Eds. William R. Jordan III, Michael E. Gilpin, and John D. Aber, 133-49. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
  33. ---. 1977. Shallow water Holocene bioherms of the Caribbean and West Indies. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium D. L. Taylor, xxi-xxiv. abstract
  34. Adey, Walter H., Patricia J. Adey, Randolph B. Burke, and Leslie Kaufman. 1975. The Holocene reef systems of eastern Martinique. abstract - figure
  35. Adey, Walter H., and Randolph B. Burke. 1976. Holocene bioherms (algal ridges and bank-barrier reefs) of the eastern Caribbean. Geological Society America Bull. 87: 95-109. abstract
  36. ---. 1977. Holocene bioherms of Lesser Antilles: geologic control of development. Reefs and Related Carbonates - Ecology and Sedimentology, Studies in Geology no. 4. Eds. Stanley H. Frost, M. P. Weiss, and J. B. Saunders, 67-81. Tulsa, Okla.: American Association Petroleum Geologists. abstract
  37. Adey, Walter H., William. Gladfelter, John Ogden, and Robert Dill. 1977. Field guidebook to the reefs and reef communities of St. Croix, Virgin Islands. Third International Symposium on Coral Reefs, 52 p. abstract - figure
  38. Adey, Walter H., I. G. Macintyre, R. Stuckenrath, and R. F. Dill. 1977. Relict barrier reef system off St. Croix: its implications with respect to late Cenozoic coral reef development in the western Atlantic. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef SymposiumD. L. Taylor, 15-21 Miami, FL: University of Miami, Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science.
  39. Adey, Walter H., and Ian G. Macintyre. 1973. Crustose coralline algae: a re-evaluation in the geological sciences. Geological Society America Bull. 84: 883-904. abstract - figure
  40. Adey, Walter H., Ian G. Macintyre, R. Stuckenrath, and R. F. Dill. 1977. Relict barrier reef system off St. Croix: its implications with respect to late Cenozoic coral reef development in the western Atlantic. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium, D. L. Taylor, 15-21. abstract - figure
  41. Adey, Walter H., and R. S. Steneck. 1985. Highly productive eastern Caribbean reefs: synergistic effects of biological, chemical, physical, and geological factors. The ecology of coral reefsNOAA Symp Ser Undersea Res. M. L. R. 3:163-187NOAA Undersea Research Program.
  42. Adey, Walter H., and J. M. Vassar. 1975. Colonization, succession and growth rates of tropical crustose coralline algae (Rhodophyta, Cryptonemiales). Phycologia 14, no. 2: 55-69. abstract - figure
  43. Adjas, A., J.-P. Masse, and L. F. Montaggioni. 1990. Fine-grained carbonates in nearly closed reef environments: Mataiva and Takapoto atolls, central Pacific Ocean. Sedimentary Geology 67: 115-32.
  44. Adjeroud, M., S. Andréfouët, C. Payri, and J. Orrempuller. 2000. Physical factors of differentiation in macrobenthic communities between atoll lagoons in the Central Tuamotu Archipelago (French Polynesia). Marine Ecology Progress Series 196: 39-48.
  45. Adjeroud, M., and B. Salvat . 1996. Spatial organization of coral communities along a bay in Moorea (French Polynesia). Galaxea 13: 65-76.
  46. Adjeroud, M., and B. Salvat. 1996. Spatial patterns in biodiversity of a fringing reef community along Opunohu Bay, Moorea, French Polynesia. Bull Mar Sci 59: 175-87. abstract
  47. Adkins, Jess F., and Edward A. Boyle. 1999. Age screening of deep-sea corals and the record of deep north Atlantic circulation change at 15.4 KA. Reconstructing Ocean History: A Window into the Future. Eds. Abrantes, and Mix, 103-20. New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publ. abstract
  48. Aeby, G. S. 1991. Behavioral and ecological relationships of a parasite and its hosts within a coral reef system. Pacific Science 45, no. 3: 262-69.
  49. Agassiz, A. 1894. A reconnaissance of the Bahamas and of the elevated reefs of Cuba. Harvard Museum of Comparative Zoology, Bulletin 26: 1-203.
  50. Aharon, P. 1991). Recorders of reef environmental histories: stable isotopes in corals, giant clams, and calcareous algae. Coral Reefs 10, no. 2: 71-90.
  51. Ahmad, W., and D. T. Neil. 1994. An evaluation of Landsat Thematic Mapper (TM) digital data for discriminating coral reef zonation: Heron Reef (GBR). International Journal of Remote Sensing 15: 2583-97.
  52. Ahr, Wayne M. 1973. The Carbonate ramp: an alternative to the shelf model. Trans. Gulf Coast Association Geological Societies, 221-25. abstract
  53. ---. 1985. Limestone depositional sequences on ramps and shelves: modern and ancient. Geology Today 1: 84-89.
  54. Aigner, T., M. Doyle, D. Lawrence, M. Epting, and A. Van Vliet. 1989. Quantitative modeling of carbonate platforms. Controls on Carbonate Platform and Basin Development, Soc. Econ. Paleont. and Paleont. Miner. Spec. Pub. No. 44. Eds P. D. Crevello, J. L. Sarg J. F. Wilson, and J. F. Read, 27-38.
  55. Alberotanza, L., V. E. Brando, G. Ravagnan, and A. Zandonella. 1999. Hyperspectral aerial images. A valuable tool for submerged vegetation recognition in the Orbetello lagoons, Italy. Int. J. Remote Sensing 20, no. 3: 523-33.
  56. Alcala, M. L. R., and Vogt. H. 1996. Approximation of coral reef surfaces using standardised growth forms and video counts. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 1453-58.
  57. Alcolado, Pedro M., R. Claro, G. Menendez, and B. Martinez-Daranas. 1996. General status of Cuban coral reefs. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 341-44.
  58. Alcolado, Pedro M., Alejandro Herrera-Moreno, and Nereida Martinez-Estalella. 1994. Sessile communities as environmental bio-monitors in Cuban coral reefs. Proceedings of the colloquium on global aspects of coral reefs, Ed. Robert N. Ginsburg, 27-33. abstract
  59. Alderman, A. R. 1959. Aspects of carbonate sedimentation. Jour. Geological Society Australia 6: 1-10.
  60. Aleem, A. A. 1990. Impact of human activity on marine habitats along the Red Sea coast of Saudi Arabia. 7-15.
  61. ---. 1984. The Suez Canal as a habitat and pathway for marine algae and seagrasses. Deep-Sea Research 31: 901-18.
  62. Alexandersson, Torbjorn. Intragranular growth of marine aragonite and Mg-calcite:evidence of precipitation from supersaturated seawater. Jour. of Sedimentary Petrology. 1972; 42:441-460. abstract
  63. Alexandersson, Torbjorn. 1977. Carbonate cementation in recent coralline algal constructions. Fossil Algae: Recent Results and Developments.E. Flügel, 261-69. New York: Springer-Verlag. abstract
  64. ---. 1978. Carbonate sediments - bacterial precipitation. The Encyclopedia of Sedimentology.R. W. Fairbridge, and J. Bourgeois, 90-94. Stroudsburg, PA: Dowden, Hutchinson and Ross.
  65. ---. 1972. Shallow-marine carbonate diagenesis as related to the carbonate saturation level in seawater. Paleontological Institute, University of Uppsala ., 10.
  66. Ali, S. A., and M. P. Weiss. 1968. Fluorescent dye penetrant technique for displaying obscure structures in limestone. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 38: 681-82.
  67. Alibert, Chantal, and Malcolm T. McCulloch. 1997. Strontium/calcium ratios in modern Porites corals from the Great Barrier Reef as a proxy for sea surface temperature; calibration of the thermometer and monitoring of ENSO. Paleoceanography 12, no. 3: 345-63.
  68. Alino; P.M.; Banzon, P. Viva; Yap, H. T.; Gomez, E. D.; Morales, J. T., and Bayoneto, R. P. Recovery and recolonization on a damaged backreef area to Cangaluyn Island. Proc. Fifth International Coral Reef Congress; Tahiti. 1985: 279-284. abstract
  69. Alino, P. M., P. W. Sammarco, and J. C. Coll. 1992. Competitive strategies in soft corals (Coelenterata, Octocorallia). IV. Environmentally induced reversals in competitive superiority. Marine Ecology Progress Series 81: 129-45.
  70. Allard, P. J. 1999. A decision analysis approach to managing effects of eutrophication on coral reefs in Barbados. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr.
  71. Allemand, D., S. Al-Moghrabi, and J. Jaubert. 1992. Fatty acids of the scleractinian coral Galaxea fascicularis and its symbiont: effect of lighting and feeding. Proc 7th Int Coral Reef Sym.
  72. Allen, J. R. L., and John W. Wells. 1962. Holocene coral banks and subsidence in the Niger Delta. Jour. Geology 70, no. 4: 381-97.
  73. Aller, R. C. 1982. Carbonate dissolution in nearshore terrigenous muds: the role of physical and biological reworking. Journal of Geology 90: 79-95.
  74. Aller, R. C., and R. E. Dodge. 1974. Animal-sediment relations in a tropical lagoon, Discovery Bay, Jamaica. Jour. Marine Research 32: 209-32.
  75. Allingham, D. P., and D. T. Neil. 1995. The supratidal deposits and effects of coral dredging on Mud Island, Moreton Bay, southeast Queensland. Zeitschrift Fur Geomorphologie 39: 273-92.
  76. Allison, N. 1996. Geochemical anomalies in coral skeletons and their possible implications for paleoenvironmental analysis. Mar Chem. 55: 367-79.
  77. Allison, N., A. W. Tudhope, and A. E. Fallick. 1996. Factors influencing the stable carbon and oxygen isotopic composition of Porites lutea coral skeletons from Phuket, South Thailand. Coral Reefs 15, no. 1: 43-57.
  78. Almodovar, Luis R. Notes on the algae of the coral reefs off La Parguera, Puerto Rico. Jour. Florida Academy of Sciences. 1962:275-286. abstract
  79. Almy, Jr. Charles C. Parguera Limestone, Upper Cretaceous Mayaguez Group, southwestern Puerto Rico. Fourth Caribbean Geological Conference; Trinidad. 1965: 220-233. abstract - figure
  80. Almy, Jr. Charles C., and C. Carrión Torres. 1963. Shallow-water stony corals of Puerto Rico. Carib. J. Sci. 3 : 133-62. abstract
  81. Alongi, D. M. Detritus in coral reef ecosystems: fluxes and fates. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium; Townsville. 1988: 29-36.
  82. Alongi, D. M. 1989. Benthic processes across mixed terrigenous-carbonate sedimentary facies on the central Great Barrier Reef continental shelf. Continental Shelf Research 9, no. 7: 629-63.
  83. Alongi, D. M., and P. Christoffersen. 1992. Benthic infauna and organism-sediment relations in a shallow, tropical coastal area: influence of outwelled mangrove detritus and physical disturbance. Marine Ecology Progress Series 81: 229-45.
  84. Alpay, Selma. 1996. "Diagenetic patterns and processes within a Pleistocene continental slope of mixed carbonate and siliciclastic lithologies; an investigation of results from deep ocean drilling off the Northeast Australian margin." Master's, Carleton University. abstract
  85. Alpers, W., and I. Hennings. 1984. A theory of the imaging mechanism of underwater bottom topography by real and synthetic aperture radar. Journal of Geophysical Research 89: 10529-46.
  86. Alstyne, K. L. V., and V. J. Paul. 1988. The role of secondary metabolites in marine ecological interactions. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 175-86.
  87. Alvarado-de Gracia, Yanius. 1990. "Distribution of benthonic macroscopic algae from Mona Island." master's thesis, University of Puerto Rico RUM.
  88. Alvarez L., R. 1989. (Marine ecosystems of the Colombian Caribbean). Los ecosistemas marinos del Caribe colombiano. Bulletin - Institut De Geologie Du Bassin D'Aquitaine 45: 131-43.
  89. Amaral, F. D. 1994. Morphological variation in the reef coral Montastraea cavernosa in Brazil. Coral Reefs 13: pp. 113-17. abstract
  90. Ambariyanto, and O. Hoegh-Guldberg. 1996. Nutrient enrichment and the ultra structure of zooxanthellae from the giant clam Tridacna maxima. Marine Biology 125: 359-63.
  91. Anderegg, D., R E. Dodge, P K. Swart, and L. Fisher. 1996. Barium chronologies from south Florida reef corals - environmental implications. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 1725-30.
  92. Anderson, T. F., and M. A. Arthur. 1983. Stable Isotopes in Sedimentary Geology - SEPM Short Couse Notes.Stable isotopes of oxygen and carbon and their application to sedimentologic and paleoenvironmental problems, 151 p.
  93. Andre, J. M., and A. Morel. 1991. Atmospheric correction and interpretation of marine radiances in CZCS imagery, revisited. Oceanologica Acta 14, no. 1: 3-22.
  94. Andréfouët, S., and A. Bonneville. 1997. Classification floue d'une image basée sur des contraintes paysagères: application aux milieux coralliens. J-M Dubois, M. Bernier, J-P Fortin, and F. Boivin, 91-99. Actualites Scientifiques, AUPELF-UREF.
  95. Andréfouët, S., and M. Claereboudt. 2000. Objective class definitions using correlation of similarities between remotely sensed and environmental data. Int. J. Remote Sensing 21, no. 9: 1925-30.
  96. Andréfouët, S., M. Claereboudt, P. Matsakis, J. Pagès, and P. Dufour. in press. Typology of atolls rims in Tuamotu archipelago (French Polynesia) at landscape scale using SPOT-HRV images. Int. J. Remote Sensing.
  97. Andréfouët, S., and C. Payri. in press. Scaling-up carbon and carbonate metabolism in coral reefs using in situ and remote sensing data. Coral Reefs.
  98. Andréfouët, S., and L. Roux. 1998. Characterisation of ecotones using membership degrees computed with a fuzzy classifier. Int. Journal of Remote Sensing 19, no. 16: 3205-11.
  99. Andréfouët, S., L. Roux, Y. Chancerelle, and A. Bonneville. 2000. A fuzzy possibilistic scheme of study for objects with indeterminate boundaries: application to french polynesian reefscapes. IEEE Trans. Geoscience and Remote Sensing 38, no. 1: 257-70.
  100. Andres, N. G. and J. D. Witman. 1995. Trends in community structure on a Jamaican reef. Marine Ecology Progress Series 118. abstract
  101. Andrews, G. J., and P. F Holthus. 1989. "Marine environment survey Proposed Aleipata Islands National Park, Western Samoa." NOUMEA-NEW-CALEDONIA-SOUTH-PACIFIC-COMMISSION.
  102. Andrews, John C., and Patrick Gentien. 1982. Upwelling as a source of nutrients for the Great Barrier Reef ecosystems: a solutation to Darwin's question? Marine Ecology Progress Series 8: 257-69. abstract
  103. Andrews, J. C., and H. Muller. 1983. Space-time variability of nutrients in a lagoonal patch reef. Limnology and Oceanography 28: 215-27.
  104. Andrews, J. C., and G. L. Pickard. 1990. The physical oceanography of coral-reef ecosystems. Coral Reefs.: 25.
  105. Andrews, J. C. Gay S., and et al. 1988. Influence of circulation on self-seeding patterns at Helix Reef - Great Barrier Reef. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 2: 469-474.
  106. Anthony, Kenneth R. N., and K. E. Fabricius. 2000. Shifting roles of heterotrophy and autotrophy in coral energetics under varying turbidity. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 252: 221-53.
  107. Anthony, Kenneth R. N., Ove Hoegh-Guldberg, and Bette L. Willis. 2000. Adaptation to life on turbid reefs: a coral energy-niche model with a worked example. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  108. Anthony, S. L., J. C. Lang, and B. Maguire Jr. 1996. Causes of stony coral mortality on a central Bahamian reef: 1991-1995. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 1789-94.
  109. Antoine, J. W. 1968. A study of the west Florida escarpment. 18th Trans. Gulf Coast Assoc. Geol. Soc., 297-303.
  110. Antonius, Arnfried. 1977. Coral mortality in reefs: a problem for science and management. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium, 617-23. abstract - figure
  111. ---. 1980. Occurrence and Distribution of Stony Corals in the Gulf of Cariaco, Venezuela. Int. Rev. Gesamt. Hydrobiol. 65, no. 3: 321-38. abstract
  112. ---. 1981. Coral reef pathology: A review. Proceedings of the Fourth International Coral Reef Symposium, Manila 2: 3-6.
  113. Antonius, Arnfried. 1981. The "band" diseases in coral reefs. Proceedings of the Fourth International Coral Reef Symposium, Manila 2: 7-14.
  114. ---. 1988. Distribution and dynamics of coral diseases in the eastern Red Sea. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 2: 293-298. abstract
  115. ---. 1988. Black band disease behavior on Red Sea reef corals. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 3: 145-150.
  116. ---. 1989. Coral pathology and seawater pollution in the eastern Red Sea. International Society for Reef Studies Annual Meeting, 25.
  117. ---. 1995. Pathologic syndromes on reef corals; a review. Proceedings of the Second European regional meeting; Coral reefs in the past, present and future, Eds. Bernard Lathuiliere, and Joern Geister, 161-69.
  118. Arnfried Antonius. 2000. Biogeography of old and new coral diseases. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  119. Antonius, Arnfried, and B. Riegl. 1997. A possible link between coral diseases and a corallivorous snail (Drupella cornus) outbreak in the Red Sea. Atoll Research Bull 447: 1-9.
  120. Antonius, Arnfried, G. Scheer, and et al. 1990. Corals of the eastern Red Sea. Atoll Research Bulletin , no. #334: 330-338.
  121. Archambault, P., and E. Bourget. 1996. Scales of coastal heterogeneity and benthic intertidal species richness, diversity and abundance. Marine Ecology Progress Series 136: 111-21.
  122. Arden, Daniel D. Jr. 1975. Geology of Jamaica and the Nicaragua Rise. The Ocean Basins and Margins: Vol. 3. The Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean. Eds. Alan E. M. Nairn, and Francis G. Stehli, 617-62. New York: Plenum Press.
  123. Arias-Gonzalez, J. E. 1996. Comparative study on the trophic functioning of two coral reef ecosystems. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 921-26.
  124. Armstrong, Roy A. 1980. New records of scleractinian corals from Puerto Rico. Proc. Association Island Marine Laboratories Caribbean 15 : abstr. abstract
  125. Armstrong, Roy A. 1981. Changes in a Puerto Rican coral reef from 1936-1979 using aerial photoanalysis. Proc. Fourth International Coral Reef Symposium, 309-15. abstract - figure
  126. ---. 1981. "Changes in Cayo Enrique, La Parguera, Puerto Rico, from 1936 to 1987 using aerial photoanalysis." M.S., University of Puerto Rico. abstract
  127. ---. Remote sensing of submerged vegetation canopies for biomass estimation. Int. Jour. Remote Sensing. 1993; 14:621-627. abstract
  128. Aronson, Richard B. 1992. The effects of geography and hurricane disturbance on a tropical predator-prey interaction. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 162: 15-33.
  129. ---. 1993. Hurricane effects on backreef echinoderms of the Caribbean. Coral Reefs 12: 139-42.
  130. ---. 1995. Landscape patterns of reef coral diversity: a test of the intermediate disturbance hypothesis. Journal of Marine Biology and Ecology 192: 1-14.
  131. ---. 1994. Scale-independent biological processes in the marine environment. Oceanography and Marine Biology 32: 435-60.
  132. Aronson, Richard B., Peter J. Edmunds, William F. Precht, Dione w. Swanson, and Don R. Levitan. 1994. Large-scale, long-term monitoring of Caribbean coral reefs: simple, quick, inexpensive techniques. Atoll Research Bull.: 1-19. abstract
  133. Aronson, Richard B., and William F. Precht. 1995. Landscape patterns of reef coral diversity: a test of the intermediate disturbance hypothesis. Jour. Exp. Marine Biol. & Ecol. 192: 1-14.
  134. Aronson, Richard B., and William F. Precht. 2000. Herbivory and algal dynamics on the coral reef at Discovery Bay, Jamaica. Limnology and Oceanography 45: 251-55.
  135. Aronson, Richard B., William F. Precht, and Ian G. Macintyre. 1998. Extrinsic controls of species replacement on a Holocene reef in the Belize: The role of coral disease. Coral Reefs 17: 223-30.
  136. Aronson, Richard B., William F. Precht, and Ian G. Macintyre. 2000. Holocene history of mass coral mortalities on Caribbean reefs. EOS, Transactions, American Geophysical Union, abstr.
  137. Aronson, Richard B., and William F. Precht. 1999. Scales, hypotheses, and the limits of detection in the ecology and management of coral reefs. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  138. ---. 1997. Stasis, biological disturbance, and community structure of a Holocene coral reef. Paleobiology 23: 326-46. abstract
  139. Aronson, Richard B., Kenneth P. Sebens, and John P. Ebersole. 1994. Hurricane Hugo's impact on Salt River Submarine Caynon, St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands. Proceedings of the colloquium on global aspects of coral reefs, Ed. Robert N. Ginsburg, 189-95. abstract
  140. Aronson, Richard B., and D. W. Swanson. 1996. Video surveys of coral reefs: uni- and multivariate applications. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 1441-46.
  141. Arrhenius, G. 1954. Significance of carbonate stratification in pelagic deposits. Geological Society of America Bulletin 65: 1228-29.
  142. Arvidson, T., and J. Gasch. 2000. Building a global, consistent, and meaningful Landsat 7 data archive. and M. R. Descour S. S. Shen.
  143. Arvidson, T., J. Gasch, and SN Goward. 1999. Long Term Acquisition Plan: pleasing all of the people most of the time… Planning Landsat 7 acquisitions for the US archive.
  144. Atkinson, M. J. 1988. Are coral reefs nutrient-limited? Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 157-63. abstract
  145. Atkinson, M. J., and R. W. Bilger. 1992. Effects of water velocity on phosphate uptake in coral reef-flat communities. Limnol Oceanogr. 37: 273-79.
  146. Atkinson, M. J., B. Carlson, and et al. 1995. Coral growth in high-nutrient, low-pH seawater: a case study of corals cultured at the Waikiki Aquarium, Honolulu, Hawaii. Coral Reefs 14, no. 4: 215-23.
  147. Atkinson, M. J., and R. W. Grigg. 1984. Model of a coral reef ecosystem. II. Gross and net benthic primary production at French Frigate Shoals, Hawaii. Coral Reefs 3, no. 1: 13-22.
  148. Atkinson, P. M. 1991. Optimal ground based sampling for remote sensing investigations: estimating the regional mean. Int. J. Remote Sensing 12, no. 3: 559-67.
  149. Atkinson, P. M., and P. J. Curran. 1995. Defining an optimal size of support for remote sensing investigations. IEEE Trans. Geoscience Remote Sensing 33, no. 3: 768-76.
  150. Atkinson, P. M., and P. J. Curran. 1997. Choosing an appropriate spatial resolution for remote sensing investigations. Photogrammetric Engineering Remote Sensing 63, no. 12: 1345-51.
  151. Atkinson, P. M., and D. R. Emery. 1999. Exploring the relation between spatial structure and wavelength: implications for sampling reflectance in the field. Int. J. Remote Sensing 20, no. 13: 2663-78.
  152. Atkinson, P. M., and P. Lewis. 2000. Geostatistical classification for remote sensing: an introduction. Computers and Geosciences 26: 361-71.
  153. Atwood, Donald K., James C. Hendee, and Antonio Mendez. 1992. An assessment of global warming stress on caribbean coral reef ecosystems. Bull. of Marine Sciences 51, no. 1: 118-30. abstract
  154. Aurell, M., and B. Badenas. 1994. Factors controlling the sedimentary evolution of the Kimmeridgian ramp in the north Iberian Basin (NE Spain). Estudios Geologicos 50: 91-101.
  155. Aurell, Marc, Donald McNeill, Thierry Guyomard, and Pascal Kindler. 1995. Pleistocene shallowing-upward sequences in New Providence, Bahamas: signature of high-frequency sea-level fluctuations in shallow carbonate platforms. Jour. Sedimentary Research 65, no. 1: 170-182. abstract - figure
  156. Austin, A. D., S. A. Austin, and P. F. Sale. 1980. Community structure of the fauna associated with the coral Pocillopora damicornis (L.) on the Great Barrier Reef. Aust J Mar Fresh Res 31: 163-74.
  157. Austin, R. W., and T. J. Petzold. 1981. The determination of the diffuse attenuation coefficient of sea water using the coastal zone color scanner. J. F. R. Gower, 239-56. New York: Plenum Publishing Corp.
  158. Avery, W. E., and W. D. Liddell. 1996. Sessile community recruitment patterns of western Atlantic shallow and deep-reef hard substrata. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 1179-84.
  159. Ayre, D. J., J. E. N. Veron, and S. L. Duffy. 1991. The corals Acropora palifera and Acropora cuneata are genetically and ecologically distinct. Coral Reefs 10: 13-18.
  160. Ayukai, T. 1995. Retention of phytoplankton and planktonic microbes onto coral reefs within the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Coral Reefs 14, no. 3: 141-?
    return to list
  161. Baars, D. L. 1963. Petrology of carbonate rocks. Shelf Carbonates, Paradox Basin (4th Field Conference Guidebook).R. O. Bass, and S. L. Sharps, 101-29. Durango, CO: Four Corners Geological Society. abstract
  162. Baban, S. M. J. 1996. Trophic classification and ecosystem checking of lakes using remotely sensed information. Hydrological Sciences 41, no. 6: 939-57.
  163. Babcock, R., and P. Davies. 1991. Effects of sedimentation on settlement of Acropora, Millepora. Coral Reefs 9: pp. 205-8.
  164. Babcock, R. C. 1988. Age-structure, survivorship and fecundity in populations of massive corals. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 625-33.
  165. ---. 1991. Comparative demography of three species of scleractinian corals using age- and size-dependent classification. Ecological Monographs 61, no. 3: 225-44.
  166. ---. 1988. Fine-scale spatial and temporal patterns in coral settlement. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 635-39.
  167. ---. 1984. Reproduction and distribution of two species of Goniastrea (Scleractinia) from the Great Barrier Reef Province. Coral Reefs 2, no. 4: 187-95. abstract
  168. Babcock, R. C. and Davies, P. Effects of sedimentation on settlement of Acropora, Millepora. Coral Reefs. 1991; 9:pp. 205-208. abstract
  169. Babcock, R. C. and Heyward, A. J. Larval development of certain gamete-spawning scleractinian corals. Coral Reefs. 1986; 5:111-116. abstract
  170. Babcock, R. C., B. L. Wills, and C. J. Simpson. 1994. Mass spawning of corals on a high latitude coral reef. Coral Reefs 13, no. 3: 161-69. abstract
  171. Back, W., B. B. Hanshaw, J. S. Herman, and J. N. Van Driel. 1986. Differential dissolution of a Pleistocene reef in the ground-water mixing zone of coastal Yucatan, Mexico. Geology 14: 137-40.
  172. Baeder-helmke, Victoria A., and Ann F Budd. 1999. Coral reef extinction and community change across the oligocene-miocene boundary in Puerto Rico. Geological Society of America, 1999 annual meeting.
  173. Bagrintseva, Ksenya I., and Ivan V. Shershukov. 1997. Models of the distribution of different types of carbonate reservoirs in oil and gas fields of the Pre-Caspian. American Association of Petroleum Geologists 1997 annual convention, abstr. abstract
  174. Bain, R. J. 1991. Distribution of Pleistocene lithofacies in the interior of San Salvador Island, Bahamas, and possible genetic models. Proceedings of the Fifth Symposium on the Geology of the BahamasR. J. Bain, 11-21Ft. Lauderdale, FL: Bahamian Field Station.
  175. Bain, R. J., and J. W. Teeter. 1975. Previously undescribed carbonate deposits on Key Largo, Florida. Geology 3: 137-39.
  176. Bainbridge, S. J. 1990. Coral reef remote sensing: separating facts from fiction. James Cook University.
  177. Bainbridge, S. J., and R. E. Reichelt. 1988. An assessment of ground truth methods for coral reef remote sensing data. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  178. Baird, A. H., and P. A. Marshall. 1998. Mass bleaching of corals on the Great Barrier Reef . CORAL REEFS 17, no. 4: 376 .
  179. Bajjouk, T., B. Guillaumont, and J. Populus. 1996. Application of airborne imaging spectrometry system data to intertidal seaweed classification and mapping. Hydrobiologia 326/327: 463-71.
  180. Bak, Rolf P. M. 1974. Available light and other factors influencing growth of stony corals through the year in Curacao. Proceedings of the Second International Coral Reef Symposium 2, Great Barrier Reef Committee, Brisbane December: 229-33.
  181. ---. 1989. Bioerosion of echinoids in Two Reef Lagoons, French Polynesia. International Society for Reef Studies Annual Meeting, 29.
  182. ---. 1977. Coral reefs and their zonation in Netherlands Antilles. Reefs and Related Carbonates - Ecology and Sedimentology, Studies in Geology no. 4.Stanley H. Frost, M. P. Weiss, and J. B. Saunders, 3-16. Tulsa, Okla.: American Association Petroleum Geologists. abstract - figure
  183. ---. Regeneration and aspects of spatial competition in the scleracinian corals. Third International Coral Reef Symposium; Miami, Fla. 1977: 143-148.
  184. ---. 1986. Do oil refineries kill coral reefs: a case study. Annual Meeting of the International Society for Reef Studies , 8.
  185. ---. 1987. Effects of chronic oil pollution on a Caribbean coral reef. Marine Pollution Bulletin 18, no. 10: 534-39.
  186. ---. 1976. The growth of coral colonies and the importance of crustose coralline algae and burrowing sponges in relation with carbonate accumulation. Netherlands Journal of Sea Research 10, no. 3: 285-337.
  187. ---. 1983. Neoplasia, regeneration and growth in the reef-building coral. Acropora palmata. Marine Biology 77: :221-27.
  188. ---. 1994. Sea urchin bioerosion on coral reefs; place in the carbonate budget and relevant variables. Coral Reefs 13: 99-103.
  189. Bak, Rolf P. M., and J. L. A. Borsboom. 1984. Allelopathic interaction between a reef coelenterate and benthic algae. Oecologia 63: 194-98.
  190. Bak, Rolf P. M.; Brouns, J. J. W. M., and Heys, F. M. L. Regeneration and aspects of spatial competition in the scleractinian corals Agaricia agaricites and Montastrea annularis. 3rd Int. Coral Reef Symp.; Miami, Fla. 1977: 143-148. abstract
  191. Bak, Rolf P. M., and S. R. Criens. 1982. Experimental fusion in Atlantic Acropora (Scleractinia). Marine Biology Letters 3, no. 2: pp. 67-72. abstract
  192. Bak, Rolf P. M., S. R. Criens, and J. A. Jr. Marsh. 1981. Survival after fragmentation of colonies of Madracis mirabilis ,Acropora palmata and A. cervicornis (Scleractinia) and the subsequent impact of a coral disease. Proceedings of the Fourth International Coral Reef Symposium, Eds. E. D. Gomez, C. E. Birkeland, R. W. Buddemeir, R. E. Johannes, and R. T. Tsuda, 221-28. abstract
  193. Bak, Rolf P. M., and J. H. B. W. Elgershuizen. 1976. Patterns of oil-sediment rejection in corals. Marine Biology 37: 105-13. abstract
  194. Bak, Rolf P. M., and M. S Engel. 1979. Preliminary results of a study on the distribution and survival of juvenile hermatypic Scleractinia in Curacao. Proc. Association Island Marine Laboratories Caribbean: abstr. abstract
  195. Bak, Rolf P. M., and M. S. Engel. 1979. Distribution, abundance and survival of juvenile hermatypic corals (Scleractinia) and the importance of life history strategies in the parent coral community. Marine Biology 54, no. 4: 341-52. abstract
  196. Bak, Rolf P. M., and G. V. Eys. 1975. Predation of the sea urchin Diadema antillarum Philippi on living coral. Oecologia 20, no. 2: 111-15.
  197. Bak, Rolf P. M., Mark Joenje, Dave Lambrechts, and Manfred Van Veghel. 1995. Changes in reef benthos related to water column eutrophication? Proceedings of the Second European regional meeting; Coral reefs in the past, present and future, Eds Bernard Lathuiliere, and Joern Geister Luxembourg: Service Geologique du Luxembourg.
  198. Bak, Rolf P. M., D. Y. M. Lambrechts, M. Joenje, G. Nieuwland, and M. L. J. Van Veghel. 1996. Long-term changes on coral reefs in booming populations of a competitive colonial ascidian. Marine Ecology Progress Series 133: 303-6.
  199. Bak, Rolf. P. M., and B. E. Luckhurst. 1980. Constancy and Change in Coral Reef Habitats Along Depth Gradients at Curacao. Oecologia 47, no. 2: pp. 145-55. abstract
  200. Bak, Rolf. P. M., and E. Luckhurst. 1980. A five year study of the stability of the substrata in permanent quadrats on the reef slope at Curacao. Proc. Association Island Marine Laboratories Caribbean 15: abstr. abstract
  201. Bak, Rolf P. M., and Erik H. Meesters. 1998. Coral population structure: the hidden information of colony size-frequency distributions. Mar Ecol Prog Ser 162: 301-6.
  202. Bak, Rolf P. M., and E. H. Meesters. 2000. Adaptation of coral reefs in a marginal environment. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  203. Bak, Rolf P. M., and G. Nieuwland. 1995. Long-term change in coral communities along depth gradients over Leeward reefs in the Netherlands Antilles. Bull. Marine Science 56, no. 2: 609-19. abstract - figure
  204. ---. 1994. Twenty years of change in coral communities over deep reef slopes along leeward coasts in the Netherlands Antilles. Proceedings of the colloquium on global aspects of coral reefs, Ed. Robert N. Ginsburg, 154-59. abstract
  205. Bak, Rolf P. M., and G. D. E. Povel. 1988. Ecological structure in a range of Indonesian fore-reef slope coral communities. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  206. Bak, Rolf. P. M., and Steward Van Es . 1980. Regeneration of superficial damage in the scleractinian corals Agaricia agaricites - f. purpurea - and Porites astreoides. Bull. Marine Science 30, no. 4: 883-87. abstract
  207. Bak, Rolf P. M., R. M. Termaat, and R. Dekker. 1982. Complexity of coral interactions: Influence of time, location of interaction and epifauna. Marine Biology 69, no. 2: pp. abstract
  208. Baker, A. C., and R. Rowan. 1996. Diversity of symbiotic dinoflagellates (zooxanthellae) in scleractinian corals of the Caribbean and eastern Pacific. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 1301-6.
  209. Baker, A. C., R. Rowan, and Nancy Knowlton. 1996. Symbiosis ecology of two Caribbean acroporid corals. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 1295-300.
  210. Baker, K. S., and R. C. Smith. 1982. Bio-optical classification and model of natural waters. Limnology and Oceanography 27, no. 3: 500-509.
  211. Baker, P. A., J. M. Gieskes, and H. Elderfield. 1982. Diagenesis of carbonates in deep sea sediments-evidence from Sr/Ca ratios and intertitial dissolved Sr2+ data. Jour. of Sed. Petrology, 42: 155-61.
  212. Baker, P. A., and J. N. Weber. 1975. Coral growth rate: Variation with depth. Earth Planetary Science Letters 27: 57-61. abstract
  213. Bakus, Gerald J. 1981. Chemical defense mechanisms on the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Science 211: 497-99.
  214. Bakus, Gerald J., Nancy M. Targett, and Bruce Schulte. 1986. Chemical ecology of marine organisms: and overview. J Chem Ecol 12: 951-87.
  215. Balgos, M. C. 1996. Artificial reefs in the Philippines: a policy analysis. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 1987-90.
  216. Ball, Mahlon M. 1967. Carbonate sand bodies of Florida and the Bahamas. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 37, no. 2: 556-91. abstract
  217. ---. 1967. Tectonic control of the configuration of the Bahama Banks. Transactions of the Gulf Coast Association of Geological Societies, 265-67.
  218. Ball, Mahlon M., E. A. Shinn, and K. W. Stockman. 1967. The geological effects of Hurricane Donna in South Florida. Journal Geology 75: 583-97.
  219. Ballantine, David. 1977. "Epiphytes of offshore algal hosts in Puerto Rico and some aspects of their relationships." PhD thesis, University of Puerto Rico RUM. abstract
  220. Ballantine, David L. Hurricane-induced mass mortalities to a tropical subtidal algal community and subsequent recoveries. Marine Ecology Progress Series. 1984; 20:75-83. abstract
  221. Ballantine, David L., Austin Bowden-Kerby, and Nilda E. Aponte. 2000. Cruoriella rhodoliths from shallow-water back reef environments in La Parguera, Puerto Rico (Caribbean Sea). Coral Reefs 19: 75-82. abstract
  222. Ballantine, David L.; Tosteson, Thomas R., and Bardales, Ana T. Population dynamics and toxicity of natural populations of benthic dinoflagellates in southwestern Puerto Rico. Jour. Exp. Marine Biology. 1988; 119:201-212. abstract
  223. Ballesteros, E. 1991. Structure of a deep-water community of Halimeda tuna (Chlorophyceae, Caulerpales) from the north-western Mediterranean. Collectanea Botanica (Barcelona) 20: 5-21.
  224. Bandoian, C. A., and R. C. Murray. 1974. Plio-Pleistocene carbonate rocks of Bonaire, Netherlands Antilles. Geological Society America Bull. 85: 1243-52.
  225. Bandy, O. L. 1964. Foraminiferal biofacies in sediments of Gulf of Batabano, Cuba, and their geologic significance. American Association Petroleum Geologists Bull. 48: 1666-79.
  226. Banister, T. T. 1992. Model of the mean cosine of underwater radiance and estimation of underwater scalar irradiance. Limnology and Oceanography 37, no. 4: 773-80.
  227. Banister, T. T. 1992. Model of the mean cosine of underwater radiance and estimation of underwater scalar irradiance. Limnology and Oceanography 37, no. 4: 773-80.
  228. Banks, K., Richard E. Dodge, L. E. Fisher, D. Stout, and Walter C. Jaap. 1999. Grounding of the nuclear submarine, USS Memphis, on a southeast Florida coral reef: impact assessment and proposed restoration. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  229. Banner, J. L., G. J. Wasserburg, J. H. Chen, and J. D. Humphrey. 1991. Uranium-series evidence on diagenesis and hydrology in Pleistocene carbonates of Barbados, West Indies. Earth & Planetary Science Letters 107: 129-37.
  230. Barber, D. G., and E. F. LeDrew. 1991. SAR sea ice discrimination using texture statistics: a multivariate approach. Photogrammetric Engineering & Remote Sensing 57, no. 4: 385-95.
  231. Barnes, David J. 1970. Coral skeletons: an explanation of their growth and structure. Science 170: 1305-8.
  232. Barnes, David J. 1972. The structure and formation of growth-ridges in scleractinian coral skeletons. Proc Roy Soc Lond B 182: 331-50.
  233. ---. 1973. Growth in colonial scleractinians. Bull. Marine Science 23, no. 2: 280-298. abstract
  234. ---. 1983. Perspectives on Coral Reefs. 277. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Contribution 200. Manuka: Clouston Publ.
  235. Barnes, David J. 1985. The effect of photosynthetic and respiratory inhibitors upon calcification in the staghorn corals, Acropora formosa. Proc 5th Int Coral Reef Sym, abstr.
  236. Barnes, David J., and Bruce E. Chalker. 1990. Calcification and photosynthesis in reef building corals and algae . Coral Reef Ecosystems. Ed Z Dubinsky, 109-31Elsevier.
  237. Barnes, David J., Bruce E. Chalker, and Donald W. Kinsey. 1986. Reef metabolism. Oceanus 29: 20-6.
  238. Barnes, David J., and C. J. Crossland. 1980. Diurnal and seasonal variations in the growth of a staghorn coral measured by time-lapse photography. Limnol Oceanogr. 25: 1113-17.
  239. Barnes, David J., and M. Devereux. 1988. Variations in skeletal architecture associated with density banding in the hard coral Porites. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 121: 37-54.
  240. Barnes, David J., and J. M. Lough. 1990. Computer simulations showing the likely effects of calix architecture and other factors on retrieval of density information from coral skeletons. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 137: 141-64.
  241. ---. 1989. The nature of skeletal density banding in Scleractinian corals: fine banding and seasonal patterns. Jour. Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 126: 119-34.
  242. ---. 1992. Systematic variations in the depth of skeleton occupied by coral tissue in massive colonies of Porites from the Great Barrier Reef. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 159, no. 1: 113-28.
  243. Barnes, David J., J. M. Lough, and et al. 1989. Density measurements and the interpretation of x-radiographic images of slices of skeleton from the colonial hard coral Porites. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 131: 45-60.
  244. Barnes, David J., J. M. Lough, and R. B. Taylor. 1992. Coral density banding - the mist is clearing. Proc 7th Int Coral Reef Sym.
  245. Barnes, R. D. 1974. The cnidarians. Invertebrate Zoology third edition.Barnes R.D., 88-137. Philadelphia, London, Toronto: W.B. Saunders Company.
  246. Barnhardt, Walter A., and Joseph T. Kelley. 1995. Carbonate accumulation on the inner Continental shelf of Maine: a modern consequence of Late Quaternary glaciation and sea-level change. Jour. Sedimentary Research A65, no. 1: 195-207.
  247. Barrington, E. J. W. 1979. Invertebrate Structure and Function. NY.: John Wiley & Sons.
  248. Basan, Paul B. 1973. Aspects of sedimentation and development of a carbonate bank in the Barracuda Cays, South Florida. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 43, no. 1: 42-53. abstract
  249. Bastidas, C., and E. Garcia. 1996. Metal concentrations in tissue and skeleton of the coral Montastraea annularis at a Venezuelan reef. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 1847-50.
  250. Bastin, L. 1997. Comparison of fuzzy C-means classification, linear mixture modelling and MLC probabilities as tools for unmixing coarse pixels. Int. J. Remote Sensing 18, no. 17: 3629-48.
  251. Basyoni, M. H., and A. M. A. Al-Mansi. 1993. The grain-size trends on a recent reef island, Red Sea, Saudi Arabia. Arab Gulf Journal of Scientific Research 11: 155-68.
  252. Bathurst, R. G. C. 1966. Boring algae, micrite envelopes and lithification of molluscan biosparites. Geological Journal 5: 15-32.
  253. ---. 1975. Carbonate Sediments and Their Diagenesis. 658 . London, England: Elsevier Scientific Publishing Co.
  254. ---. 1967. Depth indicators in sedimentary carbonates. Marine Geology 5: 447-71.
  255. ---. 1979. Diagenesis in carbonate sediments: a review. Geologische Rundschau 68: 848-55.
  256. ---. 1983. Early diagenesis of carbonate sediments. Sediment Diagenesis. Eds. A. Parker, and B. W. Sellwood, 349-78. Dordrecht (Netherlands): D. Reidel Publishing Co.
  257. ---. 1980. Lithification of carbonate sediments. Science Progress, Oxford 66: 451-71.
  258. ---. 1968. Precipitation of ooids and other aragonitic fabrics in warm seas. Recent Developments in Carbonate Sedimentology in Central Europe.G. Müller, and G. M. Friedman, 1-10. New York: Springer-Verlag.
  259. ---. 1970. Problems of lithification in carbonate muds. Proceedings of the Geologists' Association, 429-40.
  260. ---. 1967. Subtidal gelatinous mat, sand stabilizer and food, Great Bahama Bank. Journal of Geology 75: 736-38.
  261. Bathurst, R. G. C., and L. S. Land. 1986. Carbonate depositional environments, modern and ancient. Part 5 - Diagenesis 1. Colorado School of Mines Quarterly 81, no. 4: 41.
  262. Battey, J. F., and J. S. Patton. 1984. A reevaluation of the role of glycerol in carbon translocation in zooxanthellae-coelenterate symbiosis. Marine Biology 79: 27-38.
  263. Battey, J. F., and J. W. Porter. 1988. Photoadaptation as a whole organism response in Montastraea annularis. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 79-87.
  264. Bauer, J. C. 1970. "Contributions to the biology of the sea urchin Diadema antillarum." MS, Univ. of Miami.
  265. Baumgartner, T. R., J. Michaelsen, and et al. 1989. The recording of interannual climate change by high-resolution natural systems: tree-rings, coral bands, glacial ice layers, and marine varves. Geophysical Monograph 55: 1-14.
  266. Bayer, F. M. 1957. Recent octocorals. Treatise on Marine Ecology and Plaeoecology, Vol. 1, Ecology; Memoir 67., 1105-8Geol. Soc. America.
  267. Bazzaz, F. A., and S. T. A. Pickett. 1980. Physiological ecology of tropical succession: A comparative review. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 11: 287-310.
  268. Beach, David K. 1982. "Depositional and diagenetic history of Pliocene-Pleistocene carbonates of northwestern Great Bahama Bank; evolution of a carbonate platform." PhD, University of Miami.
  269. ---. 1975. "Sedimentation on the Western Island Caja de Muertos Insular Shelf, Puerto Rico." master's thesis, University of Puerto Rico RUM.
  270. ---. 1993. Submarine cementation of subsurface Pliocene carbonates from the interior of Great Bahama Bank. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 63: 1059-69. abstract - figure
  271. Beach, David K., and R. N. Ginsburg. 1980. Facies succession of Pliocene-Pleistocene carbonates, northwestern Great Bahama Bank. American Association Petroleum Geologists Bull. 64: 1634-42.
  272. Beach, David K., and James V. A. Trumbull. 1981. Marine Geologic Map of the Puerto Rico Insular Shelf, Isla Caja de Muertos Area, U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, D.C. abstract - map 1-1265
  273. Beales, F. W. 1958. Ancient sediments of Bahaman type. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 42: 1845-80. abstract - figure
  274. Beaman, R., P. Larcombe, and R. M. Carter. 1994. New evidence for the Holocene sea-level high from the inner shelf, central Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Journal of Sedimentary Research 64, no. 4: 881-85.
  275. Beck, J. W., R. L. Edwards, and et al. 1992. Sea-surface temperature from coral skeletal strontium/calcium ratios. Science 257: 664-47.
  276. Beck, J. W., J. Recy, F. Taylor, R. L. Edwards, and G. Cabioch. 1997. Abrupt changes in early Holocene tropical sea surface temperature derived from coral records. Nature 385, no. 6618: 705-7.
  277. Beck, J. Warren, R. Lawrence Edwards, Emi Ito, Frederick W. Taylor, Jacques Recy, Francis Rougerie, Pascale Joannot, and Christian Henin. 1992. Sea-surface temperature from coral skeletal strontium/calcium ratios. Science 257, no. 5070: 644-47.
  278. Becker, L. C., and E. Mueller. 1999. The culture, transplantation, and storage of Montastraea faveoiata, Acropora cervicornis, and A. palmata: what we learned so far. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  279. Becker, L. C., and M. L. Reaka-Kudla. 1996. The use of tomography in assessing bioerosion in corals. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 1819-24.
  280. Beier, J. A. 1985. Diagenesis of Quaternary Bahamian beachrock: petrographic and isotopic evidence. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 55: 755-61. abstract
  281. Bein, A., and L. S. Land. 1983. Carbonate sedimentation and diagenesis associated with Mg-Ca-chloride brines: the Permian San Andres Formation in the Texas Panhandle. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 53: 243-60.
  282. Belasky, Paul, and Bruce Runnegar. 1993. Biogeographic constraints for tectonic reconstructions of the Pacific region. Geology (Boulder) 21: 979-82. abstract
  283. Bell, J. D., and R. Galzin. 1988. Distribution of coral and fish in the lagoon at Mataiva: potential for increase through mining? Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 347-52.
  284. Bell, P. R. F., and T. Tomascik. 1994. The demise of the fringing coral reefs of Barbados and of regions in the Great Barrier Reef (GBR) lagoon - impacts of eutrophication. Global Aspects of Coral Reefs, Ed. Robert N. Ginsburg, 319-25. abstract
  285. Belsher, T., L. Loubersac, and G. Belbeoch. 1985. Remote sensing and mapping. M. M. Littler, and D. S. Littler, 177-97. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
  286. Belsher, T., A. Meinesz, C. Payri, and H. Ben-Moussa. 1990. Contribution of SPOT satellite to the knowledge of the coral reef ecosystem. The marine vegetation of Moorea Island, French Polynesia. OCEANOL.-ACTA 13: 513-24. abstract
  287. Belsher, T., A. Meinesz, C. Payri, and H. Ben Moussa. 1990. Apport du satellite SPOT à la connaissance des écosystèmes récifaux coralliens. La végétation marine de l'ile de Moorea, Polynésie Française. Oceanologica Acta 13, no. 4: 513-24.
  288. Belyayeva, N. V., and I. I. Burmistrova. 1984. Critical carbonate accumulation levels in the Indian Ocean. Doklady - Earth Science Section 277: 83-86.
  289. Ben-Yaakov, S., E. Ruth, and I. R. Kaplan. 1974. Carbonate compensation depth: relation to carbonate solubility in ocean waters. Science 184: 982-84.
  290. Ben-Zion, M., Y. Achituv, and et al. 1991. A photographic, computerized method for measurements of surface area in Millepora . Symbiosis 10: 115-21.
  291. Benayahu, Y., and Y. Loya. 1985. Settlement and recruitment of a soft coral: Why is Xenia macrospiculata a successful colonizer? Bulletin of Marine Science 36: 177-88. abstract
  292. Benayahu, Y. 1991. Reproduction and developmental pathways of Red Sea Xeniidae (Octocorallia, Alcyonacea)]. Hydrobiologia 216/217: 125-30.
  293. Benayahu, Y., and Y. Loya. 1981. Competition for space among coral-reef sessile organisms at Eilat,Red Sea. Bull. Marine Science 31, no. 3: 514-22. abstract
  294. Benayahu, Y., and Y. Loya . 1977. Seasonal occurrence of benthic-algae communities and grazing regulation by sea urchins at the coral reefs of Eilat, Red Sea. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium, 383-89.
  295. Benayahu, Y., and Y. Loya. 1977. Space partitioning by stony corals, soft corals and benthic algae on the coral reefs of the northern Gulf of Eilat (Red Sea). Helgoländer Wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuchungen 30: 362-82.
  296. Benedetti-Cecchi, L., and F. Cinelli. 1996. Patterns of disturbance and recovery in littoral rock pools: Nonhierarchical competition and spatial variability in secondary succession. Marine Ecology Progress Series 135: 145-61.
  297. Benjamin, G. J. 1970. Blue holes of the Bahamas. National Geographic Magazine 138: 346-63.
  298. Benn, C. J. 1984. Facies changes and development of a carbonate platform, east Pillara Range. The Canning Basin, W. A. [Proceedings of the Geological Society of Australia/Petroleum Exploration Society of Australia Symposium]P. G. Purcell, 222-28Perth, WA: Geological Society of Australia.
  299. Benninger, L. K., and Richard E. Dodge. 1986. Fallout plutonium and natural radionuclides in annual bands of the coral Montastrea annularis, St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands. Geochimica Et Cosmochimica 50: 2785-97.
  300. Benson, B. J., and M. D. MacKenzie. 1995. Effects of sensor spatial resolution on landscape structure parameters. Landscape Ecology 10, no. 2: 113-20.
  301. Benzie, J. A. H., A. Haskell, and H. Lehman. 1995. Variation in the genetic composition of coral (Pocillopora damicornis and Acropora palifera) populations from different reef habitats. Mar Biol 121: 731-39.
  302. Benzie, J. A. H., and J. A. Stoddart. 1988. Genetic approaches to ecological problems: crown-of-thorns starfish outbreaks. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 2: 119-124.
  303. Berberoglu, S., C. D. Lloyd, P. M. Atkinson, and P. J. Curran. 2000. The integration of spectral and textural information using neural networks for land cover mapping in the Mediterranean. Computers and Geosciences 26: 385-96.
  304. Berger, A. L. 1988. Milankovitch theory and climate. Reviews of Geophysics 26: 624-57.
  305. ---. 1978. Sedimentation of deep-sea carbonate: maps and models of variations and fluctuations. Journal of Foraminiferal Research 8: 286-302.
  306. Berger, W. H. 1982. Deglacial CO2 buildup: constraints on the coral-reef model. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 40: 235-53.
  307. Berger, W. H. 1982. Increase of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere during deglaciation: the coral reef hypothesis. Naturwissenschaften 69: 87-88.
  308. ---. 1994. Milankovitch anomalies and the coral reef hypothesis. Transactions, American Geophysical Union, 1994 spring meeting.
  309. Berger, W. H., C. G. Jr. Adelseck, and L. A. Mayer. 1976. Distribution of carbonate in surface sediments of the Pacific Ocean. Journal of Geophysical Research 81: 2617-27.
  310. Berger, W. H., and E. L. Winterer. 1974. Plate stratigraphy and the fluctuating carbonate line. Pelagic sediments: on Land and Under the Sea.K. J. Hsu, and H. C. Jenkyns, 11-48. Oxford: International Association of Sedimentologists Special Pubication No. 1.
  311. Bergersen, Douglas Donald. 1993. "Morphology, seismic stratigraphy, and flexure modeling of selected guyots in the Marshall Islands." Doctoral, University of Hawaii at Manoa. abstract
  312. Berkelmans, R., and JK Oliver. 1999. Large scale bleaching of corals on the Great Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs 18: 55-60.
  313. Berner, T. 1990. Coral-reef algae. Coral Reefs.: 25.
  314. Bernhardt, S. P., and L. R. Griffing. 1999. Image analysis of changes in percent cover at Stetson Bank, Flower Garden Banks national marine sanctuary (fgbnms). International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  315. Berryman, A. A. 1992. On choosing models for describing and analyzing ecological time series. Ecology 73, no. 2: 694-98.
  316. Bertling, M. 1996. Bioerosion of Late Jurassic reef corals - implications for reef evolution. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 1663-68.
  317. Berwick, N. L. 1990. Guidelines for the analysis of biophysical impacts to tropical coastal marine resources. Conservation in developing countries. Proc. centenary seminar, Bombay Natural History Society, 9-62.
  318. Berwick, N. L., and P. E. Faeth. 1988. Simulating the impacts of sewage disposal on coral reefs. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract - figure - (figure)
  319. Best, Maya Borel, and C. G. Boekschoten. 1988. Comparative qualitative studies on coral species composition in various reef sites in the eastern Indoneasian archipelago. 6th Int. Coral Reef Congr., 197-202. abstract
  320. Best, W., G. Faure, and M. Pichon. 1980. Contribution to the knowledge of the stony corals from the Seychelles and eastern Africa. Rev. Zool. Afr. 94, no. 3: 600-627. abstract
  321. Bester, C., F. Lipschutlz, R. Ream, D. Tomasino, and H. G. Trapido-Rosenthal. 1996. Effects of exposure to exogenous amino acids on the cellular physiology of cultured zooxanthellae. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 2015-202.
  322. Betitis, T., and M. E. Sullivan. 1990. Late Holocene sedimentation in Mirigeda embayment, Central Province, Papua New Guinea. 16: 22-30.
  323. Betzler, Christian, Thomas C. Brachert, and Dick Kroon. 1995. Role of climate in partial drowning of the Queensland Plateau carbonate platform (northeastern Australia). Marine Geology 123: 11-32. abstract
  324. Beulig, A. 1988. Coral composition of a fringing reef within the Belizean barrier reef system. Proceedings of The Sixth International Coral Reef SymposiumJ. H. Choat, D. Barnes, M. A. Borowitzka, J. C. Coll, P. J. Davies, P. Flood, B. G. Hatcher, D. Hopley, and et al., 205-10. abstract
  325. ---. 1999. Relative influence of terrigenous vs reef carbonate silt on turbidity and coral distribution at Bocas del Toro, Panama. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  326. Bezdek, J. C. 1981. Pattern recognition with fuzzy objective function algorithms. New-York: Plenum Press.
  327. Bianchi, C N., P. Colantoni, J. Geister, and C. Morris. 1996. Reef geomorphology, sediments and ecological zonation at Felidu Atoll, Maldive Islands (Indian Ocean). Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 431-36.
  328. Bice, David M. 1991. Computer simulation of carbonate platform and basin systems. Sedimentary modeling; computer simulations and methods for improved parameter definition.Evan K. Franseen, W. Lynn Watney, Christopher G. St. C. Kendall, and William Ross, 431-47. Lawrence, KS, United States: Kansas Geological Survey.
  329. Bierwirth, P. N., T. J. Lee, and R. V. Burne. 1993. Shallow sea-floor reflectance and water depth derived by unmixing multispectral imagery. Photogrammetric Engineering & Remote Sensing 59, no. 3: 331-38.
  330. Bil', K. Y., P. V. Kolmakov, and L. Muscatine. 1985. Photosynthetic products of zooxanthellae of the reef-building corals Stylophora pistillata and Seriatopora coliendrum from different depths of the Seychelles islands. The Ecology of Reefs: Symposia series for underseas research, NOAA , 1-7.
  331. Bilger, R. W., and M. J. Atkinson. 1995. Effects of nutrient loading on mass transfer rates to a coral reef community. Limnol. Oceanogr. 40: 279-89.
  332. Billinghurst, Z., A. E. Douglas, and H. G. Trapido-Rosenthal. 1996. On the genetic diverstiy of the symbiosis between the coral Montastaea cavernosa and zooxanthellae in Bermuda. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 1291-94.
  333. Bina, R. T., K. carpenter, W. Zacher, R. Jara, and J. B. Lim. 1978. Coral reef mapping using LANDSAT data: follow-up studies. 1293-308 ERIM.
  334. Binton, Lise. 1990. Platy algal banks: Modern and Ancient. American Association Petroleum Geologists annual meeting, abstract. abstract
  335. Bird, E. C. F. 1992. The impacts of sea level rise on coral reefs and reef islands. in. Ocean management in global change.P. Fabbri , 90-107.
  336. ---. 1988. Physiographic indications of a sea-level rise. in: Greenhouse: planning for climate change. Ed. G. I. Pearman, 60-73.
  337. Bird, M. I., R. E. Summons, M. K. Gagan, Z. Roksandic, L. Dowling, J. Head, L. K. Fifield, R. G. Cresswell, and D. P. Johnson. 1995. Terrestrial vegetation change inferred from n-alkane d 13C analysis in the marine environment. Geochimica Et Cosmochimica Acta 59, no. 13: 2853-57.
  338. Birkeland, Charles. 1976. An experimental method of studying corals during early stages of growth. Micronesica 12: 319-22.
  339. Birkeland, Charles. 1987. Comparison between Atlantic and Pacific tropical marine coastal ecosystems: community structure, ecological processes, and productivity. Regional research workshop and international symposium on the conservation and management of coral reef and mangrove ecosystems. Monbusho-University of the Ryukyus: UNESCO MAB/COMAR IV.
  340. ---. 1984. "A contrast in methodologies between surveying and testing." Comparing Coral Reef Survey Methods, Unesco, Paris, France. abstract
  341. Birkeland, Charles. 1987. Second-order ecological effects of nutrient input into coral communities. Regional Research Workshop and International Symp. Conservation and Management of Coral Reef and Mangrove Ecosystems, abstr. abstract
  342. ---. 1988. Geographic comparisons of coral reef community processes. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 211-17. abstract
  343. ---. 1977. The importance of rate of biomass accumulation in early successional stages of benthic communities to the survival of coral recruits. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract - figure
  344. ---. 1989. The influence of echinoderms on coral-reef communities. Echinoderm Studies. eds M. Jangoux, and J. M. L, 1-79. Rotterdam: A. A. Balkema.
  345. ---. 1987. Second-order ecological effects of nutrient input into coral communities. Regional research workshop and international symposium on the conservation and management of coral reef and mangrove ecosystems., 12Monbusho-University of the Ryukyus: UNESCO MAB/COMAR IV.
  346. Birkeland, Charles. 1997. Geographic differences in ecological processes on coral reefs. Life and Death of Coral Reefs. Ed. C. Birekeland, 273-97. New York: Chapman & Hall.
  347. Birkeland, Charles, and R. H. Randall. 1981. Facilitation of coral recruitment by echinoid excavations. Proceedings of the 4th International Coral Reef Symposium, 695-98.
  348. Bischof, Barbie. 1998. State of the reef: cities beneath the sea. Nat Hist 106: 39-45.
  349. Bischof, Barbie. 1998. Status report: reefs in crisis. Nat Hist 106: 46-48.
  350. Bishop, J. W., and O. W. Duckworth. 1996. Ammonium affinity of sediments in ENCORE microatolls. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp , 877-80.
  351. Bissell, H. J., and G. V. Chilingar. 1967. Classification of sedimentary carbonate rocks. Carbonate Rocks - Origin, Occurrence and Classification.G. V. Chilingar, H. J. Bissell, and R. W. Fairbridge, 87-168. New York: Elsevier Publ. Co.
  352. Black, K. P. 1988. The relationship of reef hydrodynamics to variations in numbers of planktonic larvae on and around coral reefs. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 125-30. abstract
  353. Black, K. P., S. Gay, and et al. 1990. Residence times of neutrally-bouyant matter such as larvae, sewage or nutrients on coral reefs. Coral Reefs 9, no. 3: 105-14.
  354. Black, K. P., P. Moran, D. Burrae, and G. De'ath. 1995. Association of low-frequence currents and crown-of-thorns starfish outbreaks. Marine Ecology Progress Series 125: 185-94.
  355. Black, Nancy A. Voellmy Richard, and Alina M. Szmant. 1995. Heat shock protein induction in Montastrea faveolata and Aiptasia pallida exposed to elevated temperatures. Biol Bull 188: 234-40.
  356. Blackburn, G., and R. M. Taylor. 1969. Limestones and red soils of Bermuda. Geological Society of America Bulletin 80: 1595-98.
  357. Blair, Stephen M., and B. S. Flynn. 1999. Miami-Dade county's Sunny Isles reef restoration: habitat restoration on intermitantly impacted hardground reef. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  358. Blair, Stephen M., B. S. Flynn, and S. Markley. 1990. Characteristics and assessment of dredge related mechanical impact to hard-bottom reef areas off northern Dade County, Florida. PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY OF UNDERWATER SCIENCES TENTH ANNUAL SCIENTIFIC DIVING SYMPOSIUM, ed W. C. Jaap, 5-14. abstract
  359. Blair, Stephen M., Timothy L. McIntosh, and Benjamin J. Mostkoff. 1994. Impacts of Hurricane Andrew on the offshore reef systems of central and northern Dade County, Florida. Bull. of Marine Science 54, no. 3: 961-73. abstract
  360. Blair, Stephen M, and James N. Norris. 1988. The deep-water species of Halimeda Lamouroux (Halimedaceae, Chlorophyta) from San Salvador Island, Bahamas: species composition, distribution and depth records. Coral Reefs 6: 227-36. abstract - figure
  361. Blake, S. G., D. L. B. Jupp, and G. T. Byrne. 1994. The potential use of high resolution CASI data to determine sedimentation patterns and primary productivity thoughout the Whitsunday Islands region, Great Barrier Reef. 43-48.
  362. Blake, S. G., and John M. Pandolfi. 1997. Geology of selected islands of the Pitcairn Group, southern Polynesia. Geology and Hydrogeology of Carbonate Islands, Developments in Sedimentology. eds H. L. Vacher, and T. Quinn, 407-31.
  363. Blanchon, Paul. 1996. Architectural variation in submerged shelf-edge reefs: the hurricane-control hypothesis. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 547-54.
  364. ---. 1997. Mid-holocene reef-drowning event: new evidence from grand cayman. Geological Society of America, 1997 annual meeting, abstr.
  365. Blanchon, Paul, Brian Jones, and William Kalbfliesch. 1997. Anatomy of a fringing reef around Grand Cayman: storm rubble, not coral framework. Jour. Sedimentary Research 67, no. 1: 1-16. abstract - figure
  366. Blasiola, George. 1988. Why cyanide is not the major cause of the coral reef destruction. Pet Business: 18,23. abstract - figure
  367. Bloch, I. 1994. Information combination operators for data fusion: a comparative review with classification. 148-59 SPIE.
  368. Bloom, A. J., F. S. Chapin III, and H. A. Mooney. 1985. Resource limitation in plants - an economic analogy. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 16: 363-92.
  369. Bloom, Arthur L. 1994. The coral of Late Glacial sea level rise. Proceedings of colloquium on Global aspects of coral reefs; health, hazards and history. Robert N. Ginsburg, 1-6. abstract
  370. ---. 1974. Geomorphology of reef complexes. Reefs in Time and Space, Sepcial Publication no. 18. Ed. Leo F. Laporte, 1-8. Tulsa, Okla.: Society Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists. abstract
  371. ---. 1980. Late Quaternary sea level change on South Pacific coasts: a study in tectonic diversity. Earth rheology, isostasy and eustasy, proc. symp., Ed. N-A Morner, 505-16.
  372. Blythell, John C. 1990. Nutrient uptake in the reef-building coral Acropora palmata at natural environmental concentrations. Mar Ecol Prog Ser 68: 65-69.
  373. Blythell, John C., Gladfelter E.H., and M. Blythell. 1990. Chronic and catastrophic natural mortality of three common Caribbean reef corals. Coral Reefs 12: 143-52.
  374. Blythell, John C., and Charles Sheppard. 1993. Mass mortality of Caribbean shallow corals. Mar Poll Bull 26: 296-97.
  375. Boardman, Mark R. 1976. "Lime mud deposition in a tropical island lagoon, Bight of Abaco, Bahamas." PhD, University of North Carolina.
  376. Boardman, Mark R., and C. Carney. 1991. Origin and accumulation of lime mud in ooid tidal channels, Bahamas. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 61: 661-80. abstract - figure
  377. Boardman, Mark R., C. Carney, and P. M. Bergstrand. 1993. A Quaternary analog for interpretation of Mississippian oolites. Mississippian Oolites and Modern Analogs.B. D. Keith, and C. W. Zuppann. Tulsa, OK: American Association of Petroleum Geologists Studies in Geology No. 35.
  378. Boardman, Mark R., and A. Conrad Neumann. 1984. Sources of periplatform carbonates: northwest Providence Channel, Bahamas. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 54, no. 4: 1110-1123. abstract
  379. Boardman, Mark R., A. Conrad Neumann, P. A. Baker, L. A. Dulin, R. J. Kenter, G. E. Hunter, and K. B. Kiefer. 1986. Banktop responses to Quaternary fluctuations in sea level recorded in periplatform sediments. Geology 14: 28-31. abstract
  380. Bohnsack, James A. 1996. Consensus development and the use of marine reserves in the Florida Keys, USA. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 1927-30.
  381. ---. 1979. Photographic quantitative sampling of hard-bottom benthic commnities. Bull. Marine Science 29, no. 2: 242-52. abstract - figure
  382. Boiseau, Muriel, and Anne Juillet-Leclerc. 1997. H2O2 treatment of Recent coral aragonite; oxygen and carbon isotopic implications. Boiseau 143, no. 3-4: 171-80. abstract
  383. Bolstad, P. V., and T. M. Lillesand. 1991. Rapid maximum likelihood classification. Photog. Eng. Remote Sensing 57, no. 1: 67-74.
  384. Bond, G., M. A. Kominz, M. S. Steckler, and J. P. Grotzinger. 1989. Role of thermal subsidence, flexure, and eustasy in evolution of Early Paleozoic passive-margin carbonate platforms. Controls on Carbonate Platform and Basin Development.P. D. Crevello, J. L. Wilson, J. F. Sarg, and J. F. Read, 39-62. Tulsa, OK: SEPM Special Publication No. 44.
  385. Bone, D., F. Losada, and Ernesto Weil. 1993. Origin of sedimentation and its effect on the coral communities of a Venezuelan National Park. Ecotropics 6, no. 1: 10-21.
  386. Bonem, R. M. 1988. Recognition of storm impact on the reef sediment record. Proceedings of The Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 475-78. abstract
  387. Bonn, F., and G. Rochon. 1992. Précis de télédétection: principes et méthodes., ed. AUPELF-UREF. Québec: Presses de l'Université du Québec.
  388. Boon III, John D. 1968. Trend surface analysis of sand tracer distributions on a carbonate beach, Bimini, B.W.I. Journal of Geology: 71-87. abstract
  389. Boreen, T. D., and N. P. James. 1993. Holocene sediment dynamics on a cool-water carbonate shelf: Otway, southeastern Australia. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 63: 574-88. abstract - figure
  390. Borges, M. K., and P. R. Bergquist. 1988. Success in a shallow reef environment: sponge recruitment by fragmentation through predation. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 2: 757-762. abstract
  391. Borowitzka, M. A. 1983. Calcium carbonate deposition by reef algae: morphological and physiological aspects. Perspective on coral reefs. ed D. J. B, 16-28. Manuka, ACT, Australia: Brian Clouston Publisher.
  392. Borstad, G., L. Brown, W. Cross, M. Nallee, and P. Wainwright. 1997. Towards a management plan for a tropical reef-lagoon system using airborne multispectral imaging and GIS.
  393. Bortone, S. A., R. L. Shipp, W. P. Davis, and R. D. Nester. 1989. Artificial reef development along Guatemala's Atlantic coast. Bull. Marine Science 44, no. 2: 1065. abstract
  394. Boschma, Hulbrand. 1956. Milleporina and Stylasterina. Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology. Part F. Coelenterata. Ed. R. C. Moore, F90-F106Geological Society of America.
  395. Bosdogianni, P., M. Petrou, and J. Kittler. 1994. Mixed Pixel Classification in Remote Sensing. 494-505 SPIE.
  396. Bosellini, A. 1984. Progradation geometries of carbonate platforms: examples from the Triassic Dolomites, northern Italy. Sedimentology 31: 1-24.
  397. ---. 1987. Progradation geometry and dynamics of Triassic carbonate platforms (Dolomites, northern Italy). Outcrop Models for Seismic Stratigraphy. ERICO Field Seminar Guide. Eds H. Zankl, A. Bosellini, and J. L. Wilson, 43-79. Marburg, Germany: Univ. of Marburg.
  398. Bosellini, Francesca, A. Ben Moussa, B. Cahuzac, C. Chaix, M. Gonera, K. Johnson, J. P. Masse, P. Moissette, P. Mueller, J. Nebelsick, W. Piller, S. Raffi, A. Rage, L. Simone, and B. Studencka. 1994. Biodiversity in carbonate platforms. Interim colloquium of the Regional Committee on Mediterranean Neogene Stratigraphy.
  399. Bosence, D. W. 1988. Carbonate budgets for carbonate mounds, Florida, USA. PROCEEDINGS OF THE SIXTH INTERNATIONAL CORAL REEF SYMPOSIUM, Eds J. H. Choat, D. Barnes, M. A. Borowitzka, J. C. Coll, P. J. Davies, P. Flood, B. G. Hatcher, and D Hopley, 529-34. abstract
  400. Bosence, D. W. J. 1989. Biogenic carbonate production in Florida Bay. Bulletin of Marine Science 44, no. 1: 419-33.
  401. ---. 1984. Construction and preservation of two modern coralline algal reefs, St. Croix, Caribbean. Palaeontology 27: 549-74.
  402. ---. 1983. Coralline algal reef frameworks. Journal of the Geological Society of London 140: 365-76.
  403. ---. 1985. The morphology and ecology of a mound-building coralline alge (Neogoniolithon strictum) from the Florida Keys. Palaeontology 28: 189-206.
  404. ---. 1983. The occurrence and ecology of Recent rhodoliths - a review. Coated Grains.T. M. Peryt, 225-42. New York: Springer-Verlag.
  405. ---. 1985. Preservation of coralline algal frameworks. Proceedings of the Fifth International Coral Reef Congress (Tahiti), 39-45. abstract
  406. Bosence, D. W. J., R. J. Rowlands, and M. L. Quine. 1985. Sedimentology and budget of a Recent carbonate mound, Florida Keys. Sedimentology 32: 317-43.
  407. Bosence, D. W. J., and Dave Waltham. 1990. Computer modeling the internal architecture of carbonate platforms. Geology (Boulder) 18, no. 1: 26-30.
  408. Boss, Stephen K., and W. David Liddel. 1987. Patterns of sediment composition of Jamaican fringing reef facies. Sedimentology 34: 77-87. abstract - figure
  409. Boss, Stephen K., and W. David Liddell. 1987. Back-reef and fore-reef analogs in the Pleistocene of North Jamaica: implications for facies recognition and sediment flux in fossil reefs. Palaios 2: 219-28. abstract - figure
  410. Boss, Stephen K., and A. C. Neumann. 1995. Sedimentological evidence for physical reworking and cross-platform transport of carbonate sands, northern Great Bahama Bank. Geological Society of America, Southeastern Section, 44th annual meeting, abstr.
  411. Boss, Stephen K., and A. Conrad Neumann. 1992. Sea-level dynamics, process hierarchies and the "carbonate platform response to sea-level rise". Geological Society of America, South-Central Section, 26th annual meeting, abstr Geological Society of America (GSA), Boulder, CO, United States.
  412. Bosscher, Hemmo, and Erik H. Meesters. 1992. Depth related changes in the growth rate of Montastrea annularis. Proc 7th Int Coral Reef Sym, 507-11.
  413. Bosscher, Hemmo, and Wolfgang Schlager. 1993. Accumulation rates of carbonate platforms. Journal of Geology 101 , no. 3: 345-55.
  414. ---. 1992. Computer simulation of reef growth. Sedimentology 39: 503-12. abstract
  415. Bosscher, Hemmo, and J. Southam. 1992. CARBPLAT - a computer model to simulate the development of carbonate platforms. Geology 20: 235-38.
  416. Bostater, C. R. 1997. Modeling water surface reflectance signatures and in-water irradiance profiles in shallow tropical waters influenced by bottom reflectance. 881-84.
  417. Bothwell, A. M. 1981. Fragmentation, a means of asexual reproduction and dispersal in the coral genus Acropora (Scleractinia: Astrocoeniida: Acroporidae) -- A preliminary report. The Reef and Man. Proceedings of the Fourth International Coral Reef Symposium., Eds. D. E. Gomez, C. E. Birkeland, R. W. Buddemeier, R. E. Johannes, J. A. Jr. Marsh, and R. T. Tsuda, 137-44. abstract
  418. Boto, K., and P. Isdale. 1985. Fluorescent bands in massive corals result from terrestrial fulvic acid inputs to nearshore zone. Nature 315, no. 6018: 396-97.
  419. Bouchon, C. 1981. Quantitative Study of the Scleractinian Coral Communities of a Fringing Reef of Reunion Island (Indian Ocean). MAR. ECOL. PROG. SER. 4, no. 3: 273-88. abstract
  420. ---. 1980. Quantitative study of the scleractinian coral communities of the Jordanian coast (Gulf of Aqaba, Red Sea): preliminary results. Tethys 9, no. 3: pp. 243-46. abstract
  421. Bouchon, C., and G Faure. 1979. Survey on the Scleractinian population of the reef of Tromelin Island. Cah. Indo Pac. 1, no. 1: 25-37. abstract
  422. Bouchon, C., J. Jaubert, L. Montaggioni, and M. Pichon. 1981. Morphology and evolution of the coral reefs of the Jordanian coast of the Gulf of Aqaba (Red Sea). 4th Int. Coral Reef Congr. abstract - figure
  423. Bouchon, C., and J. Laborel. 1988. Coral communities of the Grand Cul-de sac Marin of Guadeloupe Island. Proc. 6th International Coral Reef Symp., 333-37.
  424. Bouchon-Meunier, B. 1995. La logique floue et ses applications. Vie Artificielle. Londres: Addison-Wesley.
  425. Boulon Jr., Ralf H. 1980. "Patterns of coral community structure and species diversity of a submerged shelf-edge reef off southwestern Puerto Rico." master's thesis, University of Puerto Rico. abstract
  426. Bour, W. 1988. SPOT images for coral reef mapping in New Caledonia. A fruitful approach for classic and new topics. 6th International Coral Reef Symposium, 445-48.
  427. Bour, W., S. Dupont, and P. Joannot. 1993. Establishing a SPOT thematic neo-channel for the study of hard-of-access lagoon environments. Example of application on the growth areas of the new-caledonian reefs. Geocarto Int. 11, no. 1: 29-39.
  428. Bour, W., L. Loubersac, and P. Rual. 1986. Thematic mapping of reefs by processing of simulated SPOT satellite data: application to the Trochus niloticus biotope on Tetembia Reef (New Caledonia). Marine Ecology Progress Series 34: 243-49.
  429. Bour, W., and M. Pichon. 1996. Discrimination of scleractinian-dominated from other reef communities using SPOT satellite imagery. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 1487-90.
  430. Bourrouilh-LeJan, F. G., and J. Tallandier. 1985. Sedimentation et fracturation de haute énergie en milieu récifal: tsunamis, ouragans et cyclones et leurs effets sur la sédimentologie et la géomorphologie d'un atoll: motu et hoa, à Rangiroa, Tuamotu, Pacifique SE. Marine Geology 67: 263-333.
  431. Bowden-Kerby, Austin. 1996. Coral transplantation in sheltered habitats using unattached fragments and cultured colonies. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 2063-68.
  432. Bowman, R. G., H. G. Jr. Siegrist, R. H. Randall, and P. B. Stifel. 1991. Geochemical responses to power plant effluent on a modern coral reef on Guam . Geological Society of America, 1991 annual meeting, abstr.
  433. Boyer, Bruce W. 1972. Grain accretion and related phenomena in unconsolidated surface sediments of the Florida reef tract. Jour. Sedimentary Petrography 42: 205-10. abstract
  434. Brachert, T. C. 1991. Environmental control on fossilization of siliceous sponge assemblages: a proposal. Fossil and Recent Sponges.J. Reitner, and H. Keupp, 543-53. New York: Springer-Verlag.
  435. Bradbury, R. H. 1988. Are coral reef ecosystems forced? Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 2: 479-483. abstract
  436. ---. 1977. Independent lies and holistic truths: towards a theory of coral reef communities as complex systems. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium, 1: 1-7. abstract
  437. Bradbury, R. H., and P. L. Antonelli. 1985. On the existence, or not, of coral reefs. Fifth International Coral Reef Congress, 329-33. abstract
  438. Bradbury, R. H., L. S. Hammond, and et al. 1985. The stable points, stable cycles and chaos of the Acanthaster phenomenon: a fugue in three voices. Proceedings of the Fifth International Coral Reef Congress, 303-8.
  439. Bradbury, R. H., and R. E. Reichelt. 1983. Fractal dimension of a coral reef at ecological scales. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 10, no. 2: 169-72.
  440. Bradbury, R. H., R. E. Reichelt, and D. G. Green. 1985. Policy = F(theory, data, models, tools) rational solutions to coral reef conservation. Proceedings of the Fifth International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  441. Bradbury, R. H., and P. C. Young. 1981. The effects of a major forcing function, wave energy, on a coral reef ecosystem. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 5: 229-41.
  442. Bradbury, R. H., and P. C. Young. 1981. The race and the swift revisited, or is aggression between corals important? Proc 4th Int Coral Reef Sym 2, 351-56.
  443. Bradshaw, C. 1996. Bioturbation of reefal sediments by crustaceans in Phuket, Thailand. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 1801-6.
  444. Braga, C. Z. F., A. W. Setzer, and L. D. Lacerda. 1993. Water quality assessment with simultaneous Landsat 5 TM data at Guanabara Bay, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Remote Sensing of Environment 45: 95-106.
  445. Braga, J. C., J. M. Martín, and B. Alcala. 1990. Coral reefs in coarse-terrigenous sedimentary environments (Upper Tortonian, Granada Basin, southern Spain). Sedimentary Geology 66: 135-50.
  446. Braird, A. H., and T. P. Hugher. 1996. Spatial variation in coral recruitment around Lizard Island, Australia. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 1207-10.
  447. Braithwaite, C. J. R. 1984. Depositional history of the late Pleistocene limestones of the Kenya coast. Journal of the Geological Society of London 141: 685-700.
  448. ---. 1973. Reefs: just a problem of semantics? American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 57: 1100-1116. abstract - figure
  449. Braithwaite, C. J. R., J. D. Taylor, and W. J. Kennedy. 1973. The evolution of an atoll: the depositional and erosional history of Aldabra. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, Series B 266: 307-40.
  450. Brakel, Willem H. 1977. Corallite variation in Porites and the species problem in corals. Proc. Third International Coral Reef Symposium, Ed. D. L. Taylor, 457-62. abstract - figure
  451. ---. 1983. Depth-related changes in the colony form of the reef coral Porites astreoides. Workshop on The Ecology of Deep and Shallow Coral Reefs, NOAA, Ed. M. L. Reaka, 21-26. abstract
  452. Brasier, M., and J. Donahue. 1985. Barbuda - an emerging reef and lagoon complex on the edge of the Lesser Antilles island arc. Journal of the Geological Society of London 142: 1101-17.
  453. Brawley, Susan H., and Walter H. Adey. 1982. Coralliophila abbreviata : a significant corallivore! Bull Mar Sci 32: 595-99.
  454. Bricaud, A., A. Morel, and L. Prieur. 1981. Absorption by dissolved organic matter of the sea (yellow substance) in the UV and visible domains. Limnology and Oceanography 26, no. 1: 43-53.
  455. Bricaud, A., C. Roesler, and J. R. V. Zaneveld. 1995. In situ methods for measuring the inherent optical properties of ocean waters. Limnology and Oceanography 40, no. 2: 393-410.
  456. Bricaud, A., and D. Stramski. 1990. Spectral absorption coefficients of living phytoplankton and nonalgal biogenous matter: a comparison between the Peru upwelling area and the Sargasso Sea. Limnology and Oceanography 35, no. 3: 562-82.
  457. Briggs, R. P. 1961. "Geology of Kewanee Intramerican Oil Company test well number 4CPR, northern Puerto Rico." Oil and gas possibilities of northern Puerto Rico, Puerto Rico Mining Commission.
  458. Bright, Donald B. 1981. International pollution control strategies. Bull Marine Science 31, no. 3: 479-94. abstract
  459. Bright, Thomas J. 1977. Coral reefs, nepheloid layers, gas seeps and brine flows on hard-banks in the northwestern Gulf of Mexico. Proc. Third International Coral Reef Symposium, Ed. D. L. Taylor, 39-46. abstract - figure
  460. Bright, Thomas J., and et. al. 1992. Mass spawning of reef corals at the Flower Garden Banks, NW Gulf of Mexico. Proc 7th Int Coral Reef Sym.
  461. Bright, Thomas J., S. R. Gittings, and R. Zingula. 1991. Occurrence of Atlantic reef corals on offshore platforms in the northwestern Gulf of Mexico. NORTHEAST GULF SCI 12: 55-60. abstract
  462. Bright, Thomas J., G. P. Kraemer, G. A. Minnery, and S. T. Viada. 1984. Hermatypes of the Flower Garden Banks, northwestern Gulf of Mexico: a comparison to other western Atlantic reefs. Bulletin of Marine Science 34: 461-76.
  463. Broadhead, T. W., M. A. Gibson, S. P. Dunagan, and K. Srinivasan. 1995. Axial growth in non-branching favositid coral colonies; consequences for biostratinomy and early diagenesis. Geological Society of America, 1995 annual meeting.
  464. Brocero, Sabine, Carlos Beck, and Bernard Kuebler. 1995. Mineralogy and geochemistry of lagoonal sediments from Mauritius; human impact on coral reef ecosystem at Mauritius Island, Indian Ocean. Proceedings of the Second European regional meeting; Coral reefs in the past, present and future, Eds Bernard Lathuiliere, and Joern GeisterLuxembourg: Service Geologique du Luxembourg.
  465. Brock, R. E. 1979. An experimental study on the effects of grazing by parrotfishes and role of refuges in benthic community structure. Marine Biology 51, no. 4: 381-88.
  466. Brodie, J. E., M. J. Furnas, A. D. L. Steven, L. A. Trott, F. Panthus, and M. Wright. 1996. Monitoring chlorophyll in the Great Barrier Reef Lagoon: trends and variability. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 797-802.
  467. Broecker, Wallace S., and T. Takahashi. 1966. Calcium carbonate precipitation on the Bahama Banks. Jour. of Geophysical Research 71, no. 6: 1575-602. abstract
  468. Broecker, Wallace S., and David L. Thurber. 1965. Uranium-series dating of corals and oolites from Bahamian and Florida Key limestones. Science 149: 58-60.
  469. Broecker, Wallace S., David L. Thurber, John Goddard, Teh-Lung Ku, R. K. Matthews, and K. J. Mesolella. 1968. Milankovitch hypothesis supported by precise dating of coral reefs and deep-sea sediments. Science 239, no. 3812: 297-300.
  470. Bromley, R. G. 1975. Comparative analysis of fossil and recent echinoid bioerosion. Palaeontology 18: 725-39.
  471. Bromley, R. G. 1978. Bioerosion of Bermuda reefs. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 23: 169-97.
  472. ---. 1968. Burrows and borings in hardgrounds. Bulletin of the Geological Society of Denmark 18: 247-50.
  473. Brooks, G. R., and L. J. Doyle. 1991. Geologic development and depositional history of the Florida Middle Ground: a mid-shelf, temperate-zone reef system in the northeastern Gulf of Mexico. From shoreline to abyss: contributions in marine geology in honor of Francis Parker Shepard. Ed. R. H. Osborne, 189-203.
  474. Brooks, Gregg R., and Larry J. Doyle. 1996. Tampa Bay, Florida; a carbonate incised valley system with mixed carbonate/clastic fill. AAPG Gulf Coast Association of Geological Societies, abstr.
  475. Brooks, Gregg R., and C. W. Holmes. 1989. Modern configuration of the southwest Florida carbonate slope: Development by shelf margin progradation. Geological Society America annual meeting, abstract. abstract
  476. Bros, W. E., and B. C. Cowell. 1987. A technique for optimizing sample size (replication). J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 114: 63-71.
  477. Brown, A. 1983. Reef-reefing in Canada. The Leading Edge 2, no. 7: 50-52.
  478. Brown, Barbara. 1997. Adaptations of reef corals to physical environmental stress. Advances in Marine Biology 31: 221-99.
  479. Brown, Barbara E. 1988. Assessing environmental impacts on coral reefs. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  480. ---. 1996. Coral bleaching: causes and consequences. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 65-74.
  481. ---. 1987. Worldwide death of corals -- natural cyclical events or man-made pollution. Marine Pollution Bull. 18, no. 1: 9-13. abstract
  482. Brown, Barbara E. 1997. Disturbances to reefs in recent times. Life and Death of Coral Reefs. Ed. Charles Birkeland, 354-79. New York: Chapman & Hall.
  483. Brown, Barbara E., H. Chansang, R. P. Dunne, Martin D. A. Le Tissier, H. Maniku, U. Satapoonin, T. P. Scoffin, and Suharsono. 1995. The potential impacts of climate change on corals and coral reefs. Proceedings of the Second European regional meeting; Coral reefs in the past, present and future, Eds Bernard Lathuiliere, and Joern GeisterLuxembourg: Service Geologique du Luxembourg.
  484. Brown, Barbara E., R. P. Dunne, T. P. Scoffin, and M. D. A. Le Tisser. 1994. Solar damage in intertidal corals. Marine Ecology Progress Series 105: 219-30.
  485. Brown, Barbara E., R. Hewit, and M. D. A. Le Tissier. 1983. The nature and construction of skeletal spines in Pocillopoara damicornis (Linnaeus). Coral Reefs 2: 81-89.
  486. Brown, Barbara E., and L. S. Howard. 1985. Assessing the Effects of "Stress" on Reef Corals. Advances in Marine Biology 22: 1-63.
  487. Brown, Barbara E., and M. D. Le Tissier. 1992. Quantification of coral bleaching. Proc 7th Int Coral Reef Sym, 70.
  488. Brown, Barbara E., M. D. Le Tissier, R. P. Dunne, and T. P. Scoffin. 1994. Natural and anthropogenic disturbances of intertidal reefs of SE Phuket, Thailand 1979-1992. Proceedings of the colloquium on global aspects of coral reefs, Ed. Robert N. Ginsburg, 279-85. abstract
  489. Brown, Barbara E., M. D. A. Le Tissier, and J. C. Bythell. 1995. Mechanisms of bleaching deduced from histological studies of reef corals sampled during a natural bleaching event. Marine Biology 122: 655-63.
  490. Brown, Barbara E., M. D. A. Le Tissier, T. P. Scoffin, and A. W. Tudhope. 1990. Evaluation of the environmental impact of dredging on intertidal coral reefs at Ko Phuket, Thailand, using ecological and physiological parameters. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 65, no. August 16: 272-81.
  491. Brown, Barbara E., and John C. Ogden. 1993. Coral Bleaching. Scientific American: 64-70. abstract
  492. Brown, Barbara E., and Suharsono. 1990. Damage and recovery of coral reefs affected by El Niño related seawater warming in the Thousand Islands, Indonesia. Coral Reefs 8: 163-70.
  493. Brown, Barbara E., A. Tudhope, and et al. 1989. Environmental signals in skeletons of reef corals. International Society for Reef Studies Annual Meeting, Abstract.
  494. Brown, E., E. F. Cox, B. Tissot, K. Rodgers, and W. Smith. 1999. Evaluation of benthic sampling methods for the coral reef assessment and program (CRAMP) in Hawai'i considered monitoring. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  495. Brown, M. A., A. W. Archer, and E. P. Kvale. 1990. Neap-spring tidal cyclicity in laminated carbonate channel-fill deposits and its implications: Salem Limestone (Mississippian), south-central Indiana, USA. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 60: 152-59.
  496. Brown, P. R. 1969. Compaction of fine-grained terrigenous and carbonate sediments - a review. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology 17: 486-95.
  497. Brown, T. A., G. W. Farwell, P. M. Grootes, F. H. Schmidt, and M. Stuiver. 1993. Intra-annual variability of the radiocarbon content of corals from the Galapagos Islands. Radiocarbon 35: 245-51.
  498. Brown, W. L., F. C. Polcyn, and S. R. Stewart. 1971. A method for calculating water depth, attenuation coefficients and bottom reflectance characteristics. Env. Res. Inst of Michigan, 663-80.
  499. Bruckner, Andy W. 1999. "Black band disease of Scleractinian corals: occurrence, impacts and mitigation." Ph.D, University of Puerto Rico. abstract
  500. Bruckner, Andy W., and Robin J. Bruckner. 1996. The persistence of black-band disease in Jamaica: impact on community structure. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 601-6.
  501. Bruckner, Andy W., and Robin J. Bruckner. 1997. Outbreak of coral disease in Puerto Rico. Coral Reefs 16: 260. abstract
  502. Bruckner, Andy W., and Robin J. Bruckner. 1997. Spread of a black-band disease epizootic through the coral reef system in St. Ann's Bay, Jamaica. Bull. Marine Science 61: 919-28. abstract
  503. Bruckner, Andy W., and Robin J. Bruckner. 1998. Destruction of coral by Sparisoma viride. Coral Reefs 17: 350. abstract - figure
  504. Bruckner, Andy W., and Robin J. Bruckner. 1998. Emerging infections on the reefs. Science 276: 1978-79. abstract
  505. Bruckner, Andy W., and Robin J. Bruckner. 1998. Rapid wasting syndrome or coral predation by stoplight parrotfish. Reef Encounter: 18-21. abstract
  506. ---. 1999. Rapid assessment of coral reef condition and short-term changes to corals affected by disease in Curacao, Netherlands Antilles. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  507. Bruckner, Andy W., and Robin J. Bruckner. 2000. The condition of Scleractinian corals on reefs surrounding Mona Island, Puerto Rico: the prevalence and impact of coral diseases in locations removed from human population centers. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  508. Bruckner, Andy W., and Robin J. Bruckner. 2000. The prevalence of coral diseases on reefs surrounding Mona Island, Puerto Rico. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  509. Bruckner, Andy W., and T. F. Hourigan. 2000. Proactive management for conservation of Acropora palmata and Acropora cervicornis: application of the U.S. Endangered Species Act. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  510. Bruckner, Robin J., and Andy W. Bruckner. 1998. First aid for fragile coral reefs. 5-9. abstract
  511. Bruckner, Robin J., and Andy W. Bruckner. 2000. Grazing of coral surfaces by the stoplight parrotfish Sparisoma viride and relationships with coral disease. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  512. Bruckner, Robin J., and Andy W. Bruckner. 2000. Predation by Sparisoma viride and relationships with coral disease. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  513. Bruckner, Robin J., and Andy W Bruckner. 2000. Survivorship of restored Acropora palmata fragments secured using wire after a ship grounding in Puerto Rico. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  514. Bruckner, Robin J., Andy W. Bruckner, and E. H. Williams Jr. 1996. Life history strategies of Coralliophila abbreviata Lamark (Gastropoda: Coralliophilidae) in southwestern coast of Puerto Rico. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 627-32. abstract - figure
  515. Bruggemann, J., M. V. Oppen, and et al. 1994. Foraging by the stoplight parrotfish Sparisoma viride. I. Food selection in different, socially determined habitats. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 106: 41-55.
  516. Brumbaugh, Daniel R., Paula M. Mikkelsen, and Peter J. 2000. Habitat mapping of the Andros barrier reef system using remote sensing and taxonomic surveys. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  517. Bruno, J., and P. Edmunds. 1995. The adaptive value of morphological plasticity in scleractinian corals. Twenty Third Benthic Ecology Meeting., Eds. J. P. Grassle, A. Kelsey, E. Oates, and P. V. Snelgrove, abstr Rutgers the State Univ, New Brunswick, NJ USA: Inst. Marine Coastal-Sciences. abstract
  518. Bruno, John F., and Peter J. Edmunds. 1998. Metabolic consequences of phenotypic plasticity in the coral Madracis mirabilis (Duchassaing and Michelotti): the effect of morphology and water flow on aggregate respiration. J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 229: 187-95.
  519. Brunt, M. A., M. E. C. Giglioli, J. D. Mather, D. J. W. Piper, and H. G. Richards. 1973. The Pleistocene rocks of the Cayman Islands. Geological Magazine 110: 208-21.
  520. Brunton, F. R., P. Copper, Dixon, and O. A. 1996. Silurian reef-building episodes. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 1643-50.
  521. Bryan, E. H. Jr. 1953. Check list of atolls. Atoll Research Bulletin 19: 1-38.
  522. Bubb, J. N., and W. G. Hatelid. 1977. Seismic stratigraphy and global changes of sea level, Part ten: seismic recognition of carbonate buildups. Seismic Stratigraphy - applications to hydrocarbon exploration.C. E. Payton, 185-204. Tulsa, OK: American Association of Petroleum Geologists Memoir 26.
  523. Bucher, Daniel J., Vicki J. Harriott, and Lisa G. Roberts. 1998. Skeletal micro- density, porosity and bulk density of acroporid corals. J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 228 : 117-36.
  524. Budd, Ann F. 1988. Large-scale evolutionary patterns in the reef-coral Montastrea: the role of phenotypic plasticity. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 393-402. abstract
  525. ---. 1979. Phenotypic plasticity in the reef corals Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander) and Sidastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander). Jour. Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 39: 25-54.
  526. Budd, Ann F. 1984. The species concept in fossil hermatypic corals: a statistical approach. Palaeontogr. Am. 54: 58-69.
  527. ---. 1993. Variation within and among morphospecies of Montastrea. Cour. Forsch.-Inst. Senckenberg 164: 241-54.
  528. Budd, Ann F, and A. B. Foster. 1983. The relationship between corallite morphology and colony shape in some massive reef corals. Coral Reefs 2: 19-25.
  529. Budd, Ann F., and K. G. Johnson. 1996. Coral reef community dynamics over 8 million years of evolutionary time: stasis and turnover. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 423-28.
  530. Budd, Ann F., K. G. Johnson, and J. C. Edwards. 1995. Caribbean reef coral diversity during the early to middle Miocene; an example from the Anguilla Formation. Coral Reefs 14: 109-17.
  531. Budd, Ann F., Kenneth G. Johnson, and J. B. C. Jackson. 1994. Patterns of replacement in late Cenozoic Caribbean reef coral communities. Geological Society of America, 1994 annual meeting, abstrGeological Society of America (GSA), Boulder, CO, United States.
  532. Budd, Ann F., Kenneth G. Johnson, and Thomas A. Stemann. 1993. Faunal turnover in Neogene to Recent Caribbean reef corals and regional environmental change. Geological Society of America, North-Central Section, 27th annual meeting, abstr.
  533. ---. 1994. Plio-Pleistocene extinctions and the origin of the modern Caribbean reef-coral fauna. Colloquium and forum on Global aspects of coral reefs; health, hazards and history, Ed. Robert N. Ginsburg, 7-13. abstract
  534. Budd, Ann F., Kenneth G. Johnson, Thomas A. Stemann, and J. C. Edwards. 1995. Caribbean reef coral diversity during the early to middle Miocene; an example from the Anguilla Formation. Coral Reefs 14: 109-17.
  535. Budd, Ann F., Thomas A. Stemann, and Kenneth G. Johnson. 1994. Stratigraphic distribution of genera and species of Neogene to Recent Caribbean reef corals. Journal of Paleontology 68: 951-77.
  536. Budd, D. A. 1984. "Freshwater diagenesis of Holocene ooid sands, Schooner Cays, Bahamas." University of Texas at Austin.
  537. ---. 1988. Petrographic products of freshwater diagenesis in Holocene ooid sands, Schooner Cays, Bahamas. Carbonates and Evaporites 3, no. 2: 143-63.
  538. Budd, D. A., and Ronald D. Perkins. 1980. Bathymetric zonation and paleoecological significance of microborings in Puerto Rican shelf and slope sediments. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 50: 881-904. abstract
  539. Buddemeier, R. W. 1978. Coral growth: retrospective analysis. Coral Reefs: Research Methods. Eds. D. R. Stoddard, and R. E. Johannes, 551-72. Paris: UNESCO.
  540. ---. 1995. Coral reef responses to global change: The role of adaptation: SCOR working group 104. Reef Encounter 17, no. April: 19-21.
  541. ---. 1991. Economic development and the impacts of climate change on tropical coasts, islands, and coral reefs. Pacific Science Association Information Bulletin 43: 15.
  542. Buddemeier, R. W. 1997. Making light work of adaptation. Nature 388: 229-30.
  543. ---. 1999. Is it time to give up? International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  544. Buddemeier, R. W., and D. G. Fautin. 1993. Coral bleaching as an adaptive mechanism: A testable hypothesis. BioScience 43, no. 5: 320-325.
  545. Buddemeier, R. W., and D. Hopley. 1988. Turn-ons and turn-offs: causes and mechanisms of the initiation and termination of coral reef growth. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 253-61. abstract
  546. Buddemeier, R. W., and R. Kinzie. 1976. Coral growth. Oceanogr. Mar. Biol. Ann. Rev 14: 183-225.
  547. Buddemeier, R. W., J. E. Maragos, and D. W. Knutson. 1974. Radiographic studies of reef coral exoskeletons: rates and patterns of coral growth. Jour. Experimental Marine Biological Ecology 14: 179-200.
  548. Buddemeier, R W., C J. McLauglin, and P. Sandhei. 2002. Reefs as Habitats or Habitats for Reefs: Global-Scale Coral Reef Biogeography. 2002 Ocean Sciences Meeting.
  549. Buddemeier, R. W., and S. V. Smith. 1988. Coral reef growth in an era of rapidly rising sea level: predictions and suggestions for long-term research. Coral Reefs 7: 51-56. abstract - figure
  550. Buddemeier, R. W., and S. V. Smith. 1999. Coral adaptation and acclimatization: A most ingenious paradox. American Zoologist 39, no. 1: 1-9.
  551. Buddemeier, R. W., S. V. Smith, and R. A. Kinzie. 1975. Holocene windward reef-flat history, Enewetak Atoll. Geological Society of America Bulletin 86: 1581-84.
  552. Buddemeier, Robert W., Randi C. Schneider, and Stephen V. Smith. 1981. The alkaline earth chemistry of corals. Proc. Fourth Int'l. Coral Reef Symp., 81-85.
  553. Bull, G. D. 1982. Scleractinian Coral Communities of Two Inshore High Island Fringing Reefs at Magnetic Island, North Queensland. MAR. ECOL. PROG. SER. 7, no. 3: pp. 267-72. abstract
  554. Bunce, L. L. 1996. The role of socioeconomic factors in coral reef management: A qualitative case study of coral reef uses in Antigua, West Indies. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 2097-100.
  555. Bunkley-Williams, L., and Jr. E. H. Williams. 1990. Global assault on coral reefs. Natural History 4: 47-54.
  556. Bunkley-Williams, Lucy., Jack. Morelock, and E. H. Williams Jr. 1991. Lingering effects of the 1987 mass bleaching of Puerto Rican coral reefs in mid to late 1988. Jour. AQUAT. ANIM. HEALTH. 3: 242-47. abstract
  557. Bunt, J. S. 1992. How can fragile marine ecosystems best be conserved?. in. Use and misuse of the seafloor. Report of Dahlem Workshop, 1991, Eds. K. J. Hsu, and J. Thiede, 229-42.
  558. Burchette, T. P., and V. P. Wright. 1992. Carbonate ramp depositional systems. Sedimentary Geology 79: 3-57.
  559. Burke, M. 1994. Phosphorus fingered as coral killer. Science 263: 1086.
  560. Burke, M. J. W., and J. P. Grime. 1996. An experimental study of plant community invasibility. Ecology 77, no. 3: 776-90.
  561. Burke, Randolph B. 1994. How have Holocene sea level rise and antecedent topography influenced Belize barrier reef development. Proceedings of colloquium on Global aspects of coral reefs; health, hazards and history, Ed Robert N. Ginsburg, 14-20. abstract - figure
  562. ---. 1979. "Morphology, Benthic Communities and Structure of the Belize Barrier Reef." MS Thesis, Univ. of South Florida.
  563. Burke, Randolph B., Walter Adey, and Ian G. Macintyre. 1989. Overview of the Holocene history, architecture, and structural components of Tague reef and lagoon. 12th Caribbean Geological Conf.Dennis K. Hubbard, 105-10West Indies Laboratory. Spec. Publ. no. 8.
  564. Burns, K. A., and A. H. Knap. 1989. The Bahia las Minas oil spill hydrocarbon uptake by reef building corals. Marine Pollution Bulletin 20, no. 8: 391-98.
  565. Burns, T. P. 1985. Hard-coral distribution and cold-water disturbances in South Florida: variation with depth and location. Coral Reefs 4, no. 2: 117-24.
  566. Burrage, D. M., K. P. Black, and C. R. Steinberg. 1995. Long-term sea-level variations in the central Great Barrier Reef. Continental Shelf Research 15: 981-1014.
  567. Burrage, D. M., C. R. Steinberg, W. J. Skirving, and J. A. Kleypas. 1996. Mesoscale circulation features of the Great Barrier Reef region inferred from NOAA satellite imagery. Remote Sensing of Environment 56, no. 21-41: 21-41.
  568. Burris, J. E., J. W. Porter, and W. A. Laing. 1983. Effects of carbon dioxide concentration on coral photosynthesis. Mar Biol 75: 113-16.
  569. Burrough, P. A. 1981. Fractal dimensions of landscapes and other environmental data. Nature 294: 240-242.
  570. Burrough, P. A. 1996. Natural objects with indeterminate boundaries. P. A. Burrough, and A. U. Frank, 3-28. Vol. 2. London: Taylor& Francis.
  571. Burrough, P. A., and A. U. Frank, Editor(s). 1996. Geographic objects with indeterminate boundaries., Vol. 2. GISDATA, eds. I. Masser, and F. Salgé. London: Taylor& Francis.
  572. Burrough, P. A., P. F. M. van Gaans, and R. Hootsmans. 1997. Continuous classification in soil survey: spatial correlation, confusion and boundaries. Geoderma 77: 115-35.
  573. Busby, Roswell F. 1966. "Sediments and reef corals of Cayo Arenas, Campeche Bank, Yucatan, Mexico." Technical Report TR-187, U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office, Washington D.C.. abstract
  574. Buschmann, C., E. Nagel, K. Szabo, and L. Kocsanyi. 1994. Spectrometer for fast measurements of in vivo reflectance, absorptance and fluorescence in the vissible and near-infra red. Remote Sensing of Environment 48: 18-24.
  575. Buss, L. W., and J. B. C. Jackson. 1979. Competitive networks: Nontransitive competitive relationships in cryptic coral reef environments. The American Naturalist 113, no. 2, February: 223-34.
  576. Byers, C. W. 1977. Biofacies patterns in euxinic basins: A general model. Deep-water carbonate environments. Eds. H. E. Cook, and P. E. Enos, 5-17. Tulsa, OK: Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists.
  577. Byrne, Gerry. 1991. Implications of excavations in coral reefs; some examples from Tonga. Workshop on Coastal processes in the South Pacific island nations, SOPAC Technical Bulletin, 7, Ed Jioji Kotobalavu, David Kear, Russell Howorth, and Alan Sherwood, 195-99Suva, Fiji: SOPAC Technical Secretariat.
  578. Bythell, John C. 1988. A total nitrogen and carbon budget for the elkhorn coral Acropora palmata. Proc 6th Int Coral Reef Sym, 535-40.
  579. Bythell, John C. 1990. Nutrient uptake in the reef building coral Acropora palmata at natural environmental concentrations. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 68: 65-69.
  580. Bythell, John C., M. Bythell, and Elizabeth Gladfelter. 1993. Initial results of a long-term coral reef monitoring program: impact of Hurricane Hugo at Buck Island Reef National Monument, St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 172: 171-83.
  581. Bythell, John C., Elizabeth Gladfelter, and M. Bythell. 1993. Chronic and catastrophic natural mortality of three common Caribbean reef corals. Coral Reefs 12: 143-52.
  582. ---. 1992. Ecological studies of Buck Island Reef National Monument, St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands: A quantitative assessment of selected components of the coral reef ecosystem and establishment of long-term monitoring sites, Island Resource Foundation.
  583. Bythell, John C. Gladfelter Elizabeth H., William B. Gladfelter, and Kathleen E. French. 1989. Buck Island Reef National Monument - changes in modern reef community structure since 1976. Terrestrial and Marine Geology of St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands. Ed. Dennis K. Hubbard, 145-53. St. Croix, U.S.V.I.: West Indies Laboratory. abstract
  584. Bythell, John C., and P. Pan. 1999. 3-D morphometric modelling of corals. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  585. Bythell, John C., Caroline S. Rodgers, and Z. M. Hillis-Starr. 1999. Local variability versus landscape following major hurricane impacts in a coral reef reserve stability protected. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
    return to list
  586. Cabaniss, S. E., and M. S. Shuman. 1987. Synchronous fluorescence spectra of natural waters: tracing sources of dissolved organic matter. Marine Chemistry 21: 37-57.
  587. Cabioch, G., L. Montaggioni, and G. Faure. 1995. Holocene initiation and development of New Caledonian fringing reefs, SW Pacific. Coral Reefs 14: 131-40. abstract
  588. Cachorro, V. E., A. M. de Frutos, and J. L. Casanova. 1987. Absorption by oxygen and water vapor in the real atmosphere. Applied Optics 26, no. 3: 501-5.
  589. Cairns, S. D. 1988. Asexual reproduction in solitary scleractinia. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 641-46.
  590. Cairns, S. D. Fossil and Recent reef communities: introduction. Palaeontographica Americana 54: 383-84. abstract
  591. Cairns, S. D. 1977. Biological results of the University of Miami Deep-Sea Expeditions. 121. A review of the recent species of Balanophyllia (Anthozoa: Scleractinia) in the western Atlantic, with descriptions of four new species. PROC. BIOL. SOC. WASH. 90, no. 1: pp. 132-48. abstract
  592. Cairns, S. D. 1977. "Stony Corals." Memoirs of the Hourglass Cruises, Marine Research Laboratory, Florida Dept. of Natural Resources, St. Petersburg, Fla..
  593. Cairns, S. D., and G. C. Stanley. 1981. Ahermatypic coral banks: living and fossil counterparts. Proceedings of the Fourth International Coral Reef Symposium (Manila), vol. 1, 611-18.
  594. Caldeira, K. 1991. Continental-pelagic carbonate partitioning and the global carbonate-silicate cycle. Geology 19: 204-6.
  595. Calderon Alvarez, Jose E. 1986. "Recolonizacion algal en la costa rocosa de Bahia de Ballenas, Guanica, P.R." master's thesis, University of Puerto Rico RUM. abstract
  596. Call, K. A. 1999. Coral reef habitat mapping: using satellite remote sensing and optical spectra data. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  597. Cambell, David G. 1977. Bahamian chlorine bleach fishing: a survey. Proc. Third International Coral Reef Symposium, Ed. D. L. Taylor, 593-95. abstract
  598. Cameron, Andrew M. 1977. Acanthaster and coral reefs: population outbreaks of a rare and specialised carnivore in a complex high-diversity system. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium, 193-99.
  599. Cameron, Andrew M., and R. Endean. 1985. Do long-lived species structure coral reef ecosystems? 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., 211-15. abstract
  600. Campbell, David G. 1977. Bahamian chlorine bleach fishing: a survey. Proc 3rd Int Coral Reef Sym, 593-95.
  601. Campbell, J. W., and T. Aarup. 1989. Photosynthetically available radiation at high latitudes. Limnol. Oceanogr. 34, no. 8: 1490-1499.
  602. Campbell, J. W., and R. W. Spinrad. 1987. The relationship between light attenuation and particle characteristics in a turbid estuary. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 25: 53-65.
  603. Campbell, S. E. 1983. The modern distribution and geological history of calcium carbonate boring organisms. Biomineralization and Biological Metal AccumulationP. Westbroek, and E. W. Jong, 99-1044th International Symposium on Biomineralization.
  604. Campion-Alsumard, T. L., J. C. Romano, and et al. 1993. Influence of some coral reef communities on the calcium carbonate budget of Tiahura reef (Moorea, French Polynesia). Marine Biology 115: 685-93.
  605. Canfield, D., and R. Raiswell. 1991. Carbonate precipitation and dissolution: its relevance to fossil preservation. Taphonomy: Releasing the Data Locked in the Fossil Record.D. Briggs, and P. Allison, 411-53. New York: Plenum Press.
  606. Cant, Richard V. 1977. Role of coral deposits in building the margins of the Bahama Banks. Third International Coral Reef Symposium, 0-13. abstract - figure
  607. Cao, C., and N. S. Lam. 1997. Understanding the scale and resolution effects in remote sensing and GIS. D. A. Quattrochi, and M. F. Goodchild, 57-72. New-York: Lewis Publishers.
  608. Caracuel, Jesus E., Javier Cardenal, Jorge Delgado-Garcia, and Santiago Garcia-Lopez. 2000. A Simple Photogrammetric Method To Improve Quantitative Image Analysis In Geoscience Research. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology.
  609. Carbone, Federico, and Ruggero Matteucci. 1990. Outline of Somali Quaternary coral reefs. Reef Encounter: 12-14. abstract
  610. Carder, K. L., F. R. Chen, Z. P. Lee, S. K. Hawes, and D. Kamykowski. 1999. Semianalytic Moderate-Resolution Imaging Spectrometer algorithms for chlorophyll a and absorption with bio-optical domains based on nitrate-depletion temperatures. J. Geophys. Res. 104, no. C3: 5403-21
  611. Carder, K. L., S. K. Hawes, K. A. Baker, R. C. Smith, R. G. Steward, and B. G. Mitchell. 1991. Reflectance model for quantifying chlorophyll a in the presence of productivity degradation products. Journal of Geophysical Research 96, no. C11: 20,599-20,611.
  612. Carder, K. L., Z. P. Lee, R. F. Chen, and C. O. Davis. 1993. Unmixing of spectral components affecting AVIRIS imagery of Tampa Bay. 77-90 SPIE.
  613. Carder, K. L., R. G. Steward, J. H. Paul, and G. A. Vargo. 1986. Relationships between chlorophyll and ocean color constituents as they affect remote-sensing reflectance models. Limnology and Oceanography 31, no. 2: 403-13.
  614. Carew, James L., and John E. Mylroie. 1997. Geology of the Bahamas. Geology and hydrogeology of carbonate islands; Developments in Sedimentology, 54. Ed H. Leonard Vacher, 91-139.
  615. Carey, John S., Thomas F. Moslow, and J. Vaughn Barrie. 1995. Origin and Distribution of Holocene temperate carbonates, Hecate Strait, western Canada continental shelf. Jour. Sedimentary Research A65: 185-94. abstract
  616. Cargill, John G., Richard A. Davis, and Lisa L. Robbins. 1996. Great Bahama Bank surface sediment facies distribution: a closer look. annual meeting Geological Society of America, abstr. abstract
  617. Carleton, J. H., and T. J. Done. 1995. Quantitative video sampling of coral reef benthos: Large-scale application. Coral Reefs 14: pp. 35-46.
  618. Carleton, J. H., and Paul W. Sammarco. 1987. Effects of substratum irregularity on success of coral settlement: Quantification by comparative geomormological techniques. Bull. Marine Science 40, no. 1: 85-98. abstract - figure
  619. Carleton, J. H. T. J. Done. 1995. Quantitative video sampling of coral reef benthos: Large-scale application. Coral Reefs 14: pp. 35-46. abstract
  620. Carney, C., and M. R. Boardman. 1992. Petrologic comparison of oolitic sediment from Joulters Cays and Andros Island, Bahamas. Proceedings of the Fifth Symposium on the Geology of the BahamasR. J. Bain, 37-55 San Salvador, Bahamas: Bahamian Field Station.
  621. Carozzi, A. V., M. Reyes, and V. P. Ocampo. 1976. Microfacies and Microfossils of the Miocene Reef Carbonates of the Philippines. 80. Manila: Philippine Oil Development Co. Special Publication 1.
  622. Carpenter, R. A. 1996. Ecology should apply to ecosystem management: A comment. Ecological Applications 6, no. 4: 1373-77.
  623. ---. 1981. Grazing by Diadema antillarum (Philippi) and its effects on the benthic algal community. Journal of Marine Research 39, no. 4: 749-65.
  624. Carpenter, R. C. 1983. Differential effects of coral reef herbivores on algal community structure and function. The ecology of deep and shallow coral reefs. NOAA Symp Ser Undersea Res., ed M. L. R, 113-18.NOAA Undersea Research Program.
  625. ---. 1985. Relationships between primary production and irradiance in coral-reef algal communities. Limnol. Oceanogr. 30, no. 4: 784-93.
  626. ---. 1985. Sea urchin mass-mortality: effects on reef algal abundance, species composition, and metabolism and other coral reef herbivores. Proceedings of the Fifth International Coral Reef Symposium, 53-60. abstract
  627. ---. 1986. Partitioning herbivory and its effects on coral reef algal communities. Ecological Monographs 56, no. 4: 345-63.
  628. ---. 1988. Mass mortality of a Caribbean sea urchin: immediate effects on community metabolism and other herbivores. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 511-14.
  629. ---. 1990. Mass mortality of Diadema antillarum I. Long-term effects on sea urchin population-dynamics and coral reef algal communities. Marine Biology 104: 67-77.
  630. ---. 1990. Mass mortality of Diadema antillarum II. Effects on population densities and grazing intensity of parrotfishes and surgeonfishes. Marine Biology 104: 79-86.
  631. Carpenter, R. C. 1997. Invertebrate predators and grazers. Life and Death of Coral Reefs. Ed. Charles Birkeland, 198-229. New York: Chapman & Hall.
  632. Carpenter, R. C., and S. L . Williams. 1986. Ammonium excretion by Diadema: contibution to coral reef algal turf productivity. Eos 67, no. 44: Abstr.
  633. Carper, MW J., T. M. Lillesand, and R. W. Kiefer. 1990. The use of Intensity-Hue-Saturation transformations for merging SPOT Panchromatic and multispectral image data. Photogrammetric Engineering and Remote Sensing 56, no. 4: 459-67.
  634. Carr, R. S., and M. Nipper. 1999. A novel approach for assessing contaminant impacts in the vicinity of coral reefs. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  635. Carricart-Ganivet, J. P., and M. Merino. 2000. Stretching: a coral growth response to adverse environmental conditions. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  636. Carriquiry, J. D., M. J. Risk, and et al. 1988. Timing and temperature record from stable isotopes of the 1982-1983 El Niño warming event in eastern Pacific corals. Palaios 3: 359-64.
  637. Carter, R. M., and D. P. Johnson. 1986. Sea-level control on the post-glacial development of the Great Barrier Reef, Queensland. Marine Geology 71: 137-64.
  638. Caselles, V., and M. J. Lopez-Garcia. 1989. An alternative simple approach to estimate atmospheric correction in multitemporal studies. Int. J. Remote Sensing 10, no. 6: 1127-34.
  639. Castanares, L. G., and L. A. Soto. 1982. Study on hermatypic Scleractinea corals in the northeast coast of Yucatan Peninsula, Mexico. 1. Taxonomic synopsis of 38 species (Cnidaria, Anthozoa, Scleractinea). AN. INST. CIENC. MAR. LIMNOL. UNIV. NAC. AUTON. MEX. 9, no. 1: 295-344. abstract
  640. Cayeux, L. 1970. Carbonate rocks (limestones and dolomites) Sedimentary rocks of France [translated and updated by A.V. Carozzi]. 394. Darien, CT: Hafner Publishing Company.
  641. Cebulski, D. E. 1969. Foraminiferal populations and faunas in barrier-reef tract and lagoon, British Hohduras. Other Papers on Florida and British Honduras.M. N. Bass, and D. E. Cebulski, 311-28. Tulsa, OK: American Association of Petroleum Geologists Memoir 11 (Part C).
  642. Cervino, James M., and Garriet Smith. 1997. Corals in Peril. Ocean Realm: 33-35.
  643. Chafetz, Henry S. 1986. Marine peloids: a product of bacterially induced precipitation of calcite. Jour. of Sedimentary Petrology 56, no. 6: 812-17. abstract - figure
  644. Chafetz, Henry S., and Chris Buczynski. 1992. Bacterially induced lithification of microbial mats. Research Reports, SEPM: 277-93. abstract
  645. Chafetz, Henry S., Allene G. McIntosh, and Patrick F. Rush. 1988. Freshwater phreatic diagenesis in the marine realm of recent Arabian Gulf carbonates. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 58: 433-40. abstract - figure
  646. Chalker, Bruce E. 1983. Calcification by corals and other animals on the reef. Perspectives on Coral Reefs.D. J. Barnes, 29-45. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Contribution 200. Manuka: Clouston Publ.
  647. ---. 1976. Calcium transport during skeletogenesis in hermatypic corals. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 54A: 455-59. abstract
  648. ---. 1977. Daily variation in the calcification capacity of Acropora cervicornis. Proc. Third International Coral Reef Symposium, Ed. D. L. Taylor, 417-23. abstract - figure
  649. ---. 1981. Simulating light-saturation curves for photosynthesis and calcification by reef-building corals. Marine Biology 63: 135-41.
  650. Chalker, Bruce E., D. Barnes, and Peter Isdale. 1985. Calibration of X-ray densitometry for measurement of coral skeletal density. Coral Reefs 4: 95-100.
  651. Chalker, Bruce E., K. Carr, and E. Gill. 1985. Measurement of primary production and calcification in situ on coral reefs using electrode techniques. Proceedings of the Fifth International Coral Reef Symposium, 167-72. abstract
  652. Chalker, Bruce E., and Walter C. Dunlap. 1981. Extraction and quantitation of endosymbiotic algal pigments from reef-building corals. Proc 4th Int Coral Reef Sym, 47-50.
  653. Chalker, Bruce E., and D. L. Taylor. 1975. Light-enhanced calcification, and the role of oxidative phosphorylation in calcification of the coral Acropora cervicornis. Proc. Royal Society London Bull. 190: 323-31. abstract - figure
  654. Challenger, G. E. 1999. Questions regarding the biological significance of vessel groundings and appropriateness of restoration effort. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  655. Chambers, L. A. 1985. Biogeochemical aspects of the carbon metabolism of microbial mat communities. Proceedings of the Fifth International Coral Reef Symposium, 371-76. abstract
  656. Chang, J., C. Chung, and G. Gong. 1996. Influences of cyclones on chlorophyll a concentration and Synechococcus abundance in a subtropical western Pacific coastal ecosystem. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 140: 199-205.
  657. Chansang, Hansa. 1984. "Coral reef survey methods in the Andaman Sea." Comparing Coral Reef Survey Methods, Unesco, Paris, France. abstract
  658. Chansang, H., P. Boonyanate, and M. Charuchinda. 1981. Effect of sedimentation from coastal mining on coral reefs on the northwestern coast of Phuket Island, Thailand. Proceedings of the Fourth International Coral Reef Symposium, 129-36. abstract
  659. Chansang, H., and N. Phongsuwan. 1994. Health of fringing reefs of Asia through a decade of change: a case history from Phuket Island, Thailand. Proceedings of the colloquium on global aspects of coral reefs, Ed. Robert N. Ginsburg, 286-92. abstract
  660. Chappell, John. 1974. Geology of coral terraces, Huon Peninsula, New Guinea: a study of Quaternary tectonic movements and sea level changes. Geological Society of America Bulletin 85: 553-70.
  661. Chappell, John. 1980. Coral morphology, diversity and reef growth. Nature 286: 249-52.
  662. ---. 1983. Evidence for smoothly falling sea level relative to north Queensland, Australia, during the past 6000 years. Nature 302, no. 5907: 406-8.
  663. Chappell, John, Allan Chivas, E. Wallensky, H. A. Polach, and Paul Aharon. 1983. Holocene palaeo-environmental changes, central to north Great Barrier Reef inner zone. Jour. Australian Geology & Geophysics 8: 223-35. abstract
  664. Chappell, John, A. Omura, T. Esat, M. McCulloch, J. Pandolfi, Y. Ota, and B. Pillans. 1996. Reconciliation of late Quarternary sea levels derived from coral terraces at Huon Peninsula with deep sea oxygen isotope records. Earth and Planetary Science Letters 141: 227-36.
  665. Chappell, John, B. G. Thom, and H. A. Polach. 1978. Radiometric dating of coral reefs. Coral Reefs: Research Methods. Eds. D. R. Stoddard, and R. E. Johannes, 81-92. Paris: UNESCO.
  666. Charles, C. D., D. E. Hunter, and R. G. Fairbanks. 1997. Interaction between the ENSO and the Asian monsoon in a coral record of tropical climate. Science 277, no. 5328: 925-28.
  667. Chassery, J-M, and A. Montanvert. 1991. Géométrie discrète en analyse d'images. Traité Des Nouvelles Technologies/ Série Images, ed. B. Péroche. Paris: Hermès.
  668. Chauvaud, S., C. Bouchon, and R. Maniere. 1998. Remote sensing techniques adapted to high resolution mapping of tropical coastal marine ecosystems (coral reefs, seagrass beds and mangrove). Int. J. Remote Sensing 19, no. 18: 3625-39.
  669. Chave, Keith E. 1960. Carbonate skeletons to limestones - problems. Transactions of the New York Academy of Sciences 23 (Series 2): 14-24. abstract
  670. ---. 1962. Factors influencing the mineralogy of carbonate sediments. Limnology and Oceanography 7: 218-23. abstract
  671. ---. 1964. Skeletal durability and preservation. Approaches to Paleoecology.J. Imbrie, and N. Newell, 377-87. New York: John Wiley & Sons.
  672. ---. 1967. Recent carbonate sediments - an unconvention view. Journal of Geological Education 15: 200-204.
  673. Chave, Keith E., Stephen V. Smith, and Kenneth J. Roy. 1972. Carbonate production by coral reefs. Marine Geology 12: 123-40. abstract
  674. Chave, Keith E., and E. Suess. 1970. Calcium carbonate saturation in seawater: effects of dissolved organic matter. Limnology and Oceanography 15: 633-37.
  675. Chavez, E. A., and E. Hidalgo. 1988. The coral reefs from Northwestern Caribbean and Gulf of Mexico in the social economic context. An. Inst. Cienc. Mar Limnol. Univ. Nac. Auton. Mex. 15: 167-76. abstract
  676. Chavez, E. A., E. Hidalgo, and M. A. Izaguirre. 1985. A comparative analysis of Yucatan coral reefs. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., 355-61. abstract
  677. Chavez Jr., P. S., and Michael Field. 2000. Use of digitized aerial photographs and airborne laser bathymetry to map and monitor coral reefs. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  678. Chavez Jr., P. S., S. C. Sides, and J. A. Anderson. 1991. Comparison of three different methods to merge multiresolution and multispectral data: LANDSAT TM and SPOT Panchromatic. Photogrammetric Engineering and Remote Sensing 57, no. 3: 295-303.
  679. Chazottes, V., T. Le Campion-Alsumard, and M. Peyrot-Clausade. 1995. Bioerosion rates on coral reefs: interactions between macroborers, microborers and grazers (Moorea, French Polynesia). Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 113, no. 2-4: 189-98. abstract
  680. Cheetham, A. H. 1986. Tempo of evolution in a Neogene bryozoan: Rates of morphologic change within and across species boundaries. Paleobiology 12, no. 2: 190-202.
  681. Chen, Jeffrey Kiyoshi. 1994. "Emerged corals and reef terraces; measurement and dating of late Quaternary uplift, Tanna Island, Vanuatu." Master's, University of Texas, Austin. abstract
  682. Chen, K. S., W. L. Kao, and Y. C. Tzeng. 1995. Retrieval of surface parameters using dynamic learning neural network. Int. J. Remote Sensing 16, no. 5: 801-9.
  683. Cheney, Daniel P. 1975. Hard tissue tumors of Scleractinian corals. Immunologic Phylogeny.W. H. Hildemann, and A. A. Benedict, 77-87. New York: Plenum.
  684. Chesher, R. 1985. Practical problems in coral reef utilization and management: a Tongan case study. Proceedings of the Fifth International Coral Reef Symposium, 213-17. abstract
  685. Chess, J. R., E. S. Hobson, and et al. 1997. Interactions between Acanthaster planci (Echinodermata, Asteroidea) and scleractinina corals at Kona, Hawaii. Pacific Science 51 , no. 2: 121-33.
  686. Chesson, P., and N. Huntly. 1989. Short-term instabilities and long-term community dynamics. TREE 4, no. 10, October: 293-98.
  687. Chetail, Monique, and Jean Fourni . 1969. Shell-boring mechanism of the gastropod, Purpura (Thais) lapillus: a physiological demonstration of the role of carbonic anhydrase in the dissolution of CaCO3. Am Zool 9: 983-90.
  688. Chevalier, J. P. 1979. The corallian fauna (Scleractinia and Hydrocorallia) from French Polynesia. Cah. Indo Pac. 1, no. 2: 129-51. abstract
  689. ---. 1973. Geomorphology and geology of coral reefs in French Polynesia. Biology and Geology of Coral Reefs. O. A. Jones, and R. Endean, 113-41. New York: Academic Press.
  690. ---. 1977. Origin of the reef formations of Moorea Island (Archipelago of La Societe). Proc. Third International Coral Reef Symposium, Ed. D. L. Taylor, 283-87. abstract
  691. ---. 1981. Reef Scleractinia of French Polynesia. The Reef and Man. Proceeding of the Fourth International Coral Reef Symposium, Eds. E. D. Gomez, C. E. Birkeland, R. W. Buddemeier, R. E. Johannes, J. A. Jr Marsh, and R. T. Tsuda, 177-82. abstract
  692. Chevillon, C., and J. Clavier. 1988. Sedimentological structure of the northern lagoon of new Caledonia. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp., abstr. abstract
  693. Chiappone, M., and K. M. Sullivan Sealey. 1991. A comparison of line transect versus linear percentage sampling for evaluating stony coral (Scleractinia and Milleporina) community similarity and area coverage on reefs of the central Bahamas. Coral Reefs 10, no. 1: 139-54. abstract
  694. ---. 1999. Continental influence and spatial patterns in community structure of the Florida reef tract. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  695. ---. 1996. Distribution, Abundance and Species Composition of Juvenile Scleractinian Corals in the Florida Reef Tract. Bull. Mar. Sci. 58, no. 2: 555-69. abstract
  696. ---. 1994. Patterns of coral abundance defining nearshore hardbottom communities of the Florida Keys. Florida Science 57, no. 3: 108-28. abstract
  697. ---. 1999. Reef and hard-bottom habitat distribution in the central Bahamas: implications for marine reserve design. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  698. ---. 1995. Species composition and density of juvenile corals in the Florida reef tract: Implications for recruitment monitoring. European Meeting of the International Society for Reef Studies (ISRS) and the British Ecological Society (BES), 'Biology and Geology of Coral Reefs'.
  699. Chiappone, M., K. M. Sullivan Sealey, and G. Bustamante. 1999. Community structure and diversity of fringing reefs at Guantanamo Bay Naval Base, Cuba. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  700. Chiappone, M., K. M. Sullivan Sealey, E. F. Schmitt, K. Pronzati, and G. Bustamante. 1999. Assessing potential water quality impacts using coral vitality measurements in nearshore Bahamian patch reefs. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  701. Chica-Olmo, M., and F. Abarca-Hernandez. 2000. Computing geostatistical image texture for remotely sensed data classification. Computers and Geosciences 26: 373-83.
  702. Chilingar, G. V. 1957. Classification of limestones and dolomites on the basis of Ca/Mg ratio. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 27: 187-89.
  703. ---. 1960. Notes on classification of carbonate rocks on the basis of chemical composition. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 30: 157-58.
  704. ---. 1956. Relationship between Ca/Mg ratios and geologic age. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 40: 2256-66.
  705. Chilingar, G. V., H. J. Bissell, and R. W. Fairbridge. 1967. Carbonate Rocks: Physical and Chemical Aspects. 413. Developments in Sedimentology 9B. New York: Elsevier Publishing Co.
  706. Chilingar, G. V., H. J. Bissell, and K. H. Wolf. 1967. Diagenesis of Carbonate Rocks. Diagenesis in Sediments.G. Larsen, and G. V. Chilingar, 179-322. Developments in Sedimentology 8. New York: Elsevier Publishing Co.
  707. Chilingar, G. V., R. W. Mannon, and H. H. Rieke. 1972. Introduction to carbonate reservoir rocks. Oil and Gas Production from Carbonate Rocks.G. V. Chilingar, R. W. Mannon, and H. H. Rieke, 1-34. New York: Elsevier.
  708. Chilingar, G. V., D. H. Zenger, H. J. Bissell, and K. H. Wolf. 1979. Diagenesis of carbonate sediments and epigenesis (or catagenesis) of limestones. Diagenesis in Sediments and Sedimentary Rocks.G. Larsen, and G. V. Chilingar, 249-424. Developments in Sedimentology 25A. New York: Elsevier Scientific Publishing Co.
  709. Chivas, A. R., P. Aharon, J. Chappell, C. Vlastuin, and E. Kiss. 1983. Trace elements and stable isotope ratios of annual growth ring bands. Inaugural Great Barrier Reef Conference, 7781. abstract
  710. Chivas, A. R., T. Torgersen, and A. S. Andrew. 1983. Isotopic tracers of Recent sedimentary environments in the Great Barrier Reef. Inaugural Great Barrier Reef Conference, 83-88. abstract
  711. Choi, Dong Ryong. 1981. Quaternary reef foundations in the southernmost Belize shelf, British Honduras. 4th International Coral Reef Symp., 635-41. abstract
  712. Choi, Dong Ryong, and Robert N. Ginsburg. 1982. Siliclastic foundations of Quaternary reefs in the southernmost Belize lagoon, British Honduras. Geological Society of America Bulletin 93: 116-26. abstract
  713. Chornesky, Elizabeth A. 1983. Induced development of sweeper tentacles on the reef coral Agaricia agaricites: a response to direct competition. Biol Bull 165: 569-81.
  714. Chornesky, Elizabeth A. 1989. Repeated reversals during spatial competition between corals. Ecology 70, no. 4: 843-55.
  715. Chornesky, Elizabeth A. 1991. The ties that bind: inter-clonal cooperation may help a fragile coral dominate shallow high-energy reefs. Mar Biol 109: 41-51.
  716. Chornesky, Elizabeth A. 1992. The development of sweeper tentacles in direct competitive encounters among reef corals. Am Zool 32: 960.
  717. Chornesky, Elizabeth A., and Susan L. Williams. 1983. Distribution of sweeper tentacles on Montastraea cavernosa. Ecology of Deep and Shallow Coral Reefs, 61-67. abstract
  718. Chou, L. M. 1987. Community structure of sediment stressed reefs in Singapore. Regional research workshop and international symposium on the conservation and management of coral reef and mangrove ecosystems, Abstr. abstract
  719. ---. 1988. The impact of human influence on the fringing reef of Pulau Hantu, Singapore. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 201-5. abstract - figure
  720. Chou, L. M. 1984. "A review of coral reef survey and management methods in Singapore." Comparing Coral Reef Survey Methods, Unesco, Paris, France.
  721. Chou, L. M., and S. T. Quek. 1992. Planulation in the scleractinian coral, Pocillopora damicornis in Singapore waters. Proc 7th Int Coral Reef Sym 1, 500-501.
  722. Chou, L. M., and Y. H. Teo. 1985. An ecological study on the scleractinian corals of Pulau Salu Reef, Singapore. Asian Marine Biology 2: 11-20.
  723. Chuang, Shou-Hwa. 1977. Ecology of Singapore and Malayan coral reefs - preliminary classification. Proc. Third International Coral Reef Symposium, Ed. D. L. Taylor, 55-61.
  724. Church, Ron. 1971. Underwater photography. Oceans Magazine: 10-32.
  725. Chuvieco, E., and R. G. Congalton. 1988. Using clustering analysis to improve the selection of training statistics in classifying remotely sensed data. Photog. Eng. Remote Sensing 54, no. 9: 1275-81.
  726. Cintron, Gilberto, Ariel E. Lugo, Douglas J. Pool, and Greg Morris. 1978. Mangroves of arid environments in Puerto Rico and adjacent islands. Biotropica 10: 110-121. abstract
  727. Cintron, Gilberto, J. Thurston, and J. Williams. 1975. "Results of exploratory dives in the Carabinero shelf area, Mona Island." Depart of Natural Resources, Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, San Juan, Puerto Rico. abstract
  728. Claasen, D. v. R., and G. Kelleher . The effect of inter-regional differences on coral reef management. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium , 309-12.
  729. Clack, W. J., and E. Mountjoy. Reef sediment transport and deposition off the east coast of Carriacou, West Indies. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium, 97-103. abstract
  730. Claereboudt, M. R. 1988. Spatial distribution of fungiid coral population on exposed and sheltered reef slopes in Papua New Guinea. Proc 6th Int Coral Reef Sym, 653-57.
  731. Clari, P. A., and F. Martire L. Dela Pierre. 1995. Discontinuities in carbonate successions; identification, interpretation and classification of some Italian examples. Sedimentary Geology 100: 97-121. abstract
  732. Clark, Amy E., and Steven O. Rothmann. 1994. Mapping and analyzing benthic habitats in the Florida Keys national marine snactuary. Proc. of the Second Thematic Conference. Remote Sensing for Marine and Coastal Environments. 542-45. abstract
  733. Clark, C. D. 1993. Satellite remote sensing of marine pollution. Int. J. of Remote Sensing 14: 2985-3004.
  734. Clark, C. D., H. T. Ripley , E. P. Green , A. J. Edwards, and PJ Mumby. 1997. Mapping and measurement of tropical coastal environments with hyperspectral and high spatial resolution data. Int. J. Remote Sensing 18: 237-42.
  735. Clark, CD, PJ Mumby, JRM Chisholm, J. Jaubert, and S. Andréfouët. 2000. Spectral discrimination of coral mortality states following a severe bleaching event. Int. J. Remote Sensing 21, no. 11: 2321-27.
  736. Clark II, G. R. 1968. Mollusk shell: daily growth lines. Science 161: 800-802.
  737. Clark, J. R. 1996. Coastal zone management handbook. 694 p.
  738. Clark, R. K. 1987. "A comparison of models for remotely sensed bathymetry." 145. Naval Ocean Research and Development Activity.
  739. Clark, R. K., T. H. Fay, and C. L. Walker. 1987. Bathymetry calculations with Landsat 4 TM imagery under a generalized ratio assumption. Applied Optics 26, no. 19: 4036-38.
  740. Clark, R. K., T. H. Fay, and C. L. Walker. 1988. Bathymetry using thematic mapper imagery. SPIE, 229-31.
  741. Clark, S. A. J. Edwards. 1995. Coral transplantation as an aid to reef rehabilitation: Evaluation of a case study in the Maldive Islands. Coral Reefs 14: pp. 201-13. abstract
  742. Clark, Tracy. 1997. Tissue regeneration rate of coral transplants in a wave exposed environment, Cape D'Aguilar, Hong Kong. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Sym, 2069-74.
  743. Clarke, G. L., G. C. Ewing, and C. J. Lorenzen. 1970. Spectra of backscattered light from the sea obtained from aircraft as a measure of chlorophyll concentration. Science 167: 1119-21.
  744. Clarke, K. R., and M. Ainsworth. 1993. A method of linking multivariate community structure to environmental variables. Marine Ecology Progress Series 92: 205-19.
  745. Clarke, K. R., R. M. Warwick, and B. E. Brown. 1993. An index showing breakdown of seriation, related to disturbance, in a coral-reef assemblage. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 102: 153-60.
  746. Clarke, Thomas A., Arthur O. Flechsig, and Richard W. Grigg. 1967. Ecological studies during project sealab II. Science 157: 1381-88. abstract
  747. Clarkson, E. N. K. 1979. Invertebrate Paleontology and Evolution. 323. London: Allen & Unwin Ltd.
  748. Clayton Jr., William S., and Howard R. Lasker. 1982. Effects of light and dark treatments on feeding by the reef coral Pocillopora damicornis (Linnaeus). J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 63: 269-79.
  749. Cleary, William J., and Paul A. Thayer. 1973. Petrography of carbonate sands on the Carolina continental shelf. 23 Trans. Gulf Coast Association of Geological Society, 288-304. abstract
  750. Clifton, H. E. 1973. Role of reef fauna in sediment transport and distribution. Studies from Tektite I and II. Helgolander Wiss, Meeresunters 24: 91-101.
  751. Clifton, K. E., K. Kim, and et al. 1996. A field guide to the reefs of Caribbean Panama with an emphasis on western San Blas. 8th Int'l Coral Reef Symposium.
  752. Cloud, Preston E. Jr. 1962. Behavior of calcium carbonate in sea water. Geochimica Et Cosmochimica Acta 26: 867-84.
  753. ---. 1965. Carbonate precipitation and dissolution in the marine environment. Chemical Oceanography., 127-58. New York: Academic Press.
  754. ---. 1962. "Environment of calcium carbonate deposition west of Andros Island, Bahamas." U. S. Geological Survey Professional Paper. abstract
  755. ---. 1952. Facies relationships of organic reefs. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 36: 2125-49.
  756. CNES-SPOT-Image. 1986. "Guide des utilisateurs de données SPOT." SPOT IMAGE, Toulouse.
  757. Coates, A. G. 1973. Coloniality on zoantharian corals. Animal Colonies. Development and Function through Time. Eds. Richard S. Boardman, Alan H. Cheetham, and William A. Oliver Jr., 3-27. Stroudsberg, Pennsylvania: Dowden, Hutchinson & Ross, Inc.
  758. Coates, A. G. 1977. Jamaican coral-rudist frameworks and their geologic setting. Reefs and Related Carbonates - Ecology and Sedimentology.S. H. Frost, M. P. Weiss, and J. B. Saunders, 83-92. Tulsa, OK: American Association of Petroleum Geologists Studies in Geology No. 4.
  759. Coates, A. G., and J. B. C. Jackson. 1987. Clonal growth, algal symbiosis, and reef formation by corals. Paleobiology 13: 363-78.
  760. Cody, M. L., and J. M. Diamond. 1982. Introduction. Ecology and Evolution of Communities., 1-14.
  761. Coffroth, Mary A. 1984. Ingestion and incorporation of coral mucus aggregates by a gorgonian soft coral. Mar Ecol Prog Ser 17: 193-99.
  762. Coffroth, M. A. 1988. The function and fate of mucous sheets produced by reef coelenterates. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 15-20.
  763. ---. 1990. Mucous sheet formation on poritid corals: An evaluation of coral mucus as a nutrient source on reefs. MAR. BIOL. 105: 39-49. abstract
  764. Coffroth, Mary A. 1991. Cyclical mucus sheet formation on poritid corals in the San Blas Islands, Panama. Mar Biol 109: 35-40.
  765. Coffroth, M. A., H. Lasker, and J. K. Oliver. 1990. Coral Mortality Outside of the Eastern Pacific During 1982-83: Relationship to El Niño. Global Consequences of the 1982-83 El Nino-Southern Oscillation.P. Glynn, 141-77. Amsterdam: Elsevier Press.
  766. Coffroth, Mary A., and H. R. Lasker. 1998. Larval paternity and make reproductive success of a broadcast-spawning gorgonian, Plexaura kuna. Mar Biol 131: 329-37.
  767. Cohen, Anne L., Phillip S. Lobel, and Gabrielle L. Tomasky. 1997. Coral bleaching on Johnston Atoll, Central Pacific Ocean. Biol Bull 193: 276-79.
  768. Cohen, Anne L., Peter B. Ramsay, and Glenn A. Jones. 1995. A 50 year-long record of Agulhas Current variability in coral from 2-Mile Reef, South Africa . Proceedings of the Second European regional meeting; Coral reefs in the past, present and future, Eds Bernard Lathuiliere, and Joern GeisterLuxembourg: Service Geologique du Luxembourg.
  769. Colby, Norman D., and Mark R. Boardman. 1989. Depositional evolution of a windward, high-energy lagoon, Graham's Harbor, San Salvador, Bahamas. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 59: 819-34. abstract
  770. Cole, J. E., and R. G. Fairbanks. 1990. The Southern Oscillation recorded in the ð18O of corals from Tarawa Atoll. Paleoceanography 5: 669-83. abstract
  771. Cole, J. E., R. G. Fairbanks, and et al. 1993. Recent variability in the Southern Oscillation: isotopic results from a Tarawa Atoll coral. Science 260: 1790-1793.
  772. Cole, J. E., G. T. Shen, R. G. Fairbanks, and M. Moore. 1993. Coral monitors of El Nino/Southern Oscillation dynamics across the equatorial Pacific. El Nino: historical and paleoclimatic aspects of the Southern Oscillation. Eds. H. F. Diaz, and V. Markgraf, 349-75.
  773. Cole, Julia. 1996. Coral records of climate change; understanding past variability in the tropical ocean-atmosphere. NATO ASI Series. Series I: Global Environmental Change NATO advanced research workshop on Climatic variations and forcing mechanisms of the last 2000 yearsPhilip D. Jones, Raymond S. Bradley, and Jean Jouzel, 331-53 Berlin, Federal Republic of Germany: Springer Verlag.
  774. Coles, Stephen L. 1969. Quantitative estimates of feeding and respiration for three scleractinian corals. Limnol Oceanogr 14: 949-53.
  775. Coles, Stephen L. 1985. The effercts of elevated temperature on reef coral planula settlement as related to power station entrainment. Proc. Fifth International Coral Reef Congress, 171-76. abstract
  776. Coles, Stephen L. 1988. Limitations on reef coral development in the Arabian Gulf: temperature or algal competition? Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 211-16. abstract
  777. Coles, Stephen L. 1992. Experimental comparison of salinity tolerancews of reef corals from the Arabian Gulf and Hawaii. Evidence for hyperhaline adaptation. Proceedings of the Seventh International Coral Reef Symposium, 227-34.
  778. Coles, Stephen L. 1997. Reef corals occurring in a highly fluctuating temperature environment at Fahal Island, Gulf of Oman (Indian Ocean). Coral Reefs 16: 269-72.
  779. Coles, Stephen L., and Yusef. H. Fadlallah. 1991. Reef coral survival and mortality to low temperatures in the Arabian Gulf: low species-specific lower temperature limits. Coral Reefs 9: 231-37.
  780. Coles, Stephen L, and P. L. Jokiel. 1977. Effects of temperature on photosynthesis and respiration in hermatypic corals. Mar Biol 43: 209-16.
  781. Coles, Stephen L., and P. L. Jokiel. 1978. Synergistic effects of temperature, salinity and light on the hermatypic coral Montipora verrucosa. Marine Biology 49: 187-95.
  782. Coles, Stephen L., and D. G. Seapy. 1998. Ultra-violet absorbing compounds and tumerous growths on acroporid corals from Bandar Khayran, Gulf of Oman, Indian Ocean. Coral Reefs 17: 19508.
  783. Colgan, Mitchel W. 1990. El Niño and the history of eastern Pacific reef building. Global ecological consequences of the 1982-83 El Niño-Southern Oscillation. ed P. W. G.Elsevier Press.
  784. ---. 1981. Succession and recovery of a coral reef after predation by Acanthaster planci. Proceedings of the 4th International Coral Reef Symposium.
  785. Colgan, Mitchell W. 1987. Coral reef recovery on Guam (Micronesia) after catastrophic predation by Acanthaster planci. Ecology 68: 1592-605.
  786. Colin, Patrick L. 1978. Caribbean Reef Invertebrates and Plants. Neptuen City, N.J.: T.F.H. Publications.
  787. Colin, Patrick L. 1977. The reefs of Cocos-Keeling Atoll, eastern Indian Ocean. Proc. Third International Coral Reef Symposium, Ed. D. L. Taylor, 63-68. abstract
  788. Colin, Patrick L. 1986. Benthic community distribution in the Enewetak Atoll lagoon, Marshall Islands. Bull. Marine Science 38: 129-43. abstract
  789. Colin, Patrick L. 1988. Marine Invertebrates and Plants of the Living Reef. Neptune City, New Jersey: T.F.H. Publications.
  790. Colin, Patrick L., and Charles Arneson. 1995. Tropical Pacific Invertebrates. Beverly Hills, California: Coral Reef Press.
  791. Colin, Patrick L., Dennis M.Devaney, Lewellya Hillis-Colinvaux, Thomas H. Suchanek, and John T. Harrison III. 1986. Geology and biological zonation of the reef slope, 50-360 m depth at Enewetak Atoll, Marshall Islands. Bull. Marine Science 38, no. 1: 111-28. abstract
  792. Colin, Patrick L., Thomas H. Suchanek, and Gary McMurtry. 1986. Water pumping and particulate resuspension by Callianassids (Crustacea: Thalassinidea) at Enewetak and Bikini atolls, Marshall Islands. Bull. Marine Science 38, no. 1: 19-24. abstract<
  793. Coll, J. C., B. F. Bowden, G. V. Meehan, G. M. Konig, A. R. Carroll, D. M. Tapiolas, P. M. Alino, A. Heaton, and R. De. Nys. 1994. Chemical aspects of mass spawning in corals. 1. Sperm-attractant molecules in the eggs of the scleractinian coral Montipora digitata. MAR. BIOL. 118, no. 2: 177-82. abstract
  794. Coll, J. C., and et. al. 1987. Algal overgrowth of alcyonacean soft corals. Mar Biol 96: 129-35.
  795. Coll, J. C., and P. W. Sammarco. 1988. The role of secondary metabolites in the chemical ecology of marine invertebrates: a meeting ground for biologists and chemists. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 167-74.
  796. Colley, Nansi J., and Robert K. Trench. 1985. Cellular events in the reestablishment of a symbiosis between a marine dinoflagellate and a coelenterate. Cell Tiss Res: 100-103.
  797. Collins, L. B., Z. R. Zhu, and K. H. Wyrwoll. 1996. The structure of the Easter Platform, Houtman Abrolhos reefs; Pleistocene foundations and Holocene reef growth. Marine Geology 135: 1-13. abstract
  798. Collins, L. B., Z. R. Zhu, K.-H. Wyrwoll, B. G. Hatcher, P. E. Playford, J. H. Chen, A. Eisenhauer, and G. J. Wasserburg. 1993. Late Quaternary evolution of coral reefs on a cool-water carbonate margin: the Abrolhos carbonate platforms, southwest Australia. Marine Geology 110: 203-12. abstract
  799. Collins, L. B., Z. R. Zhu, K. H. Wyrwoll, B. G. Hatcher, P. E. Playford, A. Eisenhauer, J. H. Chen, G. J. Wasserburg, and G. Bonani. 1993. Holocene growth history of a reef complex on a cool-water carbonate margin; Easter Group of the Houtman Abrolhos, eastern Indian Ocean. Marine Geology 115: 29-46. abstract
  800. Coma, R., I. Llobet, J. M. Gili, and M. Zabala. 1996. Quantification of sexual reproduction in the marine benthic hydroid Campanularia everta. Marine Biology 125: 365-73.
  801. COMITAS. 1988. Glossaire des termes officiels de la télédétection aérospatiale. Bull. S.F.P.T. 112: 1-63.
  802. Congalton, R. G. 1988. A comparison of sampling schemes used in generating error matrices for assessing the accuracy of maps generated from remotely sensed data. Photog. Eng. Remote Sensing 54, no. 5: 593-600.
  803. Congalton, R. G. 1988. Using spatial autocorrelation analysis to explore the errors in maps generated from remotely sensed data. Photog. Eng. Remote Sensing 54, no. 5: 587-92.
  804. Congalton, R. G. 1991. A review of assessing the accuracy of classification of remotely sensed data. Remote Sensing of Environment 37, no. 1: 35-46.
  805. Congalton, RG, and K. Green. 1999. Assessing the accuracy of remotely sensed data: Principles and practices. New-York: Lewis Publishers.
  806. Coniglio, Mario, and R. S. Harrison. 1983. Facies and diagenesis of Late Pleistocene carbonates from Big Pine Key, Florida. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology 31: 135-47.
  807. ---. 1983. Holocene and Pleistocene caliche from Big Pine Key, Florida. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology 31: 3-31.
  808. Connell, J. H. 1972. Community interactions on marine rocky intertidal shores. Ann. Review of Ecol. & Systematics 3: 169-92.
  809. ---. 1973. Population ecology of reef-building corals. Biology and Geology of Coral Reefs. Volume II. Eds. O. A. Jones, and R. Endean, 205-343. New York: Academic Press. abstract
  810. Connell, J. H. 1976. Competitive interactions and the species diversity of corals. Coelenterate Ecology and Behavior. Ed. Mackie, 51-58. British Columbia: University of Victoria.
  811. ---. 1983. Disturbance and patch dynamics of reef corals. Proceedings of the Inaugural Great Barrier Reef Conference, 179-89.
  812. ---. 1978. Diversity in tropical rain forests and coral reefs. Science 199, no. 4335: 1302-10.
  813. Connell, J. H., Terence P. Hughes, and Carden C. Wallace. 1997. A 30- year study of coral abundance, recruitment, and disturbance at several scales in space and time. Ecol Monogr 67: 461-88.
  814. Connor, E. F., and D. Simberloff. 1978. Species number and compositional similarity of the Galapagos flora and avifauna. Ecological Monographs 48: 219-48.
  815. Constantz, B. R. 1986. Coral skeleton construction: a physiochemically dominated process. Palaios 1: 152-57.
  816. Constantz, B. R. 1985. Taxon-specific diagenetic variation among scleractinian corals. Proc. Fifth International Coral Reef Congress, 229-34. abstract
  817. Coogan, A. H. 1967. Recent and ancient carbonate cyclic sequences. Cyclic Sedimentation in the Permian Basin.J. G. Elam, and S. Chuber, 5-16. Midland, TX: West Texas Geological Society.
  818. Cook, Clayton B., and C. F. D'Elia. 1987. Are natural populations of zooxanthellae ever nutrient-limited? Symbiosis 4: 199-212.
  819. Cook, Clayton B., C. F. D'Elia, and G. Muller-Parker. 1988. Host feeding and nutrient sufficiency for zooxanthellae in the sea anemone Aiptasia pallida. Marine Biology 98: 253-62.
  820. Cook, Clayton B., Richard E. Dodge, and S. R. Smith. 1994. Fifty years of impacts of coral reefs in Bermuda. Global Aspects of Coral Reefs, Ed Robert N. Ginsburg, 160166. abstract
  821. Cook, Clayton B., and A. H. Knap. 1983. Effects of crude oil and chemical dispersant on photosynthesis in the brain coral Diploria strigosa. Marine Biology 78: 21-27.
  822. Cook, Clayton B., A. Logan, and et al. 1990. Elevated temperatures and bleaching on a high latitude coral reef: the 1988 Bermuda event. Coral Reefs 9, no. 1: 45-49.
  823. Cook, Clayton B., G. Muller-Parker, and C. F. D'Elia. 1992. Ammonium enhancement of dark carbon fixation and nitrogen limitation in symbiotic zooxanthellae: Effects of feeding and starvation of the sea anemone Aiptasia pallida. Limnol. Oceanogr. 37, no. 1: 131-39.
  824. Cook, Clayton B., G. Muller-Parker, and C. F. D'Elia. 1992. Factors affecting nutrient sufficiency for symbiotic zooxanthellae. Proc 7th Int Coral Reef Sym.
  825. Cook, Clayton B., G. Muller-Parker, and C. D. Orlandini. 1994. Ammonium enhancement of dark carbon fixation and nitrogen limitation in zooxanthellae symbiotic with the reef corals Madracis mirabilis and Montastrea annularis. Marine Biology 118: 157-65.
  826. Cook, Edward R. 1995. Temperature histories from tree rings and corals. Climate Dynamics 11: 211-22. abstract
  827. Cook, H. E. 1983. Ancient carbonate platform margins, slopes and basins. Platform Margin and Deep Water Carbonates.H. E. Cook, A. C. Hine, and H. T. Mullins, 5-1-5/189. Tulsa, OK: SEPM Short Course No. 12.
  828. Cook, H. E., A. C. Hine, and H. T. Mullins. 1983. Platform Margin and Deep Water Carbonates. 572. Tulsa, OK: SEPM Short Course No. 12.
  829. Cook, H. E., and H. T. Mullins. 1983. Basin margin environment. Carbonate Depositional Environments.P. A. Scholle, D. G. Bebout, and C. H. Moore, 539-617. Tulsa, OK: American Association of Petroleum Geologists Memoir 33.
  830. Cook, R. E. 1979. Asexual reproduction: A further consideration. The American Naturalist 113: 769-72.
  831. Cooke, William J. 1976. Reproduction, growth, and some tolerances of Zoanthus pacificus and Palythoa vestitus in Kaneohe Bay, Hawaii. Coelenterate Ecology and Behavior . Ed. Mackie, 281-88. British Columbia: University of Victoria.
  832. Cooper, E. L. 1996. Introduction. Advances in Comparative and Environmental Physiology,Vol. 23: Invertebrate Immune Responses: Cells and Molecular Products. Ed. E. L. Cooper, 1-5. Berlin Heidelberg: Springer-Verlag .
  833. Cope, Margaret. 1981. Interspecific coral interactions in Hong Kong. Proc 4th Int Coral Reef Symp, 357-62.
  834. Copper, P. 1994. Ancient reef ecosystem expansion and collapse. Coral Reefs 13, no. 1: 3-11.
  835. Corredor, Jorge E., Andy W. Bruckner, F. Z. Muszynski, Roy A. Armstrong, R. Garcia, and Julio M. Morell. 2000. UV-absorbing compounds in three species of Caribbean zooxanthellate corals: depth distribution and spectral response. Bulletin of Marine Science 67: 821-30. abstract
  836. Corredor, Jorge E., and D. G. Capone. 1985. Studies on nitrogen diagenesis in coral reef sands. Proc Fifth International Coral Reef Congress, 395-99.
  837. Corredor, Jorge E., Robert W. Howarth, Robert R. Twilley, and Julio M. Morell. 1999. Nitorgen cycling and anthropogenic impact in the tropical interamerican seas. Biogeochemistry 46: 163-78. abstract
  838. Corredor, Jorge E., and Julio Morell. 1985. Inorganic nitrogen in coral reef sediments. Estuarine, Coastal & Shelf Science 16: 379-84. abstract
  839. Corredor, Jorge E., Julio Morell, and Jorge Bauza. 1999. Atmospheric nitrous oxide fluxes from mangrove sediments. Marine Pollution Bulletin 38: 473-78. abstract
  840. Corredor, Jorge E., Clive R. Wilkinson, Vance P. Vicente, Julio M. Morell, and Ernesto Otero. 1988. Nitrate release by Caribbean reef sponges. Limnol. Oceanogr. 33: 114-20. abstract - figure
  841. Corso, William, R. Wilber, and S. Jude. 1992. Saba Bank's response to Holocene sea-level rise; bank-top shedding and partial drowning. Geological Society of America, South-Central Section, 26th annual meeting.
  842. Cortes, Jorge. 1990. "Coral reef decline in Golfo Dulce, Costa Rica, eastern Pacific." Doctoral , University of Miami.
  843. ---. 1990. The coral reefs of Golfo Dulce, Costa Rica: distribution and community structure. Atoll Research Bull. 344: 1-37.
  844. ---. 1991. Los arrecifes coralinos de Golfo Dulce, Costa Rica; aspectos geologicos; The Dulce Gulf coral reefs, Costa Rica; geologic aspects. Revista Geologica De America Central, Costa Rica 13: 15-24.
  845. ---. 1994. A reef under siltation stress; a decade of degradation. Proceedings of colloquium on Global aspects of coral reefs; health, hazards and history, Ed Robert N. Ginsburg, 240-246. abstract
  846. Cortes, Jorge, Ian G. Macintyre, and Peter W. Glynn. 1995. Holocene growth history of an eastern Pacific fringing reef, Punta Islotes, Costa Rica. Coral Reefs 13, no. 2: 65-73.
  847. Cortes, Jorge, M. M. Murillo, H. M. Guzman, and J. Acuna. 1984. Loss of zooxanthellae and death of corals and other reef organisms on the Caribbean and Pacific coasts of Costa Rica. Rev. Biol. Trop 32: 227-31. abstract
  848. Cortes, Jorge, and Michael J. Risk. 1984. El arrecife coralino del Parque Nacional Cahuita, Costa Rica. Review Biology Tropical 32, no. 1: 109-21. abstract
  849. ---. 1985. A reef under siltation stress: Cahuita, Costa Rica. Bull. Marine Science 36, no. 2: 339-56. abstract - figure
  850. Costello, D. K., K. L. Carder, R. F. Chen, T. G. Peacock, and N. S. Nettles. 1995. Multi-spectral imagery, hyper-spectral radiometry, and unmanned underwater vehicles: tools for the assessment of natural resources in coastal waters. SPIE: Visual Communications and Image Processing '95 2501: 407-15.
  851. Cotton, P. D., and D. J. T. Carter. 1994. Cross-calibration of Topex, ERS-1 and Geosat wave heights. J. Geophys. Res. 99, no. C12: 25025-33.
  852. Coulson, R. N., C. N. Lovelady, R. O. Flamm, S. L. Spradling, and M. C. Saunders. 1990. Intelligent geographic information systems for natural ressources management. M. G. Turner, and R. H. Gardner, 153-72. Vol. 82. New-York: Springer-Verlag.
  853. Courboulès, J., and R. Manière. 1989. Application de la télédetection à l'étude de la relation entre l'hydrodynamisme de surface et les récifs coralliens. Photo-Interprétation 89, no. 5-6: 4149.
  854. Courboulès, J., and R. Manière. 1992. Apport de la télédétection à l'étude de la relation entre l'hydrodynamisme de surface et les récifs coralliens. Int. J. of Remote Sensing 13, no. 15: 1911-23.
  855. Courboulès, J., R. Manière, and C. Bouchon. 1988. Systèmes d'informations géocodés et télédétection à haute résolution. Exemples d'application aux côtes jordaniennes. Oceanologica Acta 11, no. 4: 337-51.
  856. Courboulès, J., R. Manière, C. Bouchon, Y. Bouchon-Navarro, and M. Louis. 1992. Imagerie spatiale et gestion des littoraux tropicaux: exemple d'application aux îles Saint-Barthelemy, Saint-Martin et Anguilla. Photo-Interprétation 91/92, no. 1: 5-8,25-26.
  857. Courboulès, J., R. Manière, J. Jaubert, A. S. Mandura, A. K. Khaffaji, A. A. Eshky, and S. Saifullah. 1987. Cartographie d'une zone littorale en mer Rouge par traitements numériques des données HRV de SPOT 1. Photo-Interprétation 87, no. 4: 35-38.
  858. Cowan, Richard. 1988. The role of algal symbiosis in reefs through time. Palaios 3: 221-27. abstract
  859. Cowen, Richard. 1983. Algal symbiosis and its recognition in the fossil record. Biotic Interactions in Recent and Fossil Benthic Communities.M. J. S. Tevesz, and P. L. McCall, 431-79. New York: Plenum Press.
  860. Cox, Evelyn F. 1992. Fragmentation in the Hawaiian coral Montipora verrucosa. Proc 7th Int Coral Reef Sym, 513-17.
  861. Coyne, J. A. 1992. Genetics and speciation. Nature 355, no. 6 February: 511-15.
  862. Cracknell, A. P. 1999. Remote sensing techniques in estuaries and coastal zones - an update. Int. J. Remote Sensing 19, no. 3: 485-96.
  863. Craik, W., R. Kenchington, and G. Kelleher. 1990. Coral - Reef Management. Ecosystems of the World 25, Coral Reefs. Ed. Z. Dubinsky, 453-67. The Netherlands: Elsevier Science Publishers B.V.
  864. Crapper, P. F. 1980. Errors incurred in estimating an area of uniform land cover using Landsat. Photog. Eng. Remote Sensing 46, no. 10: 1295-301.
  865. Crevello, Paul D. 1988. Carbonate platform facies of the southern margin of the central High Atlas Rift. Evolution of the Jurassic High Atlas Rift, Morocco: Transtension, Structural and Eustatic Controls on Carbonate Facies, Tectonic Inversion.J. E. Warme, X-1 to X-42. Tulsa, OK: American Association of Petroleum Geologists Guidebook, Field Trip 9 (Sept. 1988 Mediterranean Basins Conference).
  866. ---. 1978. "Debris flow deposits and turbidites in a modern carbonate basin, Exuma Sound, Bahamas." University of Miami.
  867. Crevello, Paul D., and Wolfgang Schlager. 1980. Carbonate debris sheets and turbidites, Exuma Sound, Bahamas. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 50, no. 4: 1121-48. abstract
  868. Cribb, A. B.The algae of the Great Barrier Reefs. 47-72.
  869. Crippen, R. E. 1989. A simple spatial filtering routine for the cosmetic removal of scan-line noise from Landsat TM P-Tape imagery. Photogrammetric Engineering and Remote Sensing 55, no. 3: 327-31.
  870. Cronoble, J. M. 1974. Biotic constituents and origin of facies in Capitan reef, New Mexico and Texas. The Mountain Geologist 11: 95-108.
  871. Cróquer Pedrón, Aldo. 2000. The status of coral reefs in Venezuela . 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  872. Crosby, M., S. Drake, and et al. 1995. The United States Coral Reef Initiative: An Overview of the First Steps (Guest Editorial). Coral Reefs 14, no. 1: 1-3. abstract
  873. Cross, A. M., D. C. Mason, and S. J. Dury. 1988. Segmentation of remotely-sensed images by a split-and-merge process. Int. J. Remote Sensing 9, no. 8: 1329-45.
  874. Cross, Timothy S., and Barbara W. Cross. 1983. U, Sr and Mg in Holocene and Pleistocene corals A. palmata and M. annularis. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 53: 587-94.
  875. Crossland, C. 1939. "Some coral formations." Reports on the Preliminary Expedition for the Exploration of the Red Sea, Publ Mar Biol St Gha.
  876. Crossland, C. J. 1984. Seasonal variations in the rates of calcification and productivity in the coral Acropora formosa on a high-latitude reef. Marine Ecology Progress Series 15: 135-40.
  877. Crossland, C. J. 1987. In situ release of mucus and DOC-lipid from the corals Acropora variabilis and Stylophora pistillata in different light regimes. Coral Reefs 6: 35-42.
  878. Crossland, C. J. 1988. Latitudinal comparisons of coral reef structure and function. 6th International Coral Reef Symp., 221-26. abstract
  879. Crossland, C. J. 1995. Dissolved nutrients in coral reef waters. Perspectives on Coral Reefs. Ed. D. J. Barnes, 56-69Brian Clouston Publisher.
  880. Crossland, C. J., and D. J. Barnes. 1977. Gas-exchange studies with the staghorn coral Acropora acuminata and its zooxanthellae. Marine Biology 40: 185-94.
  881. Crossland, C. J., D. J. Barnes, and M. A. Borowitzka. 1980. Diurnal lipid and mucus production in the staghorn coral, Acropora acuminata. Mar Biol 60: 81-90.
  882. Crossland, C. J., B. G. Hatcher, and S. V. Smith. 1991. Role of coral reefs in global ocean production. Coral Reefs 10: 55-64.
  883. Crowley, T. J. 1985. Late Quaternary carbonate changes in the North Atlantic and Atlantic/Pacific comparisons. The Carbon Cycle and Atmospheric CO2: Natural Variations, Archean to Present.E. T. Sundquist, and W. S. Broecker, 271-84. Washington, D.C.: American Geophysical Union Monograph 32.
  884. Crowley, T. J., T. M. Quinn, and F. W. Taylor. 1995. Volcanic signal detected in New Caledonia coral record. American Geophysical Union, 1995 spring meeting, abstr.
  885. Cruise, J. F., and R. L. Miller. 1994. Interpreting the water quality of Mayaguez Bay, Puerto Rico, using remote sensing, hydrologic modeling, and coral reef productivity. Proceedings of the Second Thematic Conference. Remote Sensing for Marine and Coastal Environments, 193-203. abstract
  886. Cruz, Waleska, Jack Morelock, and R. Miller. 1995. Mapping coral reef environments with remote sensing. Third Thematic Conference on Remote Sensing for Marine and Coastal Environments, abstr.
  887. Cubie, Doreen Buscemi. 1998. Coral reefs: rain forests of the sea. The Rotarian Sept: 30-33.
  888. Cubit, J. D. 1985. Possible effects of recent changes in sea level on the biota of a Caribbean reef flat and predicted effects of rising sea level. Proc fifth International Coral Reef Congress, 111-18. abstract
  889. Cubit, J. D. C. D. Getter J. B. C. Jackson S. D. Garrity H. M. Caffey R. C. Thompson E. Weil and M. J. Marshall. An oil spill affecting Coral Reefs and Mangrove in the Caribbean Coast of Panama. Proc. Oil Spill Conference, Amer. Petr. Inst. Wash., pp. 401-6.
  890. Cuet, P., O. Naim, and et al. 1988. Nutrient-rich groundwater impact on benthic communities of La Saline fringing reef (Reunion Island, Indian Ocean): preliminary results. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 207-12.
  891. Cuffey, R. J. 1985. Expanded reef-rock textural classification and the geologic history of bryozoan reefs. Geology 13: 307-10.
  892. ---. 1972. The roles of bryozoans in modern coral reefs. Geologische Rundschau 61: 542-50.
  893. Cuffey, R. J., S. S. Fonda, D. F. Kosich, C. D. Gebelein, D. M. Bliefnick, and L. G. Soroka. 1977. Modern tidal-channel bryozoan reefs at Joulters Cays (Bahamas). Proc. Third International Coral Reef Symposium, Ed. D. L. Taylor, 339-45. abstract
  894. Cuffey, R. J., and J. F. Pachut. 1991. Clinal morphological variation along a depth gradient in the living Scleractinian reef coral Favia pallida: effects on perceived evolutionary tempos in the fossil record. Soc. Sedimentary Geology Research Reports: 580-88.
  895. Cuif, Jean-Pierre. 1980. Microstructure versus morphology in the skeleton of Triassic Scleractinian corals. Acta Palaeontologica Polonica 25: 361-74. abstract
  896. Cullen, J. J., M. C. Aurea, R. F. Davis, and M. R. Lewis. 1997. Optical detection and assessment of algal blooms. Limnol. Oceanogr. 42, no. 5, part 2: 1223-39.
  897. Cullinan, V. I., and J. M. Thomas. 1992. A comparison of quantitative methods for examining landscape pattern and scale. Landscape Ecology 7, no. 3: 211-27.
  898. Cumings, E. R. 1932. Reefs or bioherms? Geological Society of America Bulletin 43: 331-52.
  899. Curl, Douglas C., and Michael A. Sick. 1994. Classification of coral reef facies at La Parguera, Puerto Rico through the use of CAMS data. Geological Society of America, Southeastern Section, 43rd annual meeting.
  900. Cumming, R. L., and D. McCorry. 1998. Corallivorous gastropods in Hong Kong. Coral Reefs 17: 178.
  901. Curran, H. Allan. 1984. Ichnology of Pleistocene carbonates on San Salvador, Bahamas. Journal of Paleontology 58: 312-21.
  902. ---. 1986. Pleistocene and Holocene carbonate environments on San Salvador Island, Bahamas. 160Tulsa, OK: SEPM Annual Meeting (Atlanta, GA) Guidebook, Field Trip No. 1.
  903. Curran, H. Allan, Benjamin J. Greenstein, Brian White, and Mark A. Wilson. 1993. San Salvador Island, Bahamas; a natural laboratory for the study of carbonate sediments and rocks. Keck Research Symposium in Geology Henry H. Woodward, Patrick Spencer, John D. Winter, and Kevin Pogue, 215-19.
  904. Curran, H. Allan, and Brian White. 1995. Introduction; Bahamas geology. Terrestrial and shallow marine geology of the Bahamas and Bermuda, Special Paper - Geological Society of America.H. Allen Curran, and Brian White, 1-3. Boulder, Colorado: Geological Society of America.
  905. Curran, H. Allen, Durelle P. Smith, Lucy Chambers Meigs, Ann E. Pufall, and Mary Lisa Greer. 1994. The health and short-term change of two coral patch reefs, Fernandez Bay, San Salvador Island, Bahamas. Proceedings of the colloquium on global aspects of coral reefs, Ed. Robert N. Ginsburg, 147-53. abstract
  906. Curran, P. J. 1994. Imaging spectrometry. Progress in Physical Geography 18, no. 2: 247-66.
  907. Curran, P. J., and P. M. Atkinson. 1998. Geostatistics and remote sensing. Progress in Physical Geography 22, no. 1: 61-78.
  908. Custodio III, H. M., and H. T. Yap. 1997. Skeletal extension rates of Porites cylindrica and Porites (Synarea) rus after transplantation to two depths. Coral Reefs 16: 267-68.
  909. Cys, J. M., D. F. Toomey, J. L. Brezina, E. Greenwood, D. B. Groves, K. W. Klement, J. D. Kullmann, T. L. McMillan, V. Schmidt, E. D. Sneed, and L. H. Wagner. 1977. Capitan Reef - evolution of a concept. Upper Guadalupian Facies, Permian Reef Complex, Guadalupe Mountains, New Mexico and West Texas (1977 Field Conference Guidebook).M. E. Hileman, and S. J. Mazzullo, 201-322. Midland, TX: Permian Basin Section-SEPM Publication 77-16.
    return to list
  910. D'Croz, Luis. 1991. "Effects of climatic changs in the coral reefs of the south-east Pacific." Regional Seas, Unep Regional Reports and Studies. abstract
  911. D'Elia, C. F. 1978. Dissolved nitrogen, phosphorus and organic carbon. Coral Reefs: Research Methods. Eds. D. R. Stoddard, and R. E. Johannes, 485-98. Paris: UNESCO.
  912. ---. 1977. The uptake and release of dissolved phosphorus by reef corals. Limnology and Oceanography 22: 301-15.
  913. D'Elia, C. F., and C. B. Cook. 1988. Methylamine uptake by zooxanthellae-invertebrate symbioses: Insights into host ammonium environment and nutrition. Limnol. Oceanogr. 33, no. 5: 1153-65.
  914. D'Elia, C. F., and P. R. Taylor. 1990. Disturbances in coral reefs: lessons from Diadema mass mortality and coral bleaching. Coral Reefs: 803-7.
  915. D'Elia, C. F., and K. L. Webb. 1977. The dissolved nitrogen flux of reef corals. Proc 3rd Int Coral Reef Sym, 325-30.
  916. D'Elia, C. F., and W. J. Wiebe. 1990. Biogeochemical nutrient cycles in coral-reef ecosystems. Ecosystems of the World 25 Coral Reefs. Ed. Z. Dubinsky, 49-74. The Netherlands: Elsevier Science Publishers B.V.
  917. D'sa, E. J., J. B. Zaitzeff, and R. G. Steward. 2000. Monitoring water quality in Florida Bay with remotely sensed salinity and in situ bio-optical observations. Int. J. Remote Sensing 21, no. 4: 811-16.
  918. Daetwyler, C. C., and A. L. Kidwell. 1959. The Gulf of Batabano, a modern carbonate basin. Proceedings of the Fifth World Petroleum Congress (New York), Geology and Geophysics, Section I, Paper 1, 1-21. abstract
  919. Dahl, Arthur L. 1977. Monitoring man's impact on Pacific island reefs. Proc. Third International Coral Reef Symposium, 571-75. abstract
  920. Dahl, Arthur L. 1981. Monitoring coral reefs for urban impact. Bull. Marine Science 31, no. 3: 544-51. abstract
  921. Dahl, Arthur L., Ian G. Macintyre, and Arnfried Antonius. "A comparative survey of coral reef research sites." Investigations of Marine Shallow Water Ecosystems. abstract
  922. Dahl, Arthur L., and Bernard Salvat. 1988. Are human impacts, either through traditional or contemporary use, stabilizing or destabilize to reef community structure. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 63-69. abstract
  923. Dai, Chang-Feng. 1988. Coral communities of southern Taiwan. 6th International Coral Reef Symp., 647-52. abstract
  924. ---. 1991. Reef environment and coral fauna of southern Taiwan. Atoll Research Bulletin 354: 24p + figures.
  925. Dai, Chang-Feng, and T. Y. Fan. 1996. Coral Fauna of Taiping Island (Itu Aba Island) in the Spratlys of the South China Sea. Atoll Research Bulletin 436, no. Apr 1996: 1-21.
  926. Dallas, L. P. in press. "Geology and hydrogeology of the Caribbean Island-Aquifer System of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands." U.S.G.S. Profesional Paper, U.S.Geological Survey.
  927. Dalrymple, D. W. 1965. Calcium carbonate deposition associated with blue-green algal mats, Baffin Bay, Texas. Publications of the University of Texas Institute of Marine Sciences 10: 187-200.
  928. Daly, R. A. 1910. Pleistocene glaciation and the coral reef problem. American Journal of Science 179: 297-308.
  929. Daly, R. A. 1915. The glacial-control theory of coral reefs. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences (Boston) 51: 155-251.
  930. Dana, J. D. 1851. Forms and special features of coral islands. American Journal of Science 12: 25-51.
  931. Dana, Thomas F. 1975. Development of contemporary eastern Pacific coral reefs . Marine Biology 33, no. 4: 355-74.
  932. ---. 1976. Reef-coral dispersion patterns and enviromental variables on a Caribbean coral reef. Bull. Marine Science 26, no. 1: 1-13. abstract
  933. ---. 1975. Species-numbers relationships in an assemblage of reef-building corals: McKean Island, Phoenix Islands. Atoll Research Bull.: 1-41. abstract
  934. Dapples, E. C. 1971. Physical classificaton of carbonate cement in quartzose sandstones. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 41: 196-204. abstract
  935. Darke, G. 1989. An investigation of the use of paleomagnetic techniques in a carbonate terrane - the Capitan reef complex, southwestern U.S.A. Subsurface and Outcrop Examination of the Capitan Shelf Margin, Northern Delaware Basin.P. M. Harris, and G. A. Grover, 415-22. Tulsa, OK: SEPM Core Workshop No. 13.
  936. Dart, J. K. G. 1972. Echinoids, algal lawn and coral recolonization. Nature 239: 50-51.
  937. Darwin, Charles. 1837. On certain areas of elevation and subsidence in the Pacific and Indian Oceans as deduced from the study of coral formations. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 2: 552-54.
  938. Darwin, Charles. 1842. The Geology of the Voyage of the Beagle, Part 1: The Structure and Distribution of Coral Reefs. 214. London.
  939. Darwin, Charles. 1851. Geological Observations on Coral Reefs, Volcanic Islands, and on South America. 1851. London: Smith, Elder and Co.
  940. Darwin, Charles. 1889. On the Structure and Distribution of Coral Reefs. London: Ward, Lock & Co., Ltd.
  941. Darzi, M. 1998. "SeaWiFS science algorithm flow chart." GSFC/CR-1998-206848. NASA/GSFC, Greenbelt, MD.
  942. Dauget, J. M. 1991. Architectural approach of growth forms in Seriatopora hystrix (Cnidaria: Scleractinia). BULL. MUS. NATL. HIST. NAT. FRANCE 4E SER. A ZOOL. BIOL. ECOL. ANIM. 13: 283-88. abstract
  943. Daumas, Raoul, Robert Galois, and Bernard A. Thomassin. 1981. Biochemical composition of soft and hard coral mucus on a New Caledonian lagoonal reef. Proc 4th Int Coral Reef Sym, 59-67.
  944. Daumas, Raoul, and Bernard A. Thomassin. Protein fractions in coral and zoantharian mucus; possible evolution in coral reef environments. Proc 3rd Int Coral Reef Sym, 517-23.
  945. Dave, R. N. 1992. Characterization and detection of noise in clustering. Pattern Recognition Letters 12, no. 11: 657-64.
  946. Davies, D. K. 1968. Carbonate turbidites, Gulf of Mexico. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 38: 1100-1109.
  947. Davies, G. R. 1970. Carbonate bank sedimentation, eastern Shark Bay, Western Australia. Carbonate Sedimentation and Environments, Shark Bay, Western Australia.B. W. Logan, G. R. Davies, J. F. Read, and D. E. Cebulski, 85-168. Tulsa, OK: American Association of Petroleum Geologists Memoir 13.
  948. Davies, G. R., and W. W. Nassichuk. 1986. Ancient reefs in the high Arctic. Geos 15: 4-25.
  949. Davies, J. M., R. P. Dunne, and B. E. Brown. 1997. Coral bleaching and elevated sea-water temperature in Milne Bay Province, Papua New Guinea, 1996. Marine and Freshwater Research 48: 513-16.
  950. Davies, Peter J. 1977. Carbon budgets and vertical zonation of Atlantic reef corals. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium, 391-96. abstract
  951. ---. 1977. Modern reef growth - Great Barrier Reef. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium, 325-30. abstract
  952. ---. 1983. Reef growth. Perspectives on Coral Reefs.D. J. Barnes, 69-106. Townsville, Australia: Australian Institute of Marine Science.
  953. Davies, Peter J. 1984. The role of zooxanthellae in the energy requirements of Pocillopora eydouxi. Coral Reefs 2: 181-86.
  954. ---. 1988. Evolution of the Great Barrier Reef - reductionist dream or expansionist vision. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 9-17.
  955. ---. 1989. The use of buoyant weighing for short-term measurements of coral growth rate. International Society for Reef Studies Annual Meeting , 53.
  956. Davies, Peter J. 1991. Effect of daylight variations on the energy budgets of shallow-water corals. Mar Biol 108: 137-44.
  957. Davies, Peter J. 1992. Endosymbiosis in marine cnidarians. Plant-Animal Interactions in the Marine Benthos. Eds. D. M. John, S. J. Hawkins, and J. H.
  958. ---. 1995. Coral nubbins and explants for reef assessment and laboratory ecotoxicology. Coral Reefs 14, no. 4: 267-69.
  959. Davies, Peter J., B. Bubela, and James Ferguson. 1978. The formation of ooids. Sedimentology 25: 703-30. abstract
  960. Davies, Peter J., and David Hopley. 1983. Growth fabrics and growth rates of Holocene reefs in the Great Barrier Reef. Journal of Australian Geology and Geophysics 8: 237-51.
  961. Davies, Peter J., and P. A. Hutchings. 1983. Initial colonization, erosion and accretion on coral substrate. Coral Reefs 2: 27-35.
  962. Davies, Peter J., and Donald W. Kinsey. 1973. Organic and inorganic factors in Recent beach rock formation, Heron Island, Great Barrier Reef. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 43, no. 1: 59-81. abstract
  963. Davies, Peter J., and I. G. Macintyre. 1985. Reef growth and sea-level change: the environmental signature. 5th International Coral Reef Symp. abstract
  964. Davies, Peter J., and J. F. Marshall. 1986. Halimeda bioherms - low energy reefs, northern Great Barrier Reef. Proceedings of the Fifth International Coral Reef Symposium (Tahiti, 1985), 1-7. abstract
  965. ---. 1980. A model of epicontinental reef growth. Nature 287: 37-38.
  966. Davies, Peter J., and J. F Marshall. 1985. Relationships between reef growth and sea level in the Great Barrier Reef. 5th International Coral Reef Symp., 95-103. abstract - figure
  967. Davies, Peter J., and J. A. McKenzie. 1993. "Controls on the Pliocene-Pleistocene evolution of the northeastern Australian continental margin." Proc., scientific results, ODP, Leg 133, northeast Australian margin, Ed. J. A McKenzie.
  968. Davies, Peter J., and L. Montaggioni. 1985. Reef growth and sea-level change: the environmental signature. Proc. 5th Intl. Coral Reef Congr. , 477-511. abstract - figure
  969. Davies, Peter J., and F. M. Peerdeman. 1998. "The origin of the Great Barrier Reef; the impact of Leg 133 drilling." Reefs and carbonate platforms in the Pacific and Indian oceans , Ed. G. F. Camoin. International Association of Sedimentologists.
  970. Davies, Peter J., Charles Phipps and David Hopley. 1985. Deep fore-reef slope of the Great Barrier Reef. Society Economic Paleontologists Mineralogists Midyear meeting, abstract. abstract
  971. Davies, Peter J., C. Pigram, and F. Peerdeman. The effects of sea level change on the growth of the proto Barrier Reef and the Great Barrier Reef. 29th international geological congress, abstr1992.
  972. Davies, Peter J., D. R. Stoddart, and D. C. Sigee. 1971. Reef forms of Addu Atoll, Maldive Islands. Regional Variations in Indian Ocean Coral Reefs.D. R. Stoddart, and M. Yonge, 217-59. Zoological Society of London Symposium No. 28. London: Academic Press.
  973. Davies, Peter J., P. A. Symonds, D. A. Feary, and C. J. Pigram. 1989. The evolution of the carbonate platforms of northeast Australia. Controls on Carbonate Platform and Basin Development.P. D. Crevello, J. L. Wilson, J. F. Sarg, and J. F. Read, 233-58. Tulsa, OK: SEPM Special Publication No. 44.
  974. Davies, Peter J., B. G. Thom, A. Short, J. F. Marshall, N. Harvey, and K. Martin. 1977. Reef development - Great Barrier Reef. Proc. Third International Coral Reef Symposium, 331-37 abstract
  975. Davies, Peter J., Jody Webster, J. C. Braga, H. Elderfield, H. Yoshida, J. Mckenzie, D. Kroon, L. Montaggioni, P. M. Manning, A. Skinner, C. Vasconcelos, M. Andres, R. L. F. Kay, and C. Braithwaite. The origin of the Great Barrier Reef. Transactions, American Geophysical Union 1997 spring meeting1997.
  976. Davies, Peter J., and Barry G. West. 1981. Suspended-sediment transport and water movement at One Tree Reef, southern Great Barrier Reef. BMR Journal of Australian Geology & Geophysics 6: 187-95.
  977. Davies, T. A., and T. R. Worsley. 1981. Paleoenvironmental implications of oceanic carbonate sedimentation rates. The Deep Sea Drilling Project: A Decade of Progress.J. E. Warme, R. G. Douglas, and E. L Winterer, 169-79. Tulsa, OK: SEPM Special Publication No. 32.
  978. Davis, F. W., D. A. Quattrochi, M. K. Ridd, N. S. Lam, S. J. Walsh, J. C. Michaelsen, J. Franklin, D. A. Stow, C. J. Johannsen, and C. A. Johnston. 1991. Environmental analysis using integrated GIS and remotely sensed data: some research needs and priorities. Photogrammetric Engineering & Remote Sensing 57, no. 6: 689-97.
  979. Davis, Gary E. 1982. A century of natural change in coral distribution at the Dry Tortugas: a comparison of reef maps from 1881 and 1976. Bull. Marine Science 32: 608-23. abstract - figure - 1881 - figure - 1976
  980. Davis Jr., Richard A., Cathleen Reas, and L. L. Robbins. 1995. Calcite mud in a Holocene back-barrier lagoon: Lake Reeve, Victoria, Australia. Journal of Sedimentary Research A65, no. No. 1: 178-84. abstract
  981. Davis, P. S. 1991. Effect of daylight variations on the energy budgets of shallow-water corals. Marine Biology 108: 137-44.
  982. Davis, T. J., and C. P. Keller. 1997. Modelling and visualizing multiple spatial uncertainties. Computers and Geosciences 23, no. 4: 397-408.
  983. Davis, W. M. 1923. The marginal belts of the coral seas. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences (USA) 9: 292-96.
  984. Davis, W. M. 1928. The coral reef problem. American Geographical Society, Special Publication., 596.
  985. Dawans, J. M., and P. K. Swart. 1988. Textural and geochemical alternations in Late Cenozoic Bahamian dolomites. Sedimentology 35: 385-403.
  986. Dayaratne, P., O. Linden, and M. W. R. N. De Silva. 1995. Puttalam Lagoon and Mundel Lake, Sri Lanka: a study of coastal resources: their utilisation, environmental issues and management options. Ambio 24: 391-401.
  987. Dayton, Leigh. 1995. The killing reefs. New Scientist 148: 14-15.
  988. De'ath, G., and K. E. Fabricius. 2000. Classification and regression trees: a powerful yet simple technique for the analysis of complex ecological data. Ecology 81: 3178-92.
  989. De Keyser, Thomas L. 1999. Digital scanning of thin sections and peels. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 69: 962-64. abstract
  990. de Kruijf, Hans A. M. 1977. Individual polyp behavior and colonial organization in the hydrocorals Millepora complanata (Milleporina) andStylaster roseus (Stylasterina). Proc 3rd Int Coral Reef Sym, 445-51.
  991. de Neve, G. A. 1990. The enigma of coral reefs and atolls growth. Publikasi Geografi, India 6: 1-5.
  992. De Ruyter Van Steveninck, E. D. 1984. The composition of algal vegetation in and outside damselfish territories on a Florida reef. Aquatic Botany 20: 11-19.
  993. De Ruyter van Steveninck, E. D., L. L. Van Mulekom, and A. M. Breeman. 1988. Growth inhibition of Lobophora variegata (Lamaroux) Womersly by scleractinian corals. J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 115: 169-78.
  994. De Silva, M. W. R. N. 1984. "Coral reef assessment and management methodologies currently used in Malaysia." Comparing Coral Reef Survey Methods, Unesco, Paris, France. abstract - figure
  995. De Vantier, L. M., and G. Deacon. 1990. Distribution of Acanthaster planci at Lord Howe Island, the southern- most Indo-Pacific reef. Coral Reefs 9, no. 3: 145-48.
  996. De, Vantier L. M., and R. Endean. 1989. Observations of colony fission following ledge formation in massive reef corals of the genus Porites. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 58: 191-95.
  997. De Vaugelas, J. 1985. Sediment reworking by Callianassid mud-shrimp in tropical lagoons: a review with perspectives. 5th International Coral Reef symp., 617-22. abstract
  998. De Vel, O., and W. Bour. 1990. The structural and thematic mapping of coral reefs using high resolution SPOT data: application to the Tetembia Reef (New Caledonia). Geocarto International 2: 27-34.
  999. de Villiers, Stephanie, Glen T. Shen, and Bruce K. Nelson. 1992. Sr/Ca-thermometry; an evaluation of the role of Sr:Ca variability in surface ocean waters, coral growth rate and species effects on the precision and accuracy obtainable with the Sr-paleothermometer. American Geophysical Union, 1992 fall meeting, abstrAmerican Geophysical Union, Washington, DC, United States.
  1000. Decker, Thomas Drew. 1991. "The use of SPOT imagery to determine substrate type and depth in a coral reef environment." Ph.D thesis, University of South Carolina.
  1001. Deer, P. J. 1996. The application of fuzzy sets theory to image processing and remote sensing. 152-68.
  1002. Degens, E. T., and S. Epstein. 1964. Oxygen and carbon isotopic ratios in coexisting calcites and dolomites from recent and ancient sediments. Geochimica Et Cosmochimica Acta 28: 23-44.
  1003. Dekker, A. G., H. J. Hoogenboom, L. M. Goddijn, and T. J. Malthus. 1997. The relation between inherent optical properties and reflectance spectra in turbid inland waters. Remote Sensing Reviews 15, no. 1-4: 59-74.
  1004. Dekker, R., and R. P. M. Bak. 1980. Aggressive and defensive interactions in three species of stony corals (Scleractinia). PROC. ASSOC. ISL. MAR. LAB. CARIB., abstr. abstract
  1005. del Valle, Miguel A. 1981. "Ecological aspects on the occurrence and distribution of benthic marine algae at three sites in Bahia Guanica, Puerto Rico." master's thesis, University of Puerto Rico RUM. abstract
  1006. Delbeek, J. Charles. 1987. The role of symbiotic algae in marine invertebrates. Freshwater and Marine Aquarium 10, no. 11: 41-44.
  1007. Delgado Hyland, Anaisa. 1978. "La Ecologia de las Comunidades de Thalassia testudinum en La Parguera, Lajas, P.R." master's thesis, University of Puerto Rico RUM.
  1008. Demicco, Robert V., and Lawrence A. Hardie. 2002. The "carbonate factory" revisited: a reexamination of sediment production functions used to model deposition on carbonate platforms. Jour. Sedimentary Research 72: 849-57. abstract
  1009. den Hartog, J. C. 1977. The marginal tentacles of Rhodactis sanctithomae (Corallimorpharia) and the sweeper tentacles of Montastrea cavernosa (Scleractinia): their cnidom and possible function. Proc 3rd Int Coral Reef Sym, 463-69.
  1010. den Hartog, J. C. 1980. Caribbean shallow water corallimorpharia. Zool Verh.
  1011. Dennis, B. 1996. Discussion: Should ecologists become bayesians? Ecological Applications 6, no. 4: 1095-103.
  1012. Dennis, G. D., and Thomas J. Bright. 1988. The impact of a ship grounding on the reef fish assemblage at Molasses Reef, Key Largo National Marine Sanctuary, Florida. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 213-18. abstract
  1013. Dennis, G. D., and R. I. Wicklund. 1994. The relationship between environmental factors and coral bleaching at Lee Stocking Island, Bahamas in 1990. Proceedings of the colloquium on global aspects of coral reefs, Ed. Robert N. Ginsburg, 167-73.
  1014. Dennison, W. C., and D. J. Barnes. 1988. Effect of water motion on coral photosynthesis and calcification. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 115: 67-77.
  1015. Denny, M. W. 1995. Predicting physical disturbance: Mechanistic approaches to the study of survivorship on wave-swept shores. Ecological Monographs 65, no. 4: 371-418.
  1016. Denny, M. W., T. L. Daniel, and M. A. R. Koehl. 1985. Mechanical limits to size in wave-swept organisms. Ecology 55: 69-102.
  1017. Deriche, R., J. P. Cocquerez, and G. Almouzny. 1988. An efficient method to build early image description. 588-90.
  1018. Desachy, J., L. Roux, and E. Zahzah. 1996. Numeric and symbolic data fusion: a soft computing approach to remote sensing images analysis. Pattern Recognition Letters 17, no. 13: 1361-78.
  1019. Deschamps, P. Y., M. Herman, and D. Tanre. 1983. Modeling of the atmospheric effects and its application to the remote sensing of ocean color. Applied Optics 22, no. 23: 3751-58.
  1020. Despinoy, M. 1997. Etude sur l'océanographie cotière à l'ile de la Réunion par télédétection multibande. AUPELF-UREF, (in press).
  1021. Destival, I. 1987. Recherche automatique des réseaux linéaires sur les images SPOT. Bull. S.F.P.T 105: 5-16.
  1022. DeVel, O., and W. Bour. 1990. The structural and thematic mapping of coral reefs using high resolution SPOT data: application to the Tetembia Reef (New Caledonia). Geocarto International 2: 27-34.
  1023. Devoy, R. J. 1985. Holocene sea-level changes and coastal processes on the south coast of Ireland: ocrals and the problems of sea-level methodology in temperate waters. Proc. fifth International Coral Reef Congress, 173-78. abstract
  1024. Diamond, J. M. 1975. Assembly of species communities. Ecology and Evolution of Communities. Eds. M. Cody, and J. M. Diamond, 342-444. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press.
  1025. ---. 1975. The island dilemma: Lessons of modern biolgeographic studies for the design of natural reserves. Biol. Conserv. 7: 129-46.
  1026. Dicks, B. 1984. Oil pollution in the Red Sea - environmental monitoring of an oilfield in a coral area, Gulf of Suez. Deep-Sea Research 31, no. 6-8A: 833-54.
  1027. Dicks, S. E., and T. H. Lo. 1990. Evaluation of thematic map accuracy in a land-use and land-cover mapping program. Photog. Eng. Remote Sensing 56, no. 9: 1247-52.
  1028. Dickson, J. A. D. 1966. Carbonate identification and genesis as revealed by staining. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 36: 491-505. abstract
  1029. ---. 1985. Diagenesis of shallow-marine carbonates. Sedimentology: Recent Developments and Applied Aspects.P. J. Brenchley, and B. P. J. Williams, 173-88. Geological Society (London) Special Publication No. 18. Oxford: Blackwell Scientific Publications.
  1030. ---. 1965. A modified staining technique for carbonates in thin section. Nature 205: 587.
  1031. Dickson, J. A. D., and M. L. Coleman. 1980. Changes in carbon and oxygen isotope composition during limestone diagenesis. Sedimentology 27: 107-18.
  1032. Dietz, Robert S., John C. Holden, and Walter P. Sproll. 1970. Geotectonic evolution and subsidence of Bahama Platform. Geol. Soc. of Am. Bull. 81: 1915-28. abstract
  1033. Digerfeldt, G., and M. D. Hendry. 1987. An 8000 year Holocene sea-level record from Jamaica: implications for interpretation of Caribbean reef and coastal history. Coral Reefs 5: 165-69. abstract
  1034. Dight, I. J., L. Bode, and et al. 1990. Modelling the larval dispersal of Acanthaster planci. I. Large scale hydrodynamics, Cairns Section, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park. Coral Reefs 9, no. 3: 115-23.
  1035. Dight, I. J., M. K. James, and et al. 1990. Modelling the larval dispersal of Acanthaster planci. II. Patterns of reef connectivity. Coral Reefs 9, no. 3: 125-34.
  1036. ---. 1988. Models of larval dispersal within the central Great Barrier Reef: patterns of connectivity and their implications for species distributions. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 217-24.
  1037. Dikou A., Koh M., and Chou L.M. 2000. Do we need new parameters to assess the status of coral reef communities under chronic and heavy sediment stress? 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  1038. Dill, Robert F. 1977. The Blue Holes - geologically significant submerged sink holes and caves off British Honduras and Andros, Bahama Islands. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium, Ed. D. L. Taylor, 237-42. abstract
  1039. Dill, Robert F., C. G. St. C. Kendall, and E. A. Shinn. 1989. Giant subtidal stromatolites and related sedimentary features. 33. Washington, D.C.: American Geophysical Union, 28th International Geological Congress Field Trip Guidebook T373.
  1040. Dill, Robert F., Eugene A. Shinn, A. T. Jones, K. Kelley, and R. P. Steinen. 1986. Giant subtidal stromatolites forming in normal salinity waters. Nature 324, no. 6092: 55-58. abstract
  1041. Dillon, William P., P. A. Battuello, C. W. Poag, and K. O. Trehu A. M. Klitgord. 1990. Evolution of the Blake Plateau Basin from rift basin to carbonate platform to present eroded continental borderland. American Association Petroleum Geologists annual meeting, abstract. abstract
  1042. Dillon, William P., A. M. Trehu, P. C. Valentine, and M. M. Ball. 1988. Eroded carbonate platform margin - the Blake Escarpment off southwestern United States. Atlas of Seismic Stratigraphy.A. W. Bally, 140-148. Tulsa, OK: American Association of Petroleum Geologists Studies in Geology No. 27.
  1043. Dinesen, Z. D. 1988. Complementary management of marine parks and island national parks in the Great Barrier Reef region. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 363-68.
  1044. ---. 1982. Regional Variation in Shade-Dwelling Coral Assemblages of the Great Barrier Reef Province. MAR. ECOL. PROG. SER. 7, no. 2: 117-23. abstract
  1045. DiSalvo, Louis H. 1969. Isolation of bacteria from the corallum of Porites lobata (Dana) and its possible significance. Am Zool 9: 735-74.
  1046. DiSalvo, Louis H. 1969. On the existence of a coral reef regenerative sediment. Pac Sci 23: 129.
  1047. DiSalvo, Louis H. 1972. Coral City. Oceans: 49-57. abstract
  1048. DiSalvo, Louis H. 1974. Soluble phosphorus and amino nitrogen released to seawater during recoveries of coral reef regenerative sediments. Proc. Second International Coral Reef Symposium, 11-19. abstract
  1049. Ditlev, H. 1978. Zonation of corals (Scleractinia: Coelenterata) on intertidal reef flats at Ko Phuket, eastern Indian Ocean. Mar. Biol. 47, no. 1: 29-39. abstract
  1050. Dittert, Nicolas, and Hanno Kinkel. 1996. Calcium carbonate sedimentation in the South Atlantic; accumulation versus dissolution. Geological Society of America, 28th annual meeting, abstr. abstract
  1051. Dix, G. R. 1989. High-energy, inner shelf carbonate facies along a tide-dominated non-rimmed margin, northwestern Australia. Marine Geology 89: 347-62.
  1052. Dodd, J. R. 1966. The influence of salinity on mollusk shell mineralogy: a discussion. Journal of Geology 74: 85-89.
  1053. ---. 1967. Magnesium and strontium in calcareous skeletons: a review. Journal of Paleontology 41: 1313-29.
  1054. ---. 1966. Processes of conversion of aragonite to calcite with examples from the Cretaceous of Texas. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 36: 733-41. abstract
  1055. Dodd, J. R., D. E. Hattin, and R. M. Liebe. 1973. Possible living analog of the Pleistocene Key Largo reefs of Florida. Geological Society of America Bulletin 84: 3995-4000.
  1056. Dodd, J. R., and C. T. Siemers. 1971. Effects of Late Pleistocene karst topography on Holocene sedimentation and biota, lower Florida Keys. Geological Society of America Bulletin 82: 211-18.
  1057. Dodge, Richard E. 1981. Growth characteristics of reef-building corals within and external to a naval ordnance range: Vieques, Puerto Rico. Proceedings of the Fourth International Coral Reef Symposium, 241-48. abstract
  1058. Dodge, Richard E., R. C. Aller, and J. Thompson. 1974. Coral growth related to resuspension of bottom sediments. Nature 247: 574-77.
  1059. Dodge, Richard E., D. Anderegg, R. Fergen, and P. Cooke. 1999. Coral transplantation following repair of outfall. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  1060. Dodge, Richard E., and Garrett W. Brass. 1984. Skeletal extension, density and calcification of the reef coral, Montastrea annularis: St. Croix, US Virgin Islands. Bull. Marine Science 34, no. 2: 288-307. abstract - figure
  1061. Dodge, Richard E., Richard G. Fairbanks, Larry K. Benninger, and Florentin Maurrasse. 1983. Pleistocene sea levels from raised coral reefs of Haiti. Science: 1423-25. abstract
  1062. Dodge, Richard E., and T. R. Gilbert. 1984. Chronology of lead pollution contained in banded coral skeletons. Marine Biology 82: 9-13.
  1063. Dodge, Richard E., T. D. Jickells, A. H. Knap, S. Boyd, and R. P. M. Bak. 1984. Reef-building coral skeletons as chemical pollution (phosphorus) indicators. Marine Pollution Bulletin 15: 178-87.
  1064. Dodge, Richard E., and Anthony H. Knap. 1994. Long-term monitoring (2.5 years) of effects of short-term field exposure of stony corals to dispersed and undispersed crude oil. Proceedings of the colloquium on global aspects of coral reefs, Ed. Robert N. Ginsburg, 87-93. abstract
  1065. Dodge, Richard E., Anthony H. Knap, S. C. Wyers, H. R. Firth, T. D. Sleeter, and S. R. Smith. 1985. The effect of dispersed oil on the calcification rate of the reef-building coral Diploria strigosa. Proc. Fifth International Coral Reef Congress, 453-57. abstract
  1066. Dodge, Richard E., and K. Kohler. 2000. A Windows-based program for image processing coral skeletal densitometry. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  1067. Dodge, Richard E., and J. C. Lang. 1983. Environmental correlates of hermatypic coral (Montastrea annularis) growth on the East Flower Gardens Bank, northwest Gulf of Mexico. Limnol Oceanogr 28, no. 2: 228-40. abstract
  1068. Dodge, Richard E., Alan Logan, and Arnfried Antonius. 1982. Quantitative reef assessment studies in Bermuda: a comparison of methods and preliminary results. Bull. Marine Science 32, no. 3: 745-60. abstract
  1069. Dodge, Richard E., R. E. Spieler, D. Gilliam, P. Quinn, A. Rogerson, E. Glynn, K. Banks, L. Fisher, D. Stout, and Jaap W. 2000. Restoration of a southeast Florida U.S.A. coral reef injured by the grounding of a nuclear submarine. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  1070. Dodge, Richard E., A. M. Szmant, R. García, P. K. Swart, A. Forester, and J. J. Leder. 1992. Skeletal structural basis of density banding in the reef coral Montastrea annularis. Proceedings of the Seventh International Coral Reef Symposium.
  1071. Dodge, Richard E., Karl K. Turekian, and J. Rimas Vaisnys. 1977. Climatic implications of Barbados coral growth. Proc. Third International Coral Reef Symposium, Ed. D. L. Taylor, 361-65. abstract - figure
  1072. Dodge, Richard E., and R. J. Vaisnys. 1977. Coral populations and growth patterns: responses to sedimentation and turbidity associated with dredging. Jour. Marine Research 35: 715-30.
  1073. ---. 1975. Hermatypic coral growth banding as environmental recorder. Nature 258: 705-6.
  1074. ---. 1980. Skeletal Growth Chronologies of Recent and Fossil Corals. Skeletal Growth of Aquatic Organisms.D Rhoads, and R. Lutz, 493-517. New York: Plenum Press.
  1075. Dodge, Richard E., S. C. Wyers, and et al. 1984. The effects of oil and oil dispersants on the skeletal growth of the hermatypic coral Diploria Strigosa. Coral Reefs 3: 191-98.
  1076. Dodge, Richard E., S. C. Wyers, H. R. Knap A. H. Frith, S. R. Smith, C. B. Cook, and T. D. Sleeter. 1984. Coral calcification rates by the buoyant weight technique: Effects of alizarin staining. Jour. Experimental Marine Biology Ecology 75: 217-32.
  1077. Doglioni, C., and A. Bosellini. 1989. Platform break-downlap planes relationship in prograding carbonate platforms: a tool for the reconstruction of basin evolution. Bolletino Della Società Geologica Italiana 108: 175-82.
  1078. Dollar, S. J., and G. W. Tribble. 1993. Recurrent storm disturbance and recovery; a long-term study of coral communities in Hawaii. Coral Reefs 12: 223-33.
  1079. Dominguez, J. H., and M. L. Reaka. 1988. Temporal activity patterns in reef-dwelling stomatopods: a test of alternative hypotheses. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 117: 47-69.
  1080. Dominguez, L. L., H. T. Mullins, and A. C. Hine. 1988. Cat Island platform, Bahamas: an incipiently drowned Holocene carbonate shelf. Sedimentology 35: 805-20.
  1081. Donahue, J. 1969. Genesis of oolite and pisolite grains: an energy index. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 39: 1399-411.
  1082. Done, Terence J. 1977. A comparison of units of cover in ecological classifications of coral communities. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium, 9-14. abstract
  1083. ---. 1981. Photogrammetry in coral ecology: a technique for the study of change in coral communities. Proceedings of the Fourth International Coral Reef Symposium, 315-20. abstract
  1084. ---. 1982. Patterns in the distribution of coral communities across the central Great Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs 1: 95-107.
  1085. ---. 1983. Coral zonation: its nature and significance. Perspectives on Coral Reefs.D. J. Barnes, 107-49. Australia: Australian Institute of Marine Science, Brian Clouston Publisher. abstract
  1086. Done, Terence J. 1983. The distribution of coral communities on the Great Barrier Reef. Proc. Great Barrier Reef Conference. abstract
  1087. ---. 1988. Simulation of recovery of pre-disturbance size structure in populations of Porites spp. damaged by the crown of thorns starfish Acanthaster planci. Marine Biology 100: 51-61.
  1088. ---. 1992. Constancy and change in some Great Barrier Reef coral communities: 1980-1990. Amer. Zool. 32: 655-62.
  1089. ---. 1992. Effects of tropical cyclone waves on ecological and geomorphological structures on the Great Barrier Reef. Continental Shelf Research 12: 223-33.
  1090. ---. 1992. Phase shifts in coral reef communities and their ecological significance. The Ecology of Mangrove and Related Ecosystems 247: 121-32. abstract
  1091. ---. 1995. Coral zonation: Its nature and significance. Perspectives on Coral Reefs. Ed. David J. Barnes, 107-48Brian Clouston Publisher.
  1092. ---. 1995. Ecological criteria for evaluating coral reefs and their implications for managers and researchers. Coral Reefs 14: 183-92.
  1093. Done, Terence J., P. K. Dayton, A. E. Dayton, and R. Steger. 1991. Regional and local variability in recovery of shallow coral communities; Moores, French Polynesia and central Great Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs 9: 183-92. abstract
  1094. Done, Terence J., and B. W. Group. 1996. Biodiversity and ecosystem functions of coral reefs. Functional roles of biodiversity: a global perspective. Eds H. Mooney, J. Cushman, and E. Medina, 393-429. UK: John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
  1095. Done, Terence J., K. Osborne, and et al. 1988. Recovery of corals post-Acanthaster: progress and prospects. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 137-42.
  1096. Done, Terence J., and D. C. Potts. 1992. Influences of habitat and natural disturbances on contributions of massive Porites corals to reef communities. Marine Biology 114: 479-93.
  1097. Donn, T. F., and M. R. Boardman. 1988. Bioerosion of rocky carbonate coastlines on Andros Island, Bahamas. Journal of Coastal Research 4, no. 3: 381-94.
  1098. Dorobek, Steven L. 1996. Inception and termination of Miocene carbonate platforms around the South China Sea. annual Geological Society of America, abstr. abstract
  1099. Dotten, J., and D. Eaken. 1999. Assessment of coral loss post-hurricane Georges at selected Florida Keys reefs. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  1100. Doty, J., and M. Doty. 1973. Abrasion in the measurement of water motion with the clod-card technique. Bull. of S. Cal. Acad. of Sci. 27: 40-41.
  1101. Douglas, A. E. 1988. Alga-invertebrate symbiosis. Biochemistry of the Algae and Cyanobacteria. Eds. L. J. Rogers, and J. R. Gallon, 297-309. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
  1102. Dove, Sophie G., Misaki Takabayashi, and Ove Hoegh-Guldberg. 1995. Isolation and partial characterization of the pink and blue pigments of pocilloporid and acroporid corals. Biol Bull 189: 288-97.
  1103. Downing, N., and C. R. El-Zahr. 1987. Gut evacuation and filling rates in the rock-boring sea urchin, Echinometra mathaei. Bulletin of Marine Science 41, no. 2: 579-84.
  1104. Doyle, L. J., and C. W. Holmes. 1985. Shallow structure, stratigraphy, and carbonate sedimentary processes of the west Florida upper continental slope. American Association Petroleum Geologists Bull. 69: 1133-44.
  1105. Doyle, L. J., and H. H. Roberts. 1988. Carbonate-Clastic Transitions. 304. Developments in Sedimentology 42. New York: Elsevier.
  1106. Drake, J. A. 1990. Communities as assembled structures: Do rules govern pattern? TREE 5, no. 5, May: 159-64.
  1107. Drake, S. F. 1996. The International Coral Reef Initiative: a strategy for the sustainable management of coral reefs and related ecosystems. Coastal Management 24: 279-99.
  1108. Dravis, J. J. 1991. Carbonate petrography - update on new techniques and applications. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 61: 626-28.
  1109. ---. 1983. Hardened subtidal stromatolites, Bahamas. Science 219: 385-86.
  1110. ---. 1979. Rapid and widespread generation of Recent oolitic hardgrounds on a high energy Bahamian platform, Eleuthera Bank, Bahamas. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 49: 195-209. abstract
  1111. Dravis, J. J., and D. A. Yurewicz. 1985. Enhanced carbonate petrography using fluorescence microscopy. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 55: 795-804. abstract
  1112. Drew, Edward A. 1972. The biology and physiology of alga-invertebrate symbioses. II. The density of symbiotic algal cells in a number of hermatypic hard corals and alcyonarians from various depths. J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 9: 71-75.
  1113. Drew, Edward A. 1994. Does terrestrial mud limit Halimeda bank formation in the GBR? 14th international sedimentological congress.
  1114. ---. 1983. Halimeda biomass, growth rates and sediment generation on reefs in the central Great Barrier Reef province. Coral Reefs 2: 101-10.
  1115. ---. 1977. A photographic survey down the seaward reef-front of Aldabra atoll. Atoll Research Bull. abstract
  1116. Drew, Edward A., and Kay M. Abel. 1988. The distribution and species composition of Halimeda meadows throughout the Great Barrier Reef province. Coral Reefs 6: 195-205. abstract - figure
  1117. Drew, Edward A., and Kay M. Abel. 1988. Reproduction, particularly the seasonality of gametangia formation, ion a number of species from the Great Barrier Reef province. Coral Reefs 6: 207-18. abstract
  1118. Drew-Ferrier, M. 1991. Net uptake of dissolved free amino acids by four scleractinian corals. Coral Reefs 10: 183-87. abstract
  1119. Driscoll, Neal W., Garry D. Karner, and Jeffrey K. Weissel. 1991. Stratigraphic response of carbonate platforms and terrigenous margins to relative sea-level changes: are they really that different? Proc. of the Ocean Drilling Program, Scientific Results, vol. 121. Eds. J. Weissel, J. Peirce, E. Taylor, and J. Alt, 743-61. abstract - figure
  1120. Driscoll, Neal W., Jeffrey K. Weissel, Garry D. Karner, and Gregory S. Mountain. 1991. Stratigraphic response of a carbonate platform to relative sea level changes: Broken Ridge, southeast Indian Ocean. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bull. 75, no. 4: 808-31. abstract
  1121. Drollet, J. H., M. Faucon, S. Maritorena, and P. M. V. Martin. 1994. A survey of environmental physico-chemical parameters during a minor coral mass bleaching event in Tahiti in 1993. Australian J. of Marine and Freshwater Res. 45, no. 7: 1149-56.
  1122. Drollet, J. H., M. Faucon, and P. M. V. Martin. 1995. Elevated sea-water temperature and solar UV-B flux associated with two successive coral mass bleaching events in Tahiti. Marine & Freshwater Research 46: 1153-57.
  1123. Drollet, J. H., P. Glaziou, and P. M. V. Martin. 1993. A study of mucus from the solitary coral Fungia fungites (Scleractinia: Fungiidae) in relation to photobiological UV adaptation. MAR. BIOL. 115, no. 2: 263-66. abstract
  1124. Droxler, Andre W., John W. Morse, and William A. Kornicker. 1988. Controls on carbonate mineral accumulation in Bahamian basins and adjacent Atlantic Ocean sediments. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 58, no. 1: 120-130. abstract
  1125. Druffel, Ellen R. M. 1982. Banded corals: Changes in oceanic carbon-14 during the Little Ice Age. Science 218: 13-10.
  1126. ---. 1985. Detection of El Niño and decade time scale variations of sea surface temperatures from banded coral records: implications for the carbon dioxide cycle. The Carbon Cycle and Atmospheric CO2: Natural Variations, Archean to Present.E. Sundquist, and W. Broecker, 111-22. Washington, D.C.: American Geophysical Union Monograph 32.
  1127. ---. 1980. Radiocarbon in annual coral rings of Belize and Florida. Radiocarbon 22, no. 2: 363-71.
  1128. Druffel, Ellen R. M., R. B. Dunbar , and et al. 1989. Reef-building corals and identification of ENSO warming periods. Global Ecological Consequences of the 1982-83 El Niño-Southern Oscillation.P. W. Glynn, 233-53. Amsterdam: Elsevier Press.
  1129. Druffel, Ellen R. M., R. B. Dunbar, G. M. Wellington, and S. A. Minnis. 1990. Reef-building corals and identification of ENSO warming episodes. Global ecological consequences of the 1982-83 El Nino-Southern Oscillation.P. W. Glynn, 233-53.
  1130. Druffel, Ellen R. M., and S. Griffin. 1995. Regional variability of surface ocean radiocarbon from southern Great Barrier Reef corals. Radiocarbon 37: 517-24.
  1131. Druffel, Ellen R. M., S. Griffin, A. Witter, E. Nelson, J. Southon, M. Kashgarian, and J. Vogel. 1995. Gerardia: Bristlecone pine of the deep-sea? Geochimica Et Cosmochimica Acta 59, no. 23: 5031-36.
  1132. Druffel, Ellen R. M., Linda L. King, Rebecca A. Belastock, and Ken O. Buesseler. 1990. Growth rate of a deep-sea coral using 210Pb and other isotopes. Geochimica Et Cosmochimica Acta 54 : 1493-99.
  1133. Druffel, Ellen R. M., and T. W. Linick. 1978. Radiocarbon in annual coral rings of Florida. Geophysical Research Letters 5, no. 11: 913-16.
  1134. Druffel, Ellen R. M., and H. E. Suess. 1983. On the radiocarbon record in banded corals: Exchange parameters and net transport of 14CO2 between atmosphere and surface ocean. Jour. Geophysical Research 89: 1271-80.
  1135. Drummond, Carl N., and Pamela J. Dugan. 1999. Self-organizing models of shallow-water carbonate accumulation. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 69: 939-46. abstract
  1136. Drummond, Carl N., and Bruce H. Wilkinson. 1993. Caronate cycle stacking patterns and hierarchies of orbitally forced eustatic sealevel change. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 63: 369-77. abstract - figure
  1137. Drummond, James M. 1963. Carbonates and grade size. Bull. Canadian Petroleum Geology 11: 33-53. abstract
  1138. Dryer, S., and Alan Logan. 1978. Holocene reefs and sediments of Castle Harbour, Bermuda. Jour. Marine Research 36: 399-425.
  1139. Dubinsky, Z. 1990. Coral Reefs: Ecosystems of the World. New York: Elsevier Scientific Publishing Co. Inc.
  1140. Dubinsky, Z. 1994. Interactions between algae and corals: The energy for strategic materials deal. Third International Marine Biotechnology Conference Program., abstr. Tromsoe, Norway Tromsoe, University. abstract
  1141. Dubinsky, Z., P. G. Falkowski, J. W. Porter, and L. Muscatine. 1984. Absorption and utilization of radiant energy by light- and shade-adapted colonies of the hermatypic coral Stylophora pistillata. Proc. R. Soc. Lond. B 222: 203-14.
  1142. Dubinsky, Z., P. G. Falkowski, and D. Sharf. 1984. Aspects of adaptation of hermatypic corals and their endosymbiotic zooxanthellae to light. Bull Inst Oceanogr Fish 24: 124-34.
  1143. Dubinsky, Z., and P. L. Jokiel. 1994. Ratio of energy and nutrient fluxes regulates symbiosis between zooxanthellae and corals. Pacific Science 48, no. 3: 313-24.
  1144. Dubinsky, Z., N. Stambler, M. Ben-Zion, L. R. McCloskey, L. Muscatine, and P. G. Falkowski. 1990. The effect of external nutrient resources on the optical properties and photosynthetic efficiency of Stylophora pistillata. Proc. R. Soc. Lond. B 239: 231-46.
  1145. Dubois, D., and M. Jaulent. 1987. A general approach to parameter evaluation in fuzzy digital pictures. Pattern Recognition Letters 6, no. 4: 251-61.
  1146. Dubois, D., and H. Prade. 1988. An introduction to possibilistic and fuzzy logics. P. Smets, E. H. Mamdani, D. Dubois, and H. Prade, 287-326. Academic Press.
  1147. Dubois, D., and H. Prade. 1988. Possibility theory. New-York: Plenum Press.
  1148. Dubois, D., and H. Prade. 1992. Combination of fuzzy information in the framework of possibility theory. M. A. Abidi, and R. C. Gonzalez, 481-505. New-York: Academic Press.
  1149. Dubois, D., and H. Prade. 1996. An introduction to fuzzy systems. Appl. Math. and Comp. Sci. 6, no. 3: 485-503.
  1150. Dubois, D., and H. Prade. 1999. Fundamentals of fuzzy sets.Kluwer Academic Publishers.
  1151. Ducklow, Hugh W. 1990. The biomass, production and fate of bacteria in coral reefs. Coral Reefs: 25.
  1152. Ducklow, Hugh W., and Ralph Mitchell. 1979. Bacterial populations and adaptations in the mucus layers on living corals. Limnol Oceanogr 24: 715-25.
  1153. Ducklow, Hugh W., and Ralph Mitchell. 1979. Composition of mucus released by coral reef coelenterates. Limnol Oceanogr 24: 706-14.
  1154. Ducklow, Hugh W., and Ralph Mitchell. 1979. Observations on naturally and artificially diseased tropical corals: a scanning electron microscope study. Microbial Ecology 5: 215-23. abstract
  1155. Dullo, W.-C. 1986. Variations in diagenetic sequences: and example from Pleistocene coral reefs, Red Sea, Saudi Arabia. Reef Diagenesis.J. H. Schroeder, and B. H. Purser, 77-90. New York: Springer-Verlag.
  1156. Dullo, Wolf-Christian, Georg A. Heiss, and Elja de Vries. 1994. Comparison of linear growth rates in Porites between undisturbed and stressed environments, Gulf of Aqaba, Red Sea. Proceedings of colloquium on Global aspects of coral reefs; health, hazards and history, Ed. Robert N. Ginsburg, 34-37. abstract
  1157. Dullo, Wolf-Christian, A. Eisenhauer, Georg A. Heiss, D. Camoin G. F. Colonna M. Wischow, and L Montaggioni. 1996. Coral and reef growth in the western Indian Ocean (La Réunion, Mayotte, and Seychelles). Global and regional controls on biogenic sedimentation, I. Reef Evolution. Eds. J. Neuweiler F. Reitner, and F. Gunkel, 23-27. Göttingen.
  1158. Dulvy, N. K., D. Stanwell-Smith, W. R. T. Darwall, and C. J. Horrill. 1995. Coral mining at Mafia Island, Tanzania: a management dilemma. 24: 358-65.
  1159. Dunbar, R. B., G. M. Wellington, M. W. Colgan, and P. W. Glynn. 1991. Eastern tropical Pacific corals monitor low latitude climate of the past 400 years. Geological Society of America, Cordilleran Section, 87th annual meeting, abstr.
  1160. Dunbar, R. B., G. M. Wellington, and et al. 1994. Eastern Pacific sea surface temperature since 1600 A.D.: the d18O record of climate variability in Galápagos corals. Paleoceanography 9, no. 2: 291-315.
  1161. Dunbar, R. B., G. M. Wellington, and et al. 1990. Eastern tropical Pacific corals monitor low latitude climate of the past 400 years. PACLIM April: 165-78.
  1162. Dunbar, R. B., G. M. Wellington, and et al. 1980. Stable isotopes in a branching coral: a high resolution record of seasonal temperature variations. Geological Society of America, 93rd Annual Meeting, 417.
  1163. Dunham, Robert J. 1972. Capitan Reef, New Mexico and Texas: Facts and questions to aid interpretation and group discussion. 272. Midland, TX: Permian Basin Section-SEPM Publication 72-141.
  1164. Dunham, Robert J. 1962. Classification of carbonate rocks according to depositional texture. Classification of Carbonate Rocks - a symposium. Ed. William E. Ham, 108-21. Tulsa, Okla.: Amer. Assoc. Petroleum Geologists. abstract
  1165. ---. 1970. Stratigraphic reefs versus ecologic reefs. Bull. American Association of Petroleum Geologists 54, no. 10: 1931-50. abstract
  1166. Dunlap, W. C., and B. E. Chalker. 1986. Identification and quantitation of near-UV absorbing compounds (S-320) in a hermatypic scleractinian. Coral Reefs 5: 155-59. abstract
  1167. Dunlap, W. C., B. E. Chalker, and et al. 1988. Ultraviolet light absorbing againts derived from tropical marine organisms of the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 89-93.
  1168. Dunn, Daphne Fautin, and William M. Hamner. 1980. Amplexidiscus fenestrafer n. gen., n. sp. (Coelenterata: Anthozoa), a tropical Indo-Pacific corallimorpharian. Micronesica 16: 29-36.
  1169. Dunn, P. A., and R. K. Goldhammer. 1991. Superimposed platform carbonate cycles; eustatic response of an aggradational carbonate platform, Dolomites, Italy. Sixth meeting of the European Union of Geosciences, abstr. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, International.
  1170. Dunne, R. P. 1994. Radiation and coral bleaching. Nature 368: 697.
  1171. Dunne, R. P., and B. E. Brown. 1979. Some aspects of the ecology of reefs surrounding Anegada, British Virgin Islands. Atoll Research Bulletin 236: 80. abstract
  1172. Dunne, R. P., and B. E. Brown. 1996. Penetration of solar UVB radiation in shallow tropical waters and its potential biological effects on coral reefs; results from the central Indian Ocean nd Andaman Sea. Mar Ecol Prog Ser 144: 109-18.
  1173. Duntley, S. Q. 1966. Principles of underwater lighting. Proc. Underwater Photo Optics Seminar; Society Photo Optical Instru. Engr., 1-7. abstract
  1174. Durand, D., J. Bijaoui, and F. Cauneau. 2000. Optical remote sensing of shallow water environmental parameters: a feasibility study. Remote Sensing of Environment 73: 152-61.
  1175. Durand, D., and F. Cauneau. 1997. Diffuse attenuation in turbid shallow-waters: Influence on water-leaving radiance measured by airborne spectrometers. Ann Arbor Michigan ERIM, 543-44.
  1176. Durant Rivera, Daisy. 1996. "Variation in skeletal features and the taxonomy of three morphotypes of the reef building coral Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander)." MS Biology, Univ. of Puerto Rico. abstract
  1177. Dustan, Phillip. 1985. Community structure of reef-building corals in the Florida keys: Carysfort reef. Atoll Research Bull. , no. 288: 1-18. abstract - figure
  1178. ---. 1982. Depth-dependent photoadaption by zooxanthellae of the reef coral Montastrea annularis. Marine Biology 68: 253-64.
  1179. ---. 1994. Developing methods for assessing coral reef vitality: a tale of two scales. Proceedings of colloquium on Global aspects of coral reefs; health, hazards and history, Ed. Robert N. Ginsburg, 38-44. abstract
  1180. ---. 1979. Distribution of zooxanthellae and photosynthetic chloroplast pigments of the reef-building coral Montastrea annularis Ellis and Solander in relation to depth on a West Indian coral reef. Bull. Marine Science 19, no. 1: 79-95. abstract
  1181. ---. 1975. Growth and form in the reef-building coral Montastrea annularis. Marine Biology 33: 101-7. abstract - figure
  1182. ---. 1977. Vitality of reef coral populations off Key Largo, Florida: Recruitment and mortality. Environmental Geology 2: 51-58. abstract
  1183. Dustan, Phillip, and John C. Halas. 1987. Changes in the reef-coral community of Carysfort Reef, Key Largo, Florida: 1974-1982. Coral Reefs 6: 91-106. abstract
  1184. Dustan, Phillip, Barbara H. Lidz, and Eugene A. Shinn. 1991. Impact of exploratory wells, offshore Florida: A biological assessment. Bull. Marine Science 48: 94-124. abstract
  1185. Dwyer, Gary Stephen. 1991. "Depositional and diagenetic evolution of a Holocene salina; West Caicos, British West Indies." Master's, Duke University. abstract
  1186. Dykens, James A., and Malcolm Shick. 1982. Oxygen production by endosymbiotic algae controls superoxide dismutase activity in their animal host. Nature 297: 579-80.
    return to list
  1187. Eakin, C. M. 1992. The 1982-83 El Niño: impacts on eastern Pacific reef carbonate budgets and implications for severe bleaching disturbances. Pac Sci 46: abstr. abstract
  1188. ---. 1988. Avoidance of damselfish lawns by the sea urchin Diadema mexicanum at Uva Island, Panama. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 21-26. abstract
  1189. ---. 1987. Damselfishes and their algal lawns: a case of plural mutualism. Symbiosis 4, no. 1-3: 275-88.
  1190. ---. 1992. Post-El Niño panamanian reefs: less accretion, more erosion and damselfish protection. Proc 7th Intl Coral Reef Symp., 387-96. abstract
  1191. ---. 1996. Where have all the carbonates gone? A model comparison of calcium carbonate budgets before and after the 1982-1983 El Niño. Coral Reefs 15, no. 2: 109-19.
  1192. Eakin, C. M., J. S. Feingold, and Peter W. Glynn. 1994. Oil refinery impacts on coral reef communities in Aruba, N.A. Proceedings of the colloquium on global aspects of coral reefs, Ed. Robert N. Ginsburg, 139-45. abstract
  1193. Eakin, C. M., and P. W. Glynn. 1996. Low tidal exposures and reef mortalities in the eastern Pacific. Coral Reefs 15, no. 2: 120.
  1194. Eakin, C. M., J. W. McManus, and et al. 1997. Coral reef status around the world: where are we and where do we go from here? Proc 8th Intl Coral Reef Symp 1: 277-82.
  1195. Eakin, C. M., M. L. Reaka-Kudla, and et al. 1993. Growth and bioerosion of coral in the ROPME Sea Area following the 1991 Gulf Oil Spill. Scientific Workshop on Results of the R/V Mt. Mitchell Cruise. Kuwait City, Regional Organization for Protection of the Marine Environment.
  1196. Eakin, C. M., D. B. Smith, and et al. 1989. Extreme tidal exposures, cool upwelling and coral mortality in the eastern Pacific (Panama). abstr Association of Marine Laboratories of the Caribbean. abstract
  1197. Ebanks, W. J. Jr. and J. N. Bubb1975. Holocene carbonate sedimentation, Matecumbe Keys tidal bank, South Florida. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 45, no. 2: 422-39. abstract - figure
  1198. Eberli, G. P. 1987. Carbonate turbidite sequences deposited in rift-basins of the Jurassic Tethys Ocean (eastern Alps, Switzerland). Sedimentology 34: 363-88.
  1199. Eberli, G. P., and R. N. Ginsburg. 1989. Cenozoic progradation of Northwestern Great Bahama Bank, a record of lateral platform growth and sea-level fluctuations. Controls on Carbonate Platform and Basin Development,.Soc. Econ. Miner. and Paleont. Spec. Pub. No. 44. Eds P. D. Crevello, J. L. Wilson, and J. F. l Read J. F. Sarg, 339-52. Tulsa, Okla.: Society Economic Mineralogists and Paleontologists.
  1200. Eberli, G. P., and Robert N. Ginsburg. 1987. Sedimentation and coalescense of Cenozoic carbonate platforms, northwestern Great Bahama Bank. Geology 15: 75-79.
  1201. Eberli, Gregor P., and Peter K. Swart. 1996. The record of Neogene sea-level changes on the slopes of western Great Bahama Bank: results from ODP Leg 166. annual Geological Society of America, abstr. abstract
  1202. Ebersole, J. P. 1999. Recovery of fish assemblages from ship groundings on coral reefs in the Florida keys national marine sanctuary. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  1203. Ebhardt, G. 1968. Experimental compaction of carbonate sediments. Recent Developments in Carbonate Sedimentology in Central Europe.G. Müller, and G. M. Friedman, 58-65. New York: Springer-Verlag.
  1204. Eckert, G. J. 1985. Settlement of coral reef fishes to different natural substrata and at different depths. Proceedings of the Fifth International Coral Reef Congress, 385-90.
  1205. Edgerley, D. W. 1974. Fossil reefs of the Sahul Shelf, Timor Sea. Proceedings of the Second International Coral Reef Symposium A. M. Cameron, and others, 627-37Brisbane, Australia: Great Barrier Reef Committee.
  1206. Edgerton, Harold E. 1966. Light and sound under water. Proc. Underwater Photo Optics Seminar, c-xiv-1-11. abstract
  1207. Edgerton, Harold E. 1977. Silhouette photography of small active subjects. Jour. Microscopy 110: 79-81. abstract
  1208. Edmond, J. M. 1974. On the dissolution of carbonate and silicate in the deep ocean. Deep-Sea Research 21: 455-80.
  1209. ---. 1991. Extent and effect of black band disease on a Caribbean reef. Coral Reefs 10: 161-65. abstract the south coast of St. John, U.S. Virgin Islands. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  1210. Edmunds, P. J. 1994. Evidence that reef-wide patterns of coral bleaching may be the result of the distribution of bleaching-susceptible clones. - Marine Biology 121: 137-42.
  1211. Edmunds, P. J. 1999. Spatio-temporal variation in the distribution of juvenile scleractinians along the south coast of St. John, U.S. Virgin Islands. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr.
  1212. Edmunds, P. J., R. B. Aronson, D. W. Swanson, D. R. Levitian, and W. F. Precht. 1998. Photographic versus visual census techniques for the quantification of juvenile corals. Bull. Marine Science 62: 937-45. abstract
  1213. Edmunds, P. J., and J. F. Bruno. 1996. The importance of sampling scale in ecology: kilometer-wide variation in coral reef communities. Marine Ecology Progress Series 143: 165-71.
  1214. Edmunds, P. J., and Peter Davies. 1986. An energy budget for Porites porites (Scleractinia). Mar. Biol. 92, no. 3: 339-47. abstract
  1215. Edmunds, P. J., and J. D. Witman. 1991. Effect of Hurricane Hugo on the primary framework of a reef along the south shore of St. John, US Virgin Islands. Marine Ecology Progress Series 78: 201-4.
  1216. Edwards, Goldsborough Serpell. 1969. "Distribution of shelf sediments, offshore from Anton Lizardo and the Port of Veracruz, Veracruz, Mexico`." Master's, Texas A&M University. abstract
  1217. Edwards, R. L., J. W. Beck, and et al. 1993. A large drop in atmospheric 14C/12C and reduced, melting in the Younger Dryas, documented with 230Th ages of corals. Science 260, no. May 14: 962-68.
  1218. Edwards Jr, T. C., E. T. Deshler, D. Foster, and G. G. Moisen. 1995. Adequacy of wildlife habitat relation models for estimating spatial distributions of terrestrial vertebrates. Conservation Biology 10, no. 1: 263-70.
  1219. Egana, Alfredo Cea, and Louis H. DiSalvo. 1982. Mass Expulsion of Zooxanthellae by Easter Island Corals. Pacific Science 36: 61-63.
  1220. Eisenhauer, A., G. J. Wasserburg, J. H. Chen, G. Bonani, L. B. Collins, Z. R. Zhu, and K. H. Wyrwoll. 1993. Holocene sea-level determination relative to the Australian continent; U/Th (TIMS) and 14C (AMS) dating of coral cores from the Abrolhos Islands. Earth and Planetary Science Letters 114, no. 4: 529-47. abstract
  1221. Ekdale, A. A., and D. W. Lewis. 1993. Sabelariid reefs in Ruby Bay, New Zealand: a modern analogue of Skolithos "piperock" that is not produced by burrowing activity. Palaios 8: 614-20.
  1222. El-Raey, M., A. F. Abdel-Kader, S. M. Nasr, and H. I. El-Gamily. 1996. Remote sensing and GIS for an oil spill contingency plan, Ras- Mohammed, Egypt. Journal of Coastal Research 17: 2013-26.
  1223. Eldridge, L. G., and R. K. Kropp. 1981. Decapod crustacean-induced skeletal modification in Acropora. Proc 4th Int Coral Reef Sym .
  1224. Elf-Aquitaine, A. Reeckmann, and G. M. Friedman. 1982. Exploration for Carbonate Petroleum Reservoirs. 213. New York: John Wiley & Sons.
  1225. Elgershuizen, J. H. B. W., and H. A. M. d. Kruuf. 1976. Toxicity of crude oils and dispersant to the stony coral Madracis mirabilis. Marine Pollution Bulletin 7, no. 2: 22-25.
  1226. Elias, G. K. 1963. Habitat of Pennsylvanian algal bioherms, Four Corners area. Shelf Carbonates, Paradox Basin (4th Field Conference Guidebook).R. O. Bass, and S. L. Sharps, 185-203. Durango, CO: Four Corners Geological Society.
  1227. Emanuel, K. A. 1987. The dependence of hurricane intensity on climate. Nature 326: 483-85.
  1228. ---. 1988. The maximum intensity of hurricanes. Journal of the Atmospheric Sciences 45: 1143-55.
  1229. Embry, A. F., and J. E. Klovan. 1971. A Late Devonian reef tract on Northeastern Banks Island, N.W.T. Canadian Petroleum Geology Bulletin 19: 730-781.
  1230. ---. 1988. Mercy Bay patch reefs, Frasnian, Banks Island, Canadian Arctic Archipelago. Reefs, Canada and Adjacent Areas.H. H. J. Geldsetzer, N. P. James, and G. E. Tebbutt, 429-30. Calgary, Alberta: Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists Memoir 13.
  1231. Emery, D. 1987. Trace-element source and mobility during limestone burial diagenesis - an example from the Middle Jurassic of eastern England. Diagenesis of Sedimentary Sequences.J. D. Marshall, 201-17. London: Geological Society (London) Special Publication 36.
  1232. Emery, K. O. 1963. Coral reefs off Veracruz, Mexico. Geofisica Internacional 3: 11-17. abstract
  1233. ---. 1962. "Marine Geology of Guam." Geological Survey Professional Papers.
  1234. Emery, K. O., and J. D. Milliman. 1980. Shallow-water limestones from slope off Grand Cayman Island. Journal of Geology 88: 483-88.
  1235. Emery, K. O., Tracey, Jr. J.I., and H. S. Ladd. 1954. "Geology of Bikini and nearby atolls." Geological Survey Professional Paper 260-A, Part 1, Geology., U.S. Geological Survey.
  1236. Emiliani, Cesare., J. Harold Hudson, Eugene A. Shinn, and R. Y. George. 1978. Oxygen and carbon isotopic growth record in a reef coral from the Florida Keys and a deep-sea coral from Blake Plateau. Science 202, no. Nov 10: 627-29.
  1237. Endean, R. 1977. Acanthaster planci infestations of reefs of the Great Barrier Reef. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium, 185-91.
  1238. Endean, R., and A. M. Cameron. 1990. Acanthaster planci population outbreaks. Ecosytems of the World 25 Coral Reefs. Ed. Z. Dubinsky, 419-37. The Netherlands: Elsevier Science Publishers B.V.
  1239. ---. 1985. Ecocatastrophe on the Great Barrier Reef. Proceedings of the Fifth International Coral Reef Congress, 309-14.
  1240. ---. 1990. Trends and new perspectives in coral-reef ecology. Ecosystems of the World 25, Coral Reefs. Ed. Z. Dubinsky, 469-92. The Netherlands: Elsevier Science Publishers B.V.
  1241. Endean, R., A. M. Cameron, and et al. 1988. Acanthaster planci predation on massive corals: the myth of rapid recovery of devasted reefs. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 143-48.
  1242. Engebretson, H., and K. L. M. Martin. 1994. Effects of decreased salinity on expulsion of zooxanthellae in the symbiotic sea anemone Anthopleura elegantissima. Pacific Science 48, no. 4: 446-57.
  1243. English, S. A., R. H. Bradbury, and et al. 1988. Management of large marine ecosystems - a multinational approach. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 369-74.
  1244. Engoltz, T., G. S. Kleppel, and B. E. Lapointe. 1999. Potential for restoration of coral reef ecosystems in south Florida by control of coastal eutrophication. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  1245. Enos, Paul. 1983. Shelf environment. Carbonate Depositional Environments. AAPG Memoir 33. Eds. Peter A. Scholle, Don G. Bebout, and Clyde H. Moore, 268-95. Tulsa, Okla.: American Association Petroleum Geologists. abstract
  1246. Enos, Paul, and T. Freeman. 1978. Shallow-water limestones from Blake Nose, Sites 390 and 392. Initial Reports of the Deep Sea Drilling Project 44: 413-61.
  1247. Enos, Paul, and C. H. Moore. 1983. Fore-reef slope environment. Carbonate Depositional Environments. P. A. Scholle, D. G. Bebout, and C. H. Moore, 507-37. Tulsa, OK: American Association of Petroleum Geologists Memoir 33.
  1248. Entsch, B. et. al. 1983. Indications from photosynthetic componenets that iron is a limiting nutrient in primary producers on coral reefs. Mar Biol 73: 17-30.
  1249. Epstein, S., R. Buchsbaum, H. Lowenstam, and H. C. Urey. 1951. Carbonate-water isotopic temperature scale. Geological Society of America Bulletin 62: 417-26.
  1250. Erez, J. 1990. On the importance of food sources in coral-reef ecosystems. Ecosystems of the World 25 Coral Reefs. ed. Z. Dubinsky, 411-18. The Netherlands: Elsevier Science Publishers B.V.
  1251. Erez, J., and et. al. 1992. Plankton is a major source of nutrients in coral reef ecosystems. Proc 7th Int Coral Reef Sym, 345.
  1252. Erlich, R. N., and S. F. Barrett. 1991. Drowning events on carbonate platforms: a key to hydrocarbon entrapment? Offshore Technology Conference, 101-12. abstract
  1253. Erlich, R. N., S. F. Barrett, and Guo Bai Ju. 1990. Seismic and geologic characteristics of drowning events on carbonate platforms. Bull. American Association Petroleum Geologists 74, no. 10: 1523-11537. abstract - figure - figure
  1254. Esat , Tezer M. 2000. Coral growth during rapid sea-level changes. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  1255. Esteban, Mateu. 1979. Significance of the upper Miocene reefs of the western Mediterranean. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 29: 169-88.
  1256. Esteban, Mateu, and C. F. Klappa. 1983. Subaerial exposure environment. Carbonate Depositional Environments.P. A. Scholle, D. G. Bebout, and C. H. Moore, 1-54. Tulsa, OK: American Association of Petroleum Geologists Memoir 33.
  1257. Estep, L. L., W. J. Lillycrop, and L. E. Parson. 1994. Estimation of maximum depth of penetration of a bathymetric Lidar system using a Secchi depth database. Marine Technology Society Journal 28, no. 2: 31-36.
  1258. Etheridge, R. Junr. 1887. The General Zoology of Lord Howe Island. Lord Howe Island its Zoology, Geology, and physical Characters; The Australian Museum, Sydney, Memoirs, No. 2. E. P. Ramsay, Charles Potter, Government Printer.
  1259. Evans, C. C. 1983. "Aspects of the depositional and diagenetic history of the Miami Limestone: control of primary sedimentary fabric over early cementation and porosity development." University of Miami.
  1260. ---. 1984. Development of an ooid sand shoal complex: the importance of antecedent and syndepositional topography. Carbonate Sands - A Core Workshop.P. M. Harris, 392-428. Tulsa, OK: SEPM Core Workshop No. 5.
  1261. Evans, G. 1970. Coastal and nearshore sedimentation: a comparison of clastic and carbonate deposition. Proceedings of the Geologists' Association (London) 81: 493-508.
  1262. Evans, G., D. J. J. Kinsman, and D. J. Shearman. 1964. A reconnaissance survey of the environment of Recent carbonate sedimentation along the Trucial Coast, Persian Gulf. Deltaic and Shallow Marine Deposits.L. M. J. U. van Stratten, 129-35. Developments in Sedimentology No. 1. Amsterdam: Elsevier. abstract
    return to list
  1263. Fabi, Gianna, and Loris Fiorentini. 1994. Comparison Between an Artificial Reef and a Control Site in the Adriatic Sea: Analysis of Four Years of Monitoring. Bulletin of Marine Science 55: 538-58.
  1264. Fabricius, K. E. 1990. "Distribution and ecology of shallow-water crinoids and their associated fauna." Diplom thesis, University of Munich.
  1265. Fabricius, K. E. 1994. Spatial patterns in shallow water crinoid communities of the central Great Barrier Reef. Austr. J. Mar. Freshw. Res. 45: 1225-36.
  1266. Fabricius, K. E. 1996. Ecosystem recovery after episodic disturbance: resilience of some coral reefs after Acanthaster outbreaks. Senckenbergiana Maritima 27: 227-35.
  1267. Fabricius, K. E. 1999. Tissue loss and mortality in soft corals following mass-bleaching. Coral Reefs 18: 54.
  1268. Fabricius, K. E., Y. Benayahu, and A. Genin. 1995. Herbivory in asymbiotic soft corals. Science 268: 90-92.
  1269. Fabricius, K. E., and M. B. Dale. 1993. Multi-species associations of symbionts on shallow water crinoids of the central Great Barrier Reef. Coenoses 8: 41-52.
  1270. Fabricius, K. E., and G. De'ath. 2001. Biodiversity on the Great Barrier Reef: Large-scale patterns and turbidity-related local loss of soft coral taxa. Oceanographic processes of coral reefs: physical and biological links in the Great Barrier Reef. Ed. E Wolanski, 127-44. London: CRC Press.
  1271. Fabricius, K. E., and M. Dommisse. 2000. Depletion of suspended particulate matter over coastal reef communities dominated by zooxanthellate soft corals. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 196: 157-67.
  1272. Fabricius, K. E., and F. H. Fabricius. 1992. Re-assessment of ossicle frequency patterns in sediment cores: rate of sedimentation related to Acanthaster planci. Coral Reefs 11: 109-14.
  1273. Fabricius, K. E., A. Genin, and Y. Benayahu. 1995. Flow-dependent herbivory and growth in zooxanthellae-free soft corals. Limnol. Oceanogr. 40, no. 7: 1290-1301.
  1274. Fabricius, K. E., and E. Wolanski. 2000. Rapid smothering of coral reef organisms by muddy marine snow. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 50: 150-120.
  1275. Fabricius, K. E., G. Yahel, and A. Genin. 1998. In-situ depletion of phytoplankton by an azooxanthellate soft coral. Limnol. Oceanogr 43: 354-56.
  1276. Fabricus, K. E., and D. W. Klumpp. 1995. Widespread mixotrophy in reef-inhabiting soft corals: The influence of depth, and colony expansion and contraction on photosynthesis. Marine Ecology Progress Series 125: 195-204.
  1277. Fadlallah, Y. H. 1983. Sexual reproduction, development and larval biology in scleractinian corals: A review. Coral Reefs. 2, no. 3: 129-50. abstract
  1278. Fadlallah, Y. H. 1996. Sychronous spawning of Acropora clathrata coral colonies from the Western Arabian Gulf (Saudi Arabia). Bull Mar Sci 59: 209-16.
  1279. Fadlallah, Y. H., K. Allen, and et al. 1995. Mortality of shallow reef corals in the western Arabian Gulf following aerial exposure in winter. Coral Reefs 14, no. 2: 99-?
  1280. Fadlallah, Y. H., C. M. Eakin, and et al. 1993. Distribution and community structure of scleractinian corals in Qatar, Bahrain, eastern Saudi Arabia . Collections and surveys of the Mt. Mitchell Cruise, Scientific Workshop on Results of the R/V Mt. Mitchell Cruise Kuwait: Regional Organization for Protection of the Marine Environment.
  1281. Fadlallah, Y. H., and Lindo R.T. 1988. Contrasting cycles of reproduction in Stylophora pistillata from the Red Sea and the Arabian Gulf, with emphasis on temperature. Proc 6th Int Coral Reef Sym, 225-29.
  1282. Fadlallah, Y. H., R. T. Lindo, and Lennon D.J. 1992. Annual Synchronous spawning event in Acropora spp. from the Western Arabian Gulf. Proc 7th Int Coral Reef Sym, 501.
  1283. Fagerstrom, J. A. 1987. The Evolution of Reef Communities. 592. New York: Academic Press.
  1284. ---. 1991. Reef-building guilds and a checklist for determining guild membership. Coral Reefs 10: 47-52. abstract - figure
  1285. ---. 1988. A structural model for reef communities. Palaios 3: 217-20.
  1286. Fagerstrom, J. A., and F. Rougerie. 1994. 1994 coral bleaching event, Society Islands, French Polynesia . Marine Pollution Bulletin 29: 34-35.
  1287. Fain, Sean B., and David W. Lea. 1991. Variability in ð18O, strontium, and barium across annual growth bands in a coral from Musandam Peninsula, Oman. 1991 California paleontology conference, Eds. Robert G. Dundas, and Paul David Polly, abstr. University of California, Museum of Paleontology], Berkeley, CA, United States.
  1288. Fairbanks, Richard G. 1989. A 17,000 year glacio-eustatic sea level record: influence of glacial melting rates on the Younger Dryas event and deep-ocean circulation. Nature 342: 637-42.
  1289. Fairbanks, R. G., and R. E. Dodge. 1979. Annual periodicity of the 18O/16O and 13C/12C ratios in the coral Montastrea annularis. Geochimica Et Cosmochimica Acta 43: 1009-20.
  1290. Fairbanks, Richard G., and R. K. Matthews. 1978. The marine oxygen isotope record in Pleistocene coral, Barbados, West Indies. Quaternary Research 10: 181-96.
  1291. Fairbridge, R. W. 1967. Carbonate rocks and paleoclimatology in the biogeochemical history of the planet. Carbonate Rocks: Origin, Occurrence and Classification. G. V. Chilingar, H. J. Bissell, and R. W. Fairbridge, 399-432. Developments in Sedimentology 9A. New York: Elsevier.
  1292. ---. 1950. Recent and Pleistocene coral reefs of Australia. Journal of Geology 58: 330-401.
  1293. Fairbridge, R. W., Chilingar, George V., and Harold J. Bissell. 1967. Introduction. Carbonate Rocks: Origin, Occurrence and Classification. eds. Chilingar, George V., Harold J. Bissell, and R. W. Fairbridge, 1-28. New York: Elsevier. abstract - figure
  1294. Fairbridge, R. W., and C. Teichert. 1953. Soil horizons and marine bands in the coastal limestones of Western Australia. Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales 86: 68-87.
  1295. Fairchild, I. J. 1991. Origins of carbonate in Meoproterozoic stromatolities and the identification of modern analogues. Precambrian Research 53.
  1296. Falkowski, P. G. 1996. Coral reefs and global change. Global Change Biology 2: 479-582.
  1297. Falkowski, P. G., and Z. Dubinsky. 1981. Light -shade adaptation of Stylophora pistillata, a hermatypic coral from the Gulf of Elat. Nature 289: 172-74.
  1298. Falkowski, P. G., Z. Dubinsky, L. Muscatine, and J. W. Porter. 1984. Light and the bioenergetics of a symbiotic coral. BioScience 34, no. 11: 705-9.
  1299. Falkowski, P. G., Z. Dubinsky, L. Mustactine, and L. McCloskey. 1993. Population control in symbiotic corals. BioScience 43, no. 9: 606-11.
  1300. Falkowski, P. G., P. L. Jokiel, and R. A. Kinzie III. 1990. Irradiance in corals. Ecosystems of the World 25 Coral Reefs. Ed. Z Dubinsky, 89-107. The Netherlands: Elsevier Science Publishers B.V.
  1301. Falkowski, P. G., and John A. Raven. 1997. Zooxanthellae: a case study in unbalanced growth. Aquatic Photosynthesis., 257 Blackwell Science.
  1302. Fan, T. Y. Dai C. F. 1992. Reproductive cycles of Echinophyllia aspera in Souther and Northern Taiwan. Proc 7th Int Coral Reef Sym.
  1303. Fandian, T. J. 1975. Heterotrophy: feeding responses. Marine Ecology. Ed. Otto Kinne, 64-71. London: John Wiley & Sons.
  1304. Fang, Lee Shing, Y. W. J. Chen, Chen, and C. S. 1989. Why does the white tip of stony coral grow so fast without zooxanthellae. Marine Biology 103: 359-63.
  1305. Fang, Lee-Shing, Yan-Wan Chen, and Chji-Shiarng. Chen. 1991. Feasibility of using ATP as an index for environmental stress on hermatypic coral. Mar Ecol Progr Ser. 70: 257-62. abstract
  1306. Fang, Lee-shing, Shiao-ping Huang, and Ku-lin Lin. 1997. High temperature induces the synthesis of heat-shock proteins and the elevation of intracellular calcium in the coral Acropora grandis. Coral Reefs 16: 127-31.
  1307. Fankboner, Peter V. 1976. Accumulation of dissolved carbon by the solitary coral Balanophyllia elegans- an alternative nutritional pathway? Coelenterate Ecology and Behavior. Ed. Mackie, 111-16. British Columbia: University of Victoria.
  1308. Fargion, G. S., and J. L. Mueller. 2000. "Ocean optics protocols for satellite ocean color sensor validation, Revision 2." NASA/GSFC, Greenbelt, MD.
  1309. Farrow, G. E., and J. A. Fyfe. 1988. Bioerosion and carbonate mud production on high-latitude shelves. Sedimentary Geology 60: 281-97.
  1310. Farrow, George E., N. Henry Allen, and Etie Ben Akpan. 1984. Bioclastic carbonate sedimentation on a high-latitude, tide-dominated shelf: northeast Orkney Islands, Scotland. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 54, no. 2: 373-93. abstract
  1311. Fathi, I. A. R. 1999. Early diagenetic features of the Scleractinians, Pleistocene coral reef, Dahab (Sinai, Egypt). Acta Mineralogica-Petrographica (Szeged) 40: 161-74.
  1312. Fathy, E., and J. Haas. 1994. Physiography and Quaternary sedimentation of the coastal zone in the south Sinai, Egypt. Acta Geologica Hungarica 37: 311-25.
  1313. Faure, G., and M. Pichon. 1978. Favites peresi, a new species of hermatypic Scleractinia from the Indian Ocean (Cnidaria, Anthozoa, Scleractinia). Bull. Mus. Natl. Hist. Nat. France 3e Ser. Zool.: 107-27. abstract
  1314. Fautin, Daphne Gail, and Jerold M. Lowenstein. 1992. Phylogenetic relationships among Scleractinians, Actinians, and Corallimorpharians (Coelenterata: Anthozoa). Proc 7th Int Coral Reef Sym, 665-70.
  1315. Feary, D. A., P. J. Davies, Ch. J. Pigram, and Ph. A. Symonds. 1991. Climatic evolution and control on carbonate deposition in northeast Australia. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology (Global and Planetary Change Section) 89: 341-61.
  1316. Feely, Richard A., Robert H. Byrne, Peter R. Betzer, James F. Gendron, and James G. Acker. 1984. Factors influencing the degree of saturation of the surface and intermediate waters of the North Pacific Ocean with respect to aragonite. Journal of Geophysical Research 89: 10631-40.
  1317. Feingold, J. S. 1996. Coral survivors of the 1982-83 El Niño-Southern Oscillation, Galápagos Islands, Ecuador. Coral Reefs 15, no. 2: 108.
  1318. ---. 1988. Ecological studies of a cyanobacterial infection on the Caribbean sea plume Pseudopterogorgia acerosa (Coelenterata: Octocorallia). Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 157-62.
  1319. Fenner, D. P. 1991. Effects of Hurricane Gilbert on Coral Reefs, fishes and sponges at Cozumel, Mexico. Bulletin of Marine Science 48: 719-30.
  1320. ---. 1988. Some leeward reefs and corals of Cozumel, Mexico. Bulletin of Marine Science 42, no. 1: 133-44. abstract
  1321. Feray, Dan E., Edward Heuer, and Willis Hewatt. 1962. Biological, genetic and utilitarian aspects of limestone classification. Classification of Carbonate Rocks - a symposium. Ed. William E. Ham, 20-32. Tulsa, Okla.: Amer. Assoc. Petroleum Geologists. abstract
  1322. Ferguson, R. L., and K. Korfmacher. 1997. Remote sensing and GIS analysis of seagrass meadows in North Carolina, USA. Aquatic Botany 58: 241-58.
  1323. Ferland, Marie A., and Peter S. Roy. 1995. Southeastern Australia; a sea-level dependent, cool-water carbonate margin. Workshop on Cool-water carbonates, Eds. Noel P. James, and Jonathan A. D. Clarke, 37-52Tulsa, OK, United States: SEPM (Society for Sedimentary Geology). abstract
  1324. Fernandes, L. 1990. Effect of the distribution and density of benthic target organisms on manta tow estimates of their abundance. Coral Reefs 9 , no. 3: 161-65.
  1325. Fernandes, L., H. Marsh, and et al. 1990. Bias in manta tow surveys of Acanthaster planci. Coral Reefs 9, no. 3: 155-60.
  1326. Ferrari, G. M., and S. Tassan. 1992. Evaluation of the influence of yellow substance absorption on the remote sensing of water quality in the gulf of Naples: a case study. Int. J. Remote Sensing 13, no. 12: 2177-89.
  1327. Ferraris, J., Virly Garrigue, and Richer de Forges. 2000. Some considerations on the use of gis applied to a tropical marine ecosystem : the southwestern lagoon of New Caledonia (South Pacific). 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  1328. Ferre-D'amare, A. R. 1985. Coral reefs of the Mexican Atlantic: a review. 5th International Coral Reef Symp., 349-54. abstract - figure
  1329. Ferrer, Luis M. 1986. "Spatial patterns of three Caribbean Scleractinians: Porites asteroides, Monastrea annularis and Montastrea cavernosa." master's thesis, University of Puerto Rico RUM. abstract
  1330. Ferrer, Luis M., and A. M. Szmant. 1988. Nutrient regeneration by the endolithic community in coral skeletons. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 1-4. abstract
  1331. Ferrier-Pages, C., and et. al. 1998. Release of dissolved organic carbon and nitrogen by the zooxanthellate coral Galaxea fascicularis. Mar Ecol Prog Ser 172: 265-74.
  1332. Ferris, F. G., R. G. Wiese, and W. S. Fyfe. 1994. Precipitation of carbonate minerals by microorganisms; implications for silicate weathering and the global carbon dioxide budget. Geomicrobiology Journal 12: 1-13.
  1333. Field, C. B., J. T. Randerson, and C. M. Malmstrom. 1995. Global net primary production: combining ecology and remote sensing. Remote Sens. Envir. 51, no. 1: 74-88.
  1334. Field, C. B., MJ Behrenfeld, JT Randerson, and P. Falkowski. 1998. Primary production of the Biosphere: integrating terrestrial and oceanic components. Science 281: 237-40.
  1335. Field Michael E., Michael Bothner, Paul Jokiel, and Andrea Ogston. 2000. Response of a reef to sediment overload: Moloka’i, Hawai’i. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  1336. Field Michael E., Pat S. Chavez, Miguel Velasco, and Susan Cochran. 2000. New approaches to mapping coral reefs: lidar images from Hawai’i. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  1337. Field, Michael E., C. D. Storlazzi, P L. Jokiel, A S. Ogston, M A. Bothner, R S. Calhoun, S A. Cochran, and P S. Chavez. 2002. Patterns and Impact of Sedimentation on a Fringing Coral Reef, Moloka'i, Hawai'i. 2002 Ocean Sciences Meeting.
  1338. Fierens, F., I. Kanellopoulos, G. G. wilkinson, and J. Mégier. 1994. Comparison and visualization of features space behaviour of statistical and neural classifiers of satellite imagery. 1879-82.
  1339. Finn, J. T. 1993. Use of the average mutual information index in evaluating classification error and consistency. Int. J. Geogr. Inf. Syst. 7: 349-66.
  1340. Firman, J. C., Peter W. Glynn, and Luis Ferrer. 1999. Coral communities of La Parguera, Puerto Rico: current condition and thirty years of change. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  1341. Fischer, A. G.Origin and growth of basins. Petroleum and Global Tectonics. Eds. A. G. Fischer, and S. Judson, 47-79. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
  1342. Fischer, A. G., and M. A. Arthur. 1977. Secular variations in the pelagic realm. Deep-water Carbonate Environments.H. E. Cook, and P. Enos, 19-49. Tulsa, OK: SEPM Special Publication No. 25.
  1343. Fischer, A. G., and J. A. Garrison. 1975. Carbonate lithification on the sea floor. Jour. of Geology 75: 488-96.
  1344. Fischer, J., R. Doerffer, and H. Grassl. 1986. Factor analysis of multispectral radiances over coastal and open water based on radiative transfer calculations. Applied Optics 25, no. 3: 448-56.
  1345. Fishelson, L. 1973. Ecological and biological phenomena influencing coral-species composition on the reef tables at Eilat (Gulf of Aqaba, Red Sea). Marine Biology 19: 183-96.
  1346. Fisher, L. E., and L. Banks. 1999. Permanent reef community monitoring sites offshore of Broward County, Florida: preliminary comparative results. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  1347. Fisk, D. A. 1981. Sediment shedding and particulate feeding in two free-living, sediment-dwelling corals (Heteropsammia cochlea and Heterocyanthus aequicostatus) at Wistari Reef Great Barrier Reef. Proc. Fourth International Coral Reef Symp., 21-26 abstract
  1348. Fisk, D. A., and T. Done. 1985. Taxonomic and bathymetric patterns of bleaching in corals, Myrmidon reef (Queensland). Proc. 5th Int. Coral Reef Symp., 149-54.
  1349. Fisk, D. A., V. J. Harriott, and et al. 1988. The history and status of crown-of-thorn starfish and corals at Green Island Reef, Great Barrier Reef. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 149-55.
  1350. Fitt, W. K., H. J. Spero, J. Halas, M. W. White, and J. W. Porter. 1993. Recovery of the coral Montastrea annularis in the Florida Keys after the 1987 Caribbean "bleaching event". Coral Reefs 12: 57-64. abstract
  1351. Fitt, W. K., and M. E. Warner. 1995. Bleaching patterns of 4 species of Caribbean reef corals. Biol Bull 189: 298-307.
  1352. Fitxhardinge, R. C. 1988. Coral recruitment: the importance of interspecific differences in juvenile growth and mortality. Proc 6th Int Coral Reef Sym, 673-77.
  1353. Fitz, H. C., M. L. Reaka, Dldredge Bermingham, and Nancy G. Wolf. 1983. Coral recruitment at moderate depths: the influence of grazing. The ecology of deep and shallow coral reefs. NOAA Symp Ser Undersea Res., 89-96. abstract
  1354. Fitzgerald, L. M., and A. M. Szmant . 1988. Amino acid metabolism: adaptations to low nutrient conditions? Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 5-9.
  1355. Fitzgerald, L. M., A. M. Szmant, and et al. 1986. Nutrient dynamics on coral reefs II. Eos 67, no. 44: 996.
  1356. Fitzhardinge, R. C. 1988. Coral recruitment: the importance of interspecific differences in juvenile growth and mortality. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 673-78.
  1357. Flack, Larry, Shannon Hamilton, and Niki McBryar. 1998. Study of the health of a coral reef, San Salvador, Bahamas. Tennessee Academy of Science, collegiate meetings, abstr.
  1358. Fleming, R. H. 1957. General features of the oceans. Treatise on Marine Ecology and Paleoecology, Ecology; Memoir 67., 87-108. Boulder, Colorado: Geol. Soc. America.
  1359. Flood, P. G. 1986. Sensitivity of coral cays to climatic variations, souther Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Coral Reefs 5: 13-18. abstract
  1360. Flood, P. G. 1988. Shoreline changes on coral cays, Capricornia section, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park, Australia. Proc 6th International Coral Reef Symposium, 219-24. abstract
  1361. Florida Maine Research Institute. 1998. Coral monitoring data from the Florida Keys Coral Reef Monitoring Project, Florida Marine Rsch Inst, 100 Eighth Ave SE, St Petersburg FL 33701, United States.
  1362. Flouzat, G. 1988. Morphologie mathématique et analyse des images de télédétection. Photo-Interprétation 1988, no. 5: 1-16.
  1363. Flugel, E. 1988. Halimeda: paleontological record and palaeoenvironmental significance. Coral Reefs 6: 123-30. abstract
  1364. Flügel, E. 1984. Algae in reefs. Géologie et Paléoécologie des Récifs.J. Geister, and R. Herb, 24.1-24.28. Berne: Institut de Géologie de l'Université de Berne.
  1365. ---. 1982. Microfacies Analysis of Limestones. 633. New York: Springer-Verlag.
  1366. Fluke, Lawrence Andrew. 1994. "Recent Atlantic shelf sedimentation within a siliciclastic-carbonate transition, Florida, USA." Master's , Florida Institute of Technology. abstract
  1367. Flynn, K. J. 1990. The determination of nitrogen status in microalgae. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 61, no. March 22: 297-307.
  1368. Flynn, K. J., and K. Flynn. 1998. Release of nitrite by marine dinoflagellates: development of a mathematical simulation. Mar Biol 130: 455-70.
  1369. Focke, Jaap W. 1977. The effect of a potentially reef-building vermetid-coralline algal community on an eroding limestone coast, Curacao, Netherlands Antilles. Proc. Third International Coral Reef Symposium, Ed. D. L. Taylor, 239-45. abstract - figure
  1370. Folk, Robert L. 1973. Carbonate petrography in the post-Sorbian age. Evolving Concepts in Sedimentology. Ed. R. N. Ginsburg, 118-58. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press.
  1371. ---. 1967. Carbonate sediments of Isla Mujeres, Quintana Roo, Mexico and vicinity. 2nd., 100-103. New Orleans, LA: New Orleans Geological Society Guidebook (Yucatan Field Trip).
  1372. ---. 1967. Sand cays of Alacran reef, Yucatan, Mexico: morphology. Journal of Geology 75: 412-37.
  1373. ---. 1981. Sedimentary facies and types of carbonate rocks. Petroleum Geology in China: Principal Lectures Presented to the United Nations International Meeting on Petroleum Geology (Beijing, China, 18-25 March 1980).J. F. Mason, 214-18. Tulsa, OK: PennWell Publishing Co.
  1374. ---. 1962. Sorting in some carbonate beaches of Mexico. Transactions of the New York Academy of Sciences 25, no. Ser. 2: 222-44.
  1375. ---. 1962. Spectral subdivision of limestone types. Classification of Carbonate Rocks. Ed. W. E. Ham, 62-84. Tulsa, OK: American Association of Petroleum Geologists. abstract - figure
  1376. Folk, Robert L., and A. S. Cotera. Carbonate sand cays of Alacran reef, Yucatan, Mexico: sediments. Atoll Research Bulletin: 1-16.
  1377. Folk, Robert L., and L. S. Land. 1975. Mg/Ca ratio and salinity: two controls over crystallization of dolomite. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 59: 61-68.
  1378. Folk, Robert L., and R. Robles. 1964. Carbonate sands of Isla Perez, Alacran reef complex, Yucatan. Journal of Geology 72: 255-92. abstract - figure
  1379. Fong, P., and D. Lirman. 1994. Damage and recovery on a coral reef following Hurricane Andrew. Research & Exploration 10: 246-48.
  1380. ---. 1995. Hurricanes cause population Expansion of the branching coral Acropora palmata (Scleractinia): Wound healing and growth patterns of asexual recruits. Marine Ecology 1, no. 4: 317-35.
  1381. Fontaine, M. A., R. Momzikoff, M. Taxit, Bernadec, and Chennebault-Gondry. 1981. Riboflavin content in corals and release of this vitamin in the ecosystem. Proc 4th Int Coral Reef Sym, 77-79.
  1382. Foody, G. M. 1992. On the compensation of chance agreement in image classification accuracy assessment. Photogrammetric Engineering and Remote Sensing 10: 1459-60.
  1383. Foody, G. M. 1995. Using prior knowledge in artificial neural network classification with a minimal training set. Int. J. Remote Sensing 16, no. 2: 301-12.
  1384. Foody, G. M. 1996. Approaches for the production and evaluation of fuzzy land cover classifications from remotely sensed data. Int. J. Remote Sensing 17, no. 7: 1317-40.
  1385. Foody, G. M. 1996. Fuzzy modelling of vegetation from remotely sensed imagery. Ecological Modelling 85: 3-12.
  1386. Foody, G. M. 1999. The continuum of classification fuzziness in thematic mapping. Photogrammetric Engineering and Remote Sensing 65, no. 4: 443-51.
  1387. Foody, G. M. 2000. Estimation of sub-pixel land cover composition in th epresence of untrained classes. Computer and Geosciences 26: 469-78.
  1388. Foody, G. M., and M. K. Arora. 1996. Incorporating mixed pixels in the training, allocation and testing stages of supervised classifications. Pattern Recognition Letters 17: 1389-98.
  1389. Foody, G. M., and D. P. Cox. 1994. Sub-pixel land-cover composition estimation using a linear mixture model and fuzzy membership functions. Int. J. Remote Sensing 15, no. 3: 619-31.
  1390. Force, L. M. 1969. Calcium carbonate size distribution on the west Florida shelf and experimental studies on the microarchitectural control of skeletal breakdown. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 39, no. 3: 902-34. abstract
  1391. Forget, P., and S. Ouillon. 1998. Surface suspended matter of the Rhone river mouth from visible satellite imagery. Oceanologica Acta 21, no. 6: 739-49.
  1392. Forget, P., S. Ouillon, F. Lahet, and P. Broche. 1999. Inversion of reflectance spectra of nonchlorophyllous turbid coastal waters. Remote Sensing of Environment 68: 264-72.
  1393. Forman, R. T. T., and M. Godron. 1986. Landscape ecology. New-York: John Wiley & Sons.
  1394. Fornos, J. J., and W. M. Ahr. 1997. Temperate carbonates on a modern, low-energy, isolated ramp; the Balearic Platform, Spain. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 67, no. 2: 364-73.
  1395. Fortin, M. J. 1999. Effects of quadrat size and data measurement on the detection of boundaries. Journal of Vegetation Science 10: 43-50.
  1396. Fortin, M. J., and P. Drapeau. 1995. Delineation of ecological boundaries: comparison of approaches and significance tests. Oikos 72: 323-32.
  1397. Fortin, M. J., P. Drapeau, and G. M. Jacquez. 1996. Quantification of the spatial occurences of ecological boundaries. Oikos 77: 51-60.
  1398. Fortin, M. J., P. Drapeau, and P. Legendre. 1989. Spatial autocorrelation and sampling design in plant ecology. Vegetatio 83: 209-22.
  1399. Fosberg, F. R. 1961. Qualitative description of the coral atoll ecosystem. Atoll Research Bull., no. 81: 2-11. abstract
  1400. Foster, A. B. 1977. Patterns of small-scale variation of skeletal morphology within the scleractinian corals, Montastrea annularis and Siderastrea siderea. Proc. Third International Coral Reef Symp., 409-15. abstract - figure
  1401. Foster, A. B. 1980. Environmental variation in skeletal morphology within the Caribbean reef corals Montastraea annularis and Siderastrea siderea. Bull. Marine Science 30, no. 3: 678-709. abstract - figure
  1402. Foster, A. B. 1983. The relationship between corallite morphology and colony shape in some massive reef-corals. Coral Reefs 2: 19-25.
  1403. ---. 1979. Phenotypic plasticity in the reef corals Montastraea annularis (Ellis and Solander) and Siderastrea siderea (Ellis and Solander). Jour. Experimental Biology Ecology 39: 25-54.
  1404. ---. 1985. Variation within coral colonies and its importance for interpreting fossil species. Jour. Paleontology 59, no. 6: 1359-81.
  1405. Foster, S. A. 1987. The relative impacts of grazing by Caribbean coral reef fishes and Diadema: effects of habitat and surge. Jour. of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 105: 1-20.
  1406. Fourgassié, A. 1993. La spatiocarte marine, une solution pour la cartographie des atolls polynésiens. IFREMER/ORSTOM, 329-41ORSTOM, Nouméa.
  1407. Fowler, S., and D. Laffoley. 1993. Stability in Mediterranean-Atlantic sessile epifaunal communities at the northern limits of their range. Changes in Marine Communities., 109. abstract
  1408. Fox, Denis L. 1972. Pigmented calcareous skeletons of some corals. Comp Biochem Physiol 43B: 919-27.
  1409. Fox, Denis L., and C. F. A. Pantin. 1944. Pigments in the coelenterata. Biol Rev 19: 121-34.
  1410. Fraizier, A, D. Franck, P. Benente, R. Jouen, and J. F. Debiard. 1985. Observations on the various forms of pollution of the Tahiti lagoon. Proc. Fifth International Coral Reef Congress, 445-51. (in French) abstract
  1411. France, R., J. Holmquist, M. Chandler, and A. Cattaneo. 1998. d 15N evidence for nitrogen fixation associated with macroalgae from a seagrass-mangrove-coral reef system. Marine Ecology Progress Series 167: 297-99.
  1412. Frankel, E. 1977. Previous Acanthaster aggregations in the Great Barrier Reef. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium, 201-8.
  1413. Frankignoulle, M., C. Canon, and et al. 1994. Marine calcification as a source of carbon dioxide: positive feedback of increasing atmospheric CO2. Limnol. Ocean. 39, no. 2: 458-62.
  1414. Frankignoulle, M., J. Gattuso, and et al. 1996. Carbon fluxes in coral reefs. II. Eulerian study of inorganic carbon dynamics and measurement of air-sea CO2 exchanges. Mar Ecol Progr Ser 145: 123-32.
  1415. Fraser, Robert H., and David J. Currie. 1996. The species richness-energy hypothesis in a system where historical factors are thought to prevail: coral reefs. Am Nat 148: 138-59.
  1416. Freeland, G. L. 1969. Carbonate sediments in clastic environment: reefs of Veracruz, Mexico [abs.]. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 53: 718.
  1417. Freeman-Lynde, R. P., M. B. Cita, F. Jadoul, E. L. Miller, and W. B. F. Ryan. 1981. Marine geology of the Bahama escarpment. Marine Geology 44: 119-56. abstract
  1418. Freeman-Lynde, R. P., and W. B. F. Ryan. 1985. Erosional modification of Bahama Escarpment. Geological Society of America Bulletin 96: 481-94.
  1419. Freile, D., J. D. Milliman, and L. Hillis. 1995. Leeward bank margin Halimeda meadows and draperies and their sedimentary importance on the western Great Bahama Bank slope. Coral Reefs 14: 27-33.
  1420. Freney, R., and M. S. Kelly. 1997. Reviving reefs. Audubon .
  1421. Frey, Robert W., and Paul R. Pinet. 1978. Calcium-carbonate content of surficial sands seaward of Altamaha and Doboy sounds, Georgia. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 48, no. 4: 1249-56.
  1422. Freytes-Mendez, Manuel. 1987. "Ecologia, estacionalidad y distribucion de las algas macroscopicas bentonicas en la Laguna del Cayo Turromote, La Parguera, Lajas, P.R." master's thesis, University of Puerto Rico RUM. abstract
  1423. Fricke, H. W., and B. Knauer. 1986. Diversity and spatial pattern of coral communities in the Red Sea upper twilight zone. OECOLOGIA. 71, no. 1: 29-37. abstract
  1424. ---. 1964. Early diagenesis and lithification in carbonate sediments. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 34: 777-813.
  1425. ---. 1966. A fossil shoreline reef in the Gulf of Elat (Aqaba). Israel Journal of Earth Sciences 14: 86-90.
  1426. ---. 1968. Geology and geochemistry of reefs, carbonate sediments, and waters, Gulf of Aqaba (Elat), Red Sea. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 38, no. 3: 895-919. abstract
  1427. Friedman, Gerald M., editor. 1969. Depositional Environments in Carbonate Rocks. 209 p . Tulsa, Oklahoma: Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists.
  1428. ---. 1969. Trace elements as possible environmental indicators in carbonate sediments. Depositional Environments in Carbonate Rocks.G. M. Friedman, 193-98. Tulsa, OK: SEPM Special Publication No. 14.
  1429. Friedman, Gerald M. 1970. The Bahamas and southern Florida: a model for carbonate deposition. Shale Shaker 21: 4-17.
  1430. ---. 1973. Cementation in reefs. Bulletin Du Centre De Recherches Pau - Société Nationale Des Pétroles D'Aquitaine 7, no. 1: 171-76.
  1431. ---. 1975. The making and unmaking of limestones or the downs and ups of porosity. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 45: 379-98. abstract - figure
  1432. ---. 1985. The problem of submarine cement in classifying reef rock: an experience in frustration. Carbonate cements. Eds. N. Schneidermann, and P. M. Harris, 117-21. Tulsa, OK: Society Economic Paleontologists Mineralogists. abstract - figure
  1433. ---. 1988. Case histories of coexisting reefs and terrigenous sediments: the Gulf of Elat (Red Sea), Java Sea, and Neogene Basin of the Negev, Israel. Carbonate-Clastic Transitions. Eds. L. J. Doyle, and H. H. Roberts, 77-97. Netherlands: Elsevier Science Publ. abstract
  1434. Friedman, Gerald M., Syed A. Ali, and David H. Krinsley. 1976. Dissolution of quartz accompanying carbonate precipitation and cementation in reefs: example from the Red Sea. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 46: 970-973. abstract
  1435. Friedman, Gerald M., A. J. Amiel and Nahum Schneidermann. 1974. Submarine cementation in reefs: example from the Red Sea. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 44: 816-25. abstract
  1436. Friedman, Gerald M., A. J. Amiel, M. Braun, and D. S. Miller. 1972. Algal mats, carbonate laminites, ooids, oncolites, pellets, and cements in hypersaline sea-marginal pool, Gulf of Aqaba, Red Sea [abs.]. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 56: 618.
  1437. Friedman, Gerald M., and I. B. Brenner. 1976. Progressive diagenetic elimination of Strontium in Quaternary to Late Tertiary coral reefs of Red Sea: sequence and time scale. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology: 353-55. abstract - figure
  1438. Friedman, Gerald M., John E. Sanders, and David C. Kopaska-Merkel. 1992. Principles of Sedimentary Deposits. New York: Macmillan Publishing Company.
  1439. Fritz, Sandy. 1995. The living reef. Popular Science: 48-51.
  1440. Froelich, Alina Szmant. 1983. Functional aspects of nutrient cycling on coral reefs. The ecology of deep and shallow coral reefs. NOAA Symp Ser Undersea Res, ed M. L. R. 133-39NOAA Undersea Research Program.
  1441. Frohlich, C., and G. E. Shaw. 1980. New determination of rayleigh scattering in the terrestrial atmosphere. Applied Optics 19, no. 11: 1773-75.
  1442. Frontier, S. 1991. Transfert d'échelle en océanographie. C. Mullon, 365-77. Paris: ORSTOM Editions.
  1443. Frost, Jack. 1974. Subtidal algal stromatolites from the Florida backreef environment. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 44: 532-37. abstract
  1444. Frost, Stanley H. 1977. Cenozoic reef systems of Caribbean -- prospects for paleoecologic synthesis. Reefs and Related Carbonates - Ecology and Sedimentology, Studies in Geology no. 4. Eds. Stanley H. Frost, M. P. Weiss, and J. B. Saunders, 93-110. Tulsa, Okla.: American Association Petroleum Geologists. abstract
  1445. ---. 1977. Ecologic controls of Caribbean and Mediterranean Oligocene reef coral communities. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium.D. L. Taylor, 367-75. Miami, FL: University of Miami, Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science. abstract
  1446. ---. 1972. Evolution of Cenozoic Caribbean coral faunas. 6th Caribbean Geol. Conf., 461-64. abstract
  1447. ---. 1977. Miocene to Holocene evolution of Caribbean province reef-building corals. Proc. 3rd Int. Coral Reef Symp., 353-59. abstract - figure
  1448. ---. 1981. Oligocene reef coral biofacies of the Vicentin, northeast Italy. European Fossil Reef Models.D. F. Toomey, 483-541. Tulsa, OK: SEPM Special Publication No. 30. abstract
  1449. ---. 1977. Oligocene reef coral biogeography, Caribbean and western Tethys. Proceedings of the 2nd International Symposium on Corals and Fossil Coral Reefs, 342-52 Paris: Mémoires du Bureau de Recherches Géologiques et Minières (France) 89. abstract
  1450. Frost, Stanley H., and Nancy A. Bakos. 1977. Miocene pelagic biogenic sediment production and diagenesis, St. Croix, U.S.Virgin Islands. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 22: 137-71. abstract
  1451. Frost, Stanley H., J. L. Harbour, David K. Beach, M. J. Realini, and P. M. Harris. 1983. Oligocene reef tract development, southwestern Puerto Rico. Sedimenta (University of Miami, Comparative Sedimentology Laboratory)., 1-141.
  1452. Frost, Stanley H., J. L. Harbour, and P. M. Harris. 1983. Late Oligocene reef-tract carbonates, southwestern Puerto Rico. Carbonate Buildups - a core workshop (Dallas, Texas, April 16-17, 1983).P. M. Harris, 491-518. Tulsa, OK: SEPM Core Workshop No. 4. abstract - figure
  1453. Frost, Stanley H., and M. P. Weiss. 1979. Patch-reef communities and succession in the Oligocene of Antigua, West Indies. Geological Society America Bull. 90: 1094-141. abstract
  1454. Frouin, R., D. W. Lingner, C. Gautier, K. S. Baker, and R. C. Smith. 1989. A simple formula to compute clear sky total and photosynthetically available solar irradiance at the ocean surface. Journal of Geophysical Research 94, no. C7: 9731-42.
  1455. Fruth, L. S. Jr., G. R. Orme, and F. A. Donath. 1966. Experimental compaction effects in carbonate sediments. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 36: 747-54.
  1456. Frydl, P., and C. W. Stearn. 1978. Rate of bioerosion by parrotfish in Barbados reef environments. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 48: 1149-57. abstract
  1457. Fucik, K. W., T. J. Bright, and et al. Measurements of Damage, Recovery, and Rehabilitation of Coral Reefs Exposed to Oil. Restoration of Habitats Impacted by Oil Spills.J. John Cairns, and J. Authur L. Buikema, 115-33 Butterworth Publishers.
  1458. Fulthorpe, Craid S., and Seymour O. Schlanger. 1989. Paleo-oceanographic and tectonic settings of early Miocene reefs and associated carbonates of offshore southeast Asia. Bull. American Association Petroleum Geologists 73, no. 6: 729-56. abstract
  1459. Fung, T., and E. LeDrew. 1988. The determination of optimal threshold levels for change detection using various accuracy indices. Photog. Eng. Remote Sensing 54, no. 10: 1449-54.
  1460. Furnas, M. J., and A. W. Mitchell. 1996. Nutrient inputs into the central Great Barrier Reef (Australia) from subsurface intrusions of Coral Sea waters; a two-dimensional displacement model. Continental Shelf Research 16 , no. 9: 1127-48.
  1461. Fusco, L., U. Frei, D. Trevese, P. N. Blonda, G. Pasquariello, and G. Milillo. 1986. Landsat TM image forward/reverse scan banding: characterization and correction. Int. J. Remote Sensing 7, no. 4: 557-75.
  1462. Futterer, Dieter K. 1974. Significance of the boring sponge Cliona for the origin of fine grained material of carbonate sediments. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 44: 79-84. abstract - figure
  1463. Fux, E., and CH Mazel. 1999. Unmixing coral fluorescence emission spectra and predicting new spectra under different excitation conditions. Applied Optics 38, no. 4: 486-94.
    return to list
  1464. Gabric, A. J., and P. R. F. Bell. 1993. Review of the effects of non point nutrient loading on coastal ecosystems. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res. 44: 261-83. abstract
  1465. Gabric, A. J., P. Hoffenberg, and W. Broughton. 1990. Spatio-temporal variability in surface chlorophyll distribution in the Central Great Barrier Reef as derived from CZCS imagery. Aust. J. Freshwater. Res. 41: 313-24.
  1466. Gabrie, C., S. Baldwin J. Planes, J. Bonvallot, C. Chauvet, Y. Vernaudon, C. Payri, and R. Galzin. 1994. Study of the coral reefs of Bora-Bora (Society Archipelago, French Polynesia) for the development of a conservation and management plan. Ocean & Coastal Management 25: 189-216.
  1467. Gabrie, C., H. Porcher, and M. Masson. 1985. Dredging in French Polynesian coral reefs: towards a general policy of resource exploitation and site development. Proc. Fifth International Coral Reef Congress, 271-77. abstract - figure
  1468. Gaffey, S. J., and C. E. Bronnimann. 1993. Effects of bleaching on organic and mineral phases in biogenic carbonates. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 63: 752-54.
  1469. Gagan, Michael K., Allan R. Chivas, and A. L. Herczeg. 1990. Shelf-wide erosion, deposition, and suspended sediment transport during Cyclone Winifred, central Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 60: 456-70. abstract
  1470. Gagan, Michael K., Allan R. Chivas, and Peter J. Isdale. 1994. High-resolution isotopic records from corals using ocean temperature and mass-spawning chronometers. Earth and Planetary Science Letters 121 : 549-58. abstract
  1471. Gagan, Michael K., Allan R. Chivas, and D. P. Johnson. 1988. Cyclone-induced shelf sediment transport and the ecology of the Great Barrier Reef. 6th International Coral Reef Symp., 595-600. abstract
  1472. Gagan, Michael K., David P. Johnson, and Robert M. Carter. 1988. The cyclone Winifred storm bed, central Great Barrier Reef shelf, Australia. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 58, no. 5: 845-56. abstract
  1473. Gagan, Michael K., David P. Johnson, and Gabriel M. Crowley. 1994. Sea level control of stacked late Quaternary coastal sequences, central Great Barrier Reef. Sedimentology 41, no. 2: 329-51.
  1474. Gaines, S. D., and M. W. Denny. 1993. The largest, smallest, highest, lowest, longest, and shortest: extremes in ecology. Ecology 74, no. 6: 1677-92.
  1475. Gaithwaite, R. L., and et al. 1994. Electophoretic identification of poritid species (Athozoa: Scleractinia). Coral Reefs 13: 49-56.
  1476. Gal, G., and A. Genin. 1993. Coral reef: A factor influencing zooplankton distribution. Isr. J. Zool. 39: 58. abstract
  1477. Galewsky, Joseph, Eli A. Silver, Christina D. Gallup, R. L. Edwards, Donald C. Potts, and Boulder CO United States Publisher: Geological Society of America (GSA). 1996. Foredeep tectonics and carbonate platform dynamics in the Huon Gulf, Papua New Guinea. Geology (Boulder) 24 , no. 9: 819-22. abstract
  1478. Galzin, R., J.-P. Marfin, and et al. 1993. Long term coral reef monitoring program: heterogeneity of the Tiahura Barrier Reef (Moorea, French Polynesia). Galaxea 11, no. 2: 73-92.
  1479. Gao, B. C., K. B. Heidebrecht, and A. F. H. Goetz. 1993. Derivation of scaled surface reflectances from AVIRIS data. Remote Sensing of Environment 44: 165-78.
  1480. Gao, B. C., M. J. Montes, Z. Ahmad, and C. O. Davis. 2000. Atmospheric correction algorithm for hyperspectral remote sensing of ocean color from space. Applied Optics 39, no. 6: 887-96.
  1481. Garces, L. R. 1992. Coral reef management in Thailand. The ICLARM Quarterly 15, no. 3: 40-42.
  1482. Garcia, C. A. E., and I. S. Robinson. 1989. Sea surface velocities in shallow seas extracted from sequential coastal zone color scanner satellite data. Journal Geophys. Research 94, no. C9, 12,681-12,691.
  1483. Garcia, Jorge R., and Castro Robert L. 1999. Fish - coral associations in shallow reefs around Puerto Rico. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  1484. Garcia-Sais, Jorge R., Castro Robert L., and Jorge Sabater Clavel. 1999. "Isla Caja de Muertos, Bosque Seco de Guanica, Bahia de Mayaguez, Cordillera de Fajardo." Coral Reef Communities from Natural Reserves in Puerto Rico, US Coral Reef Initiative (NOAA) and Department of Natural and Environment Resources, Puerto Rico.
  1485. Garcia-Sais, Jorge R., Jack Morelock, Roberto Castro, Carlos Goenaga , and Edwin Hernandez . in press. Puertorican reefs: research synthesis, present threats and management perspectives.
  1486. Gardiner, Lisa S., and Sally E Walker. 1999. Stability of Pleistocene reef mollusk communities from San Salvador island, Bahamas. Geological Society of America, 1999 annual meeting, abstr.
  1487. Gardner, W. D., M. J. Richardson, and D. A. Cacchione. 1989. Sedimentological effects of strong southward flow in the Straits of Florida. Marine Geology 86: 155-80.
  1488. Garlan, T. 1989. "Cartographie spatiale du littoral corallien: topographie et bathymétrie. Rapport final du PEPS n° 203." 006/89. EPSHOM, Brest.
  1489. Garrett, P. 1977. Biological communities and their sedimentary record. Sedimentation on the Modern Carbonate Tidal Flats of Northwest Andros Island, Bahamas.L. A. Hardie, 124-58. Studies in Geology No. 22. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.
  1490. Garrett, P., and H. Ducklow. 1975. Coral diseases in Burmuda. Nature 253: 349-50.
  1491. Garrett, P., and S. J. Gould. 1984. Geology of New Providence Island, Bahamas. Geological Society of America Bulletin 95: 209-20.
  1492. Garrett, P., and T. P. Scoffin. 1977. Sedimentation on Bermuda's atoll rim. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium D. L. Taylor, 87-95 Miami, Fl: University of Miami, Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science. abstract
  1493. Garrett, P., D. L. Smith, A. O. Wilson, and D. Patriguin. 1971. Physiography, ecology and sediments of two Bermuda patch reefs. Journal of Geology 79: 647-68.
  1494. Garzon-Ferreira, J., and M. Kielman. 1994. Extensive mortality of corals in the Colombian Caribbean during the last two decades. Proceedings of the colloquium on global aspects of coral reefs, Ed. Robert N. Ginsburg, 247-53. abstract
  1495. Gasch, J., T. Arvidson, S. N. Goward, S. Andréfouët, C. Hu, and F. E. Müller-Karger. 2000. An Assessment of Landsat 7/ETM+ Coverage of Coral Reefs Worldwide. IEEE.
  1496. Gasch, J., and K. A. Campana. 2000. Cloud cover avoidance in space-based remote sensing acquisition. SPIE/Aerosense 2000.
  1497. Gates, Ruth D. 1990. Seawater temperature and sublethal coral bleaching in Jamaica. Coral Reefs 8, no. 4: 193-97. abstract
  1498. Gates, Ruth D. Baghdasarian Garen, and Leonard Muscatine. 1992. Temperature stress causes host cell detachment in symbiotic cnidarians: Implications for coral bleaching. Biol. Bull. 182: 324-32.
  1499. Gath, I., and A. B. Geva. 1989. Unsupervised optimal fuzzy clustering. IEEE Trans. on PAMI 11, no. 7: 773-81.
  1500. Gattuso, J. P. 1991. Physiology and taxonomy of scleractinian corals: a case study in the genus Stylophora. Coral Reefs 9: 173-82. abstract
  1501. Gattuso, J. P., M. Frankignoulle, S. V. Smith, J. R. Ware, R. Wollast, Robert W. Buddemeier, and Hajime Kayanne. 1996. Coral reefs and carbon dioxide; discussions and reply. Science 271 , no. 5253: 1298-300.
  1502. Gattuso, J. P., C. Payri, and et al. 1997. Primary production, calcification and air-sea CO2 fluxes of a macro-algal-dominated coral reef community (Moorea, French Polynesia). J Phycology 33, no. 729-738.
  1503. Gattuso, J. P., M. Pichon, and et al. 1996. Carbon fluxes in coral reefs. I. Lagrangian measurement of community metabolism and resulting air-sea CO2 disequilibrium. Mar Ecol Progr Ser 145: 109-21.
  1504. ---. 1993. Community metabolism and air-sea CO2 fluxes in a coral reef ecosystem (Moorea, French Polynesia). Marine Ecology Progress Series 96: 259-67.
  1505. ---. 1996. Primary production, calcification and air-sea CO2 fluxes in coral reefs: organism, ecosystem and global scales. Bull De L'Inst Oceanogr De Monaco 14: 39-46.
  1506. Gattuso, J. P., D. Yellowlees, and et al. 1993. Depth- and light-dependent variation of carbon partitioning and utilization in the zooxanthellate scleractinian coral Stylophora pistillata. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 92: 267-76.
  1507. Gaudian, G. 1988. "Taxonomic and ecological studies on Red Sea corals." Ph.D., University of York.
  1508. Gebelein, Conrad D. 1969. Distribution, morphology, and accretion rate of recent subtidal algal stromatolites, Bermuda. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 39, no. 1: 49-69. abstract
  1509. ---. 1977. Dynamics of Recent Carbonate Sedimentation and Ecology, Cape Sable, Florida. 120. International Sedimentary Petrographical Series, V. 16. Leiden, Neth.: E. J. Brill.
  1510. ---. 1974. Modern Bahaman platform environments. 93. St. George, Bermuda: Bermuda Biological Station for Research (Guidebook for Geological Society of America Annual Meeting, 1974).
  1511. ---. 1976. Open marine subtidal and intertidal stromatolites (Florida, the Bahamas and Bermuda). Stromatolites.M. R. Walter, 381-88. Developments in Sedimentology 20. New York: Elsevier Publ. Co.
  1512. Geister, Jorn. 1973. "Riffbau und geologische entwicklungsgeschichte der Insel San Andres (Reef building and geological evolution of San Andres Island)." PhD, Stuttgart. abstract
  1513. Geister, Jorn. 1980. Calm-water reefs and rough-water reefs of the Caribbean Pleistocene. Acta Palaeontologica Polonica 25, no. 3-4: 541-56. abstract
  1514. ---. 1984. Géomorphologie, écologie et faciès des récifs actuels des Caraïbes: Conséquences pour l'interprétation des récifs fossiles. Géologie et Paléoécologie des Récifs.J. Geister, and R. Herb, 1.1-1.14. 3ème Cycle Romand En Sciences De La Terre. Berne: Institut de Géologie de l'Université de Berne.
  1515. ---. 1983. Holocene West Indian coral reefs: geomorphology, ecology and facies. 173-284. abstract
  1516. ---. 1977. The influence of wave exposure on the ecological zonation of Caribbean coral reefs. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium, 23-29. abstract - figure
  1517. ---. 1982. Pleistocene reef terraces and coral environments at Santo Domingo and near Boca Chica, southern coast of the Dominican Republic. Transactions of the Ninth Caribbean Geological Conference (Santo Domingo, 1980), 689-703 Santo Domingo.
  1518. ---. 1989. Quantitative aspects of coral growth and carbonate production in a Middle Jurassic reef. Fossil Cnidaria 5.P. A. Jell, and J. W. Pickett, 425-32. Brisbane: Association of Australasian Paleontology Memoir Nr. 8.
  1519. ---. 1984. Récifs pleistocènes de la mer des Caraïbes: Aspects géologiques et paléoécologiques. Géologie et Paléoécologie des Récifs.J. Geister, and R. Herb, 3.1-3.34. 3ème Cycle Romand En Sciences De La Terre. Berne: Institut de Géologie de l'Université de Berne.
  1520. Genin, Amatzia, L. Karp, and A. Miroz. 1994. Effects of flow on competitive superiority in scleractinian corals. Limnol. Oceanogr. 39, no. 4: 913-24. abstract
  1521. Genin, Amatzia, Boaz Lazar, and Stephen Brenner. 1995. Vertical mixing and coral death in the Red Sea following the eruption of Mount Pinatubo. Nature 377, no. 6549: 507-10.
  1522. George, D. G. 1997. Bathymetric mapping using a Compact Airborne Spectrographic Imager (CASI). Int. J. Remote Sensing 18, no. 10: 2067-71.
  1523. Gerace, D. T. 1983. Field guide to the geology of San Salvador [Third Edition]. 172. San Salvador, Bahamas: CCFL Bahamian Field Sta. Guidebook.
  1524. Gerhard, L. C. 1991. Reef modeling: progress in simulation of carbonate environments. Sedimentary Modeling: Computer Simulations and Methods for Improved Parameter Definition.E. K. Franseen, W. L. Watney, C. G. St. C. Kendall, and W. C. Ross, 345-58. Lawrence, KS: Kansas Geological Survey Bulletin 233. abstract
  1525. ---. 1978. Some modern carbonate studies applied to the Williston basin. The Economic Geology of the Williston Basin.D. Estelle, and R. Miller, 35-58. 1978 Williston Basin Symposium. Billings, MT: Montana Geological Society, 24th Annual Conference.
  1526. Gerhardt, Donald J. 1983. The chemical systematics of colonial marine animals: and estimated phylogeny of the order Gorgonacea based on terpenoid characteristics. Biol Bull 7: 71-81.
  1527. Gerlach, Sebastian A. 1959. Uber das tropische korallenriff als lebensraum(the tropical coral reef as a biotope). Verhandlungen Der Deutschen Zoologischen Gesellschaft 23: 356-63. abstract
  1528. Getty, S. R., Y. Asmerom, T. M. Quinn, and D. J. DePaolo. 1996. U-Pb dating of corals beyond 750 kyrs. American Geophysical Union 1996 fall meeting, abstr.
  1529. Gevirtz, J. L., and Gerald M. Friedman. 1966. Deep sea carbonate sediments of the red sea and their implications on marine lithification.. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 36: 143-51. abstract
  1530. Gil-Navia, M. F., J. A. Sanchez, and E. Alvarado. 1999. Transplantation of reef-building corals on the Rosario archipelago, Colombian Caribbean. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  1531. Gil-Turnes, Sofia. 1982. "Coral-zooxanthellae symbiosis: analysis of phosynthetic pigments." master's thesis, University of Puerto Rico RUM. abstract
  1532. Gil-Turnes, Sofia, and Jorge Corredor. 1981. Studies of photosynthetic pigments of zooxanthellae in Caribbean hermatypic corals. Proc. Fourth International Coral Reef Symp., 51-54. abstract
  1533. Gilbes Santaella, Fernando. 1992. "The Relationship Between Phytoplankton Morphology and Particulate Matter in Mayaguez Bay, Puerto Rico." MS, University of Puerto Rico. abstract
  1534. Gili, Eulalia, Jean-Pierre Masse, and Peter W. Skelton. 1995. Rudists as gregarious sediment-dwellers, not reef-builders, on Cretaceous carbonate platforms. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology 118: 245-67. abstract
  1535. Gill, Ivan P. 1989. "The Evolution of Tertiary St. Croix." Ph.D. thesis, Louisiana State University.
  1536. Gill, Ivan P. 1994. Groundwater geochemistry of the Kingshill aquifer system, St. Croix. Bull. American Associan of Petroleum Geologists: 40-49. abstract
  1537. Gill, Ivan P., J. A. D. Dickson, and Dennis K. Hubbard. 2000. Expanding the scales of coral proxy records. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  1538. Gill, Ivan P., Clyde H. Moore Jr., and Paul Aharon. 1995. Evaporitic mixed-water dolomitization on St. Croix, U.S.V.I. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology A65: 591-604. abstract
  1539. Gill, Ivan P., Jennifer J. Olson and Dennis K. Hubbard. 1995. Corals, paleotemperature records, and the aragonite-calcite transformation. Geology 23, no. 4: 333-36. abstract
  1540. Gill, Ivan P., Jennifer J. Olson, and Dennis K. Hubbard. 1994. Corals, paleotemperature, and the aragonite-calcite inversion. Geological Society of America, 1994 annual meeting, abstr.
  1541. Gilliam, D. S., Richard E. Dodge, S. L Thornton, W. Jaap, and J Wheaton. 2000. Scleractinian coral reattachment success and recruitment on a shallowwater ship grounding site in southeast Florida, USA. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  1542. Gillespie, J. 1984. Molecular evolution over the mutational landscape. Evolution 38, no. 5: 1116-29.
  1543. Gillespie, Jeanette L., and Campbell S. Nelson. 1997. Mixed siliciclastic-skeletal carbonate facies on Wanganui shelf, New Zealand; a contribution to the temperate carbonate model. Cool-water carbonates, Special Publication - SEPM (Society for Sedimentary Geology). Eds Noel P. James, and Jonathan A. D. Clarke, 127-40SEPM (Society for Sedimentary Geology). abstract
  1544. Gillie, R. D. 1993. Coastal process studies on Mid-Pacific coral atolls and implications of the projected global sea rise associated with climate change. CANQUA 93; applied Quaternary research, abstr.
  1545. Gilmore, M. Dorinda, and Blaine R. Hall. 1976. Life history, growth habits and constructional roles of Acropora Cervicornis in the patch reef environment. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 46: 519-22. abstract - figure
  1546. Ginsburg, Robert N. 1991. Controversies about stromatolites: vices and virtues. Controversies in Modern Geology., 25-36. London: Academic Press.
  1547. ---. 1957. Early diagenesis and lithification of shallow-water carbonate sediments in south Florida. Regional Aspects of Carbonate Deposition.R. J. LeBlanc, and J. G. Breeding, 80-99. Tulsa, OK: SEPM Special Publication No. 5.
  1548. ---. 1956. Environmental relationships of grain size and constituent particles in some south Florida carbonate sediments. Bull. American Association Petroleum Geologists 40, no. 10: 2384-427. abstract - figure
  1549. ---. 1997. Gauging the health of the world's coral reefs: monitoring vs. mapping. Geotimes 42, no. 6: 14-17. abstract
  1550. ---. 1983. Geological and biological roles of cavities in coral reefs. Perspectives on Coral Reefs.D. J. Barnes, 148-53. Australian Institute of Marine Science, Contribution 200. Manuka: Clouston Publ.
  1551. ---. 1974. Introduction to comparative sedimentology of carbonates. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 58: 781-86.
  1552. ---. 1964. South Florida carbonate sediments. Geological Society of America, Guidebook for Field Trip No. 1 (Miami Beach Meeting)., 72.
  1553. ---. 1967. Stromatolites. Science 157: 339-40.
  1554. Ginsburg, Robert N., and Dong Ryong Choi. xx. Quaternary reefs of Belize, Central America. Atoll Research Bull. xx: xx. abstract - figure
  1555. Ginsburg, Robert N., L. A. Hardie, O. P. Bricker, P. Garrett, and H. R. Wanless. 1977. Exposure index: a quantitative approach to defining position within the tidal zone. Sedimentation on the Modern Carbonate Tidal Flats on Northwest Andros Island Island, Bahamas.L. A. Hardie, 7-11. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.
  1556. Ginsburg, Robert N., P. M. Harris, G. P. Eberli, and P. K. Swart. 1991. The growth potential of a bypass margin, Great Bahama Bank. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 61: 976-87. abstract< - figure
  1557. Ginsburg, Robert N., and Noel P. James. 1974. Holocene carbonate sediments of continental shelves. The Geology of Continental Margins. Eds. Burk, C.A., and C. L. Drake, 137-55. New York, N.Y.: Springer-Verlag.
  1558. Ginsburg, Robert N., R. M. Lloyd, K. W. Stockman, and J. S. McCallum. 1965. Shallow-water carbonate sediments. The Sea. M. N. Hill, 554-82. New York: Interscience Publishers.
  1559. Ginsburg, Robert N., D. S. Marzalek, and Nahum Schneidermann. 1971. Ultrastructurestructure of carbonate cements in a Holocene algal reef of Bermuda. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 41: 472-82. abstract
  1560. Ginsburg, Robert N., and P Kramer. 2002. Large Scale Assessments of Reef Condition in the Atlantic Province, a Role Model for Other Reef Areas. 2002 Ocean Sciences Meeting.
  1561. Ginsburg, Robert N., Richard Rezak, and John L. Wray. 1971. Geology of Calcareous Algae. Short Course Notes, Comparative Sedimentology Laboratory, University of Miami., 62.
  1562. Ginsburg, Robert N., and J. H. Schroeder. 1973. Growth and submarine fossilization of algal cup reefs, Bermuda. Sedimentology 20: 575-614.
  1563. Ginsburg, Robert N., Eugene S. Shinn, Ronald D. Perkins, Paul P. Enos, Norman Jeffries, Robert Walpole, Peter J. Andersen, J. Edward Hoffmeister, and H. Gray Multer. 1972. "South Florida Carbonate Sediments." Sedimenta II, Ed. Robert N. Ginsburg. University of Miami, Miami, Fla.. abstract
  1564. Ginsburg, Robert N., E. A. Shinn, and J. H. Schroeder. 1967. Submarine cementation and internal sedimentation within Bermuda reefs. Geological Society of America Special Paper 115., 78-79.
  1565. Ginsburg, Robert N., and Eugene A. Shinn. 1964. Distribution of the reef-building community in Florida and the Bahamas [abs.]. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 48: 527.
  1566. ---. 1994. Preferential distribution of reefs in the Florida reef tract; the past is the key to the present. Proceedings of colloquium on Global aspects of coral reefs; health, hazards and history, Ed Robert N. Ginsburg, 21-26. abstract
  1567. Girard, M. C., and C. M. Girard. 1989. Télédetection appliquée aux zones tempérées et intertropicales.Masson.
  1568. Giraudeau, J. 1990. Calcareous nannofossils based transfer function in Caribbean Pleistocene sediments. Oceanologica Acta 13, no. 4.
  1569. Gischler, Eberhard, and Anthony J. Lomando. 1999. Recent sedimentary facies of isolated carbonate platforms, Belize-Yucatan system, Central America. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 69: 747-63. abstract< - figure
  1570. Gittings, Stephan R. 1988. "The recovery process in a mechanically damaged coral reef community." Ph.D. thesis.
  1571. Gittings, Stephan R., Gregory S. Boland, Kenneth J. P. Deslarzes, Christopher L. Combs, Brenden S. Holland, and Thomas J. Bright. 1992. Mass spawning and reproductive viability of reef corals at the East Flower Garden Bank, northwest Gulf of Mexico. Bull. Marine Science 51: 420-428. abstract<
  1572. Gittings, Stephan R., and T. J. Bright. 1988. The M/V Wellwood grounding: a sanctuary case study. Oceanus 31: 35-41.
  1573. Gittings, Stephan R., T. J. Bright, and D. K. Hagman. 1994. The MV Wellwood and other large vessel groundings: coral reef damage and recovery. Proceedings of the colloquium on global aspects of coral reefs, Ed. Robert N. Ginsburg, 174-80. abstract
  1574. Gittings, Stephen R., Thomas J. Bright, and Derek K. Hagman. 1994. Protection and monitoring of reefs on the Flower Garden Banks, 1972-1992. Proceedings of the colloquium on global aspects of coral reefs, Ed. Robert N. Ginsburg. abstract
  1575. Gittings, Stephan R., T. J. Bright, and B. S. Holland. 1990. Five years of coral recovery following a freighter grounding in the Florida Keys. Diving For Science 1990. Proceedings of the American Academy of Underwater Sciences Tenth Annual Scientific Diving Symposium, Ed W. C. Jaap. abstract
  1576. Gittings, Stephan R., Thomas J. Bright, A. Choi, and R. R. Barnette. 1988. The recovery process in a mechanically damaged coral reef community: recruitment and growth. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 225-29. abstract
  1577. Gittings, Stephan R., K. J. Deslarzes, G. S. Boland, and T. J. Bright. 1989. Ecological monitoring at the Texas Flower Garden coral reefs. Oceans '89: The Global Ocean, 59-62. abstract
  1578. Gladfelter, Elizabeth H. 1988. The physiological basis of coral bleaching. Mass bleaching of coral reefs in the Caribbean: a research strategy.J. Ogden, and R. Wicklund, 15-18 U.S. Department of Commerce.
  1579. Gladfelter, Elizabeth H. 1985. Metabolism, calcification and carbon production II. organism-level studies. Proc. Fifth International Coral Reef Congress, 527-39. abstract
  1580. ---. 1983. The role of scleractinian corals in the trophodynamics of the reef ecosystem. Coral reefs, seagrass bed and mangroves: Their interaction in the coastal zones of the Caribbean, Eds. J. C. Gladfelter E. H. Ogden, 35-50 Paris France : UNESCO Div. of Marine Sciences. abstract
  1581. ---. 1982. Skeletal development in Acropora cermicornis: I. Patterns of calcium carbonate accretion in the axial corallite. Coral Reefs 1: 45-51.
  1582. ---. 1983. Skeletal development in Acropora cervicornis: II. Diel patterns of calcium carbonate accretion. Coral Reefs , no. 2: 91-100.
  1583. ---. 1984. Skeletal development in Acropora cervicornis: III. A comparison of monthly rates of linear extension and calcium carbonate accretion measured over a year. Coral Reefs 3, no. 1: 51-57.
  1584. Gladfelter, Elizabeth H., and Rosemary K. Monahan. 1977. Primary production and calcium carbonate deposition rates in Acropora palmata from different positions in the reef. Proc. Third International Coral Reef Symp., 389-94. abstract - figure
  1585. Gladfelter, Elizabeth H., Rosemary K. Monahan, and William B. Gladfelter. 1978. Growth rates of five reef-building corals in the northeastern Caribbean. Bull. Marine Science 28: 728-34. abstract
  1586. Gladfelter, William B. 1982. White-band disease in Acropora palmata: implications for the structure and growth of shallow reefs. Bull. Marine Science 32: 639-43.
  1587. Glaser, Karen S., and Andre W. Droxler. 1991. High production and highstand shedding from deeply submerged carbonate banks, northern Nicaragua Rise. Jour. Sedimentary Petrography 61: 128-42. abstract - figure
  1588. Glazebrock, J. S., and R. Van Woesik. 1992. Effects of low salinity on the tissues of hard corals Acropora spp., Pocillopora sp., and Seriatopora sp. from the Great Keppel region. Proc 7th Int Coral Reef Sym, 307-8.
  1589. Gleason, Daniel F. 1998. Sedimentation and distributions of green and brown morphs of the Caribbean coral Porites asteroides Lamarck. J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 230: 73-89.
  1590. Gleason, Daniel F., and Gerard M. Wellington. 1993. Ultraviolet radiation and coral bleaching. Nature 365: 836-38.
  1591. Gleason, Daniel F., and Gerard M. Wellington. 1995. Variation in UVB sensitivity of planula larvae of the coral Agaricia agaricites along a depth gradient. Marine Biology 123: 693-703.
  1592. Gleason, M. G. 1996. Coral recruitment in Moorea, French Polynesia: the importance of patch type and temporal variation. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 207: 79-101. abstract
  1593. ---. 1993. Effects of disturbance on coral communities: bleaching in Moorea, French Polynesia. Coral Reefs 12: 193-201.
  1594. ---. 1999. The importance of algal-grazer interactions in early growth and survivorship of sexual recruits and transplanted juvenile corals. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr.
  1595. Gleason, P. J. 1972. "The origin, sedimentation and stratigraphy of a calcitic mud located in the southern freshwater Everglades." Pennsylvania State University.
  1596. Gleeson, M. W., and A. E. Strong. 1995. Applying MCSST to coral reef bleaching. Adv. Space. Res. 16, no. 10: 151-54.
  1597. Glynn, Peter W. 1973. Acanthaster: effect on coral reef growth in Panama. Science 180: 504-6. abstract
  1598. ---. 1982. Acanthaster population regulation by a shrimp and a worm. Proceedings of the 4th International Coral Reef Symposium, 607-12.
  1599. ---. 1984. An amphinomid worm predator of the crown-of-thorns sea star and general predation on asteroids in eastern and western Pacific coral reefs. Bulletin of Marine Science 35, no. 1: 54-71.
  1600. ---. 1973. Aspects of the ecology of coral reefs in the western Atlantic region. Biology and Geology of Coral Reefs. Biology 1.O. A. Jones, and R. Endean, 271-324. New York: Academic Press Inc. abstract
  1601. ---. 1988. Coral bleaching and mortality in the tropical eastern Pacific during the 1982-83 El Niño warming event. Mass bleaching of coral reefs in the Caribbean: a research strategy. J. Ogden and R. Wicklund. U.S. Dept. of Commerce 88, no. 2: 42-45.
  1602. ---. 1982. Coral communities and their modifications relative to past and prospective Central American seaways. Advances in Marine Biology 19: 91-132.
  1603. ---. 1977. Coral growth in upwelling and non-upwelling areas off the Pacific coast of Panama. Jour. Marine Research 35, no. 3: 567-85. abstract
  1604. ---. 1990. Coral mortality and disturbances to coral reefs in the tropical eastern Pacific. Global Ecological Consequences of the 1982-83 El Nino-Southern Oscillation (1990). Ed. Peter W. Glynn, 55-126. Elsevier Oceanography Series. abstract
  1605. ---. 1993. Coral reef bleaching: Ecological perspectives. Coral Reefs 12: 1-17. abstract
  1606. ---. 1996. Coral reef bleaching: facts, hypotheses and implications. Global Change Biology 2, no. 6: 495-509.
  1607. ---. 1991. Coral reef bleaching in the 1980's and possible connections with global warming. Trends in Ecology and Evolution 6, no. 6: 175-79. abstract
  1608. ---. 1986. Corallivore population sizes and feeding effects following El Niño (1982- 83) associated coral mortality in Panama. Proceedings of the Fifth International Coral Reef Congress, 183-88. abstract
  1609. ---. 1983. Crustacean symbionts and the defense of corals: coevolution on the reef? Coevolution., 111-78. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
  1610. ---. 1980. Defense by symbiotic crustacea of host corals elicited bychemical cues from predator. Oecologia 47: 287-90.
  1611. ---. 1973. Ecology of a Caribbean coral reef. The Porites reef-flat biotope. II. Plankton community with evidence for depletion. Marine Biology 22, no. 1: 21. abstract
  1612. ---. 1973. Ecology of a Caribbean coral reef. The Porites reef-flat biotope: Part I. Meteorology and Hydrography. Marine Biology 20: 297-318. abstract
  1613. ---. 1985. El Niño-associated disturbance to coral reefs and post disturbance mortality by Acanthaster planci. Marine Ecology Progress Series 26: 295-300.
  1614. ---. 1988. El Niño-Southern Oscillation 1982-1983: nearshore population, community, and ecosystem responses. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 19: 309-45. abstract
  1615. ---. 1987. El Niño warming, coral mortality and reef framework destruction by echinoid bioerosion in the eastern Pacific. Regional research workshop and international symposium on the conservation and management of coral reef and mangrove ecosystems., Abstr. UNESCO MAB/COMAR IV-Monbusho-University of the Ryukyus. abstract
  1616. ---. 1983. Extensive 'bleaching' and death of reef corals on the Pacific Coast of Panama. Environmental Conservation 10, no. 2: 149-54. abstract
  1617. ---. 1990. Feeding ecology of selected coral-reef macroconsumers: patterns and effects on coral community structure. Coral Reefs. Ecosystems of the World 25 ed. Ed. Z. Dubinsky. Amsterdam: Elsevier Science Publishers B.V. abstract
  1618. ---. 1990. Global ecological consequences of the 1982-83 El Nino-Southern Oscillation., 563 pp.
  1619. ---. 1962. Hermodice carunculata and Mithraculus sculptus, two hermatypic coral predators. Association of Island Marine Laboratories of the Caribbean, Fourteenth Meeting, 16-17.
  1620. ---. 1974. The impact of Acanthaster on corals and coral reefs in the Eastern Pacific. Environmental Conservation 1, no. 4: 295-304. abstract
  1621. ---. 1983. Increased survivorship in corals harboring crustacean symbionts. Marine Biology Letters 4: 105-11.
  1622. ---. 1982. Individual recognition and phenotypic variability in Acanthaster planci (Echinodermata: Asteroidea). Coral Reefs 1, no. 2: 89-94.
  1623. ---. 1977. Interactions between Acanthaster and Hymenocera in the field and laboratory. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium, 209-15.
  1624. ---. 1968. Mass mortalities of echinoids and other reef flat organisms coincident with midday, low water exposures in Puerto Rico. Marine Biology 1, no. 3: 226-43.
  1625. ---. 1993. Monsoonal upwelling and episodic Acanthaster predation as probable controls of coral reef distribution and community structure in Oman, Indian Ocean. Atoll Research Bulletin 379: 1-66.
  1626. ---. 1972. Observations on the ecology of the Caribbean and Pacific coasts of Panama. Bulletin of the Bilogical Society of Washinton 2: 13-30.
  1627. ---. 1988. Predation on coral reefs: some key processes, concepts and research directions. 6th International Coral Reef Symp., 51-61. abstract
  1628. ---. 1974. Rolling stones among the Scleractinia: mobile coralliths in the Gulf of Panama. Proceedings of the Second International Coral Reef Symposium, 183-98. abstract - figure
  1629. ---. 1987. Some ecological consequences of coral-crustacean guard mutualisms in the Indian and Pacific Oceans. Symbiosis 4, no. 1-3: 301-23.
  1630. ---. 1976. Some physical and biological determinants of coral community structure in the Eastern Pacific. Ecological Monographs 46, no. 4: 431-56. abstract - figure
  1631. ---. 1963. Species composition of Porites furcata reefs in Puerto Rico with notes on habitat niches. Association of Island Marine Laboratories of the Caribbean, Fourteenth Meeting, 6-7.
  1632. ---. 1994. State of coral reefs in the Galapagos Islands: natural vs anthropogenic impacts. Marine Pollution Bulletin 29: 131-40.
  1633. ---. 1984. Widespread coral mortality and the 1982-83 El Nino warming event. Environmental Conservation 11, no. 2: 133-45. abstract
  1634. Glynn, Peter W. 1997. Bioerosion and coral-reef growth: A dynamic balance. Life and Death of Coral Reefs. Ed. Charles Birkeland, 68-94. New York: Chapman & Hall.
  1635. Glynn, Peter W., J. G. Almodovar, and Juan G. Gonzalez. 1964. Effects of hurricane Edith on marine life in La Parguera, Puerto Rico. (spanish) Caribbean Journal of Science 4, no. 2; 3: 335-45. abstract
  1636. Glynn, Peter W., and M. A. Colgan. 1988. Defense of corals and enhancement of coral diversity by territorial damselfishes. Proceedings of the 6th International Coral Reef Symposium, 157-63. abstract
  1637. Glynn, Peter W., and M. W. Colgan . 1992. Sporadic disturbances in fluctating coral reef environments: El Niño and coral reef development in the Eastern Pacific. Amer. Zool. 32: 707-18.
  1638. Glynn, Peter W., S. B. Colley, N. J. Gassman, K. Black, J. Cortes, and J. L. Mate. 1994. Reef coral reproduction in the eastern Pacific: Costa Rica, Panamá and Galápagos Islands (Ecuador). II. Poritidae. Marine Biology. 118: 191-208.
  1639. ---. 1996. Reef coral reproduction in the eastern Pacific: Costa Rica, Panama, and Galapagos Islands (Ecuador). III. Agariciidae (Pavona gigantea and Gardineroseris planulata). Marine Biology 125: 579-601. abstract
  1640. Glynn, Peter W., Jorge Cortes, H. M. Guzman, and R. H. Richmond. 1988. El Nino (1982-83) associated coral mortality and relationship to sea surface temperature deviations in the tropical eastern Pacific. Proceedings of the 6th International Coral Reef Symposium, 237-43. abstract
  1641. Glynn, Peter W., and Luis D'Crox. 1990. Experimental evidence for high temperature stress as the cause of El Nino-coincident coral mortality. Coral Reefs 8: 181-91. abstract
  1642. Glynn, Peter W., and W. H. de Weerdt. 1991. Elimination of two reef-building hydrocorals following the 1982-83 El Nino warming event. Science 253: 69-71. abstract
  1643. Glynn, Peter W., E. M. Druffel, and Robert B. Dunbar. 1983. A dead Central American coral reef tract: possible link with the Little Ice Age. Journal of Marine Research 41, no. 3: 605-37. abstract
  1644. Glynn, Peter W., N. J. Gassman, and et al. 1991. Reef coral reproduction in the eastern Pacific: Costa Rica, Panama and Galapagos Islands (Ecuador), I. Pocilloporidae. Marine Biology 109: 355-68.
  1645. Glynn, Peter W., L. S. Howard, and et al. 1984. The occurrence and toxicity of herbicides in reef building corals. Marine Pollution Bulletin 15, no. 10: 370-374.
  1646. Glynn, Peter W., and D. A. Krupp. 1986. Feeding biology of a Hawaiian sea star corallivore, Culcita novaeguineae Muller and Troschel. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 96: 75-96.
  1647. Glynn, Peter W., and Ian G. Macintyre. 1977. Growth rate and age of coral reefs on the Pacific coast of Panama. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium, 251-59. abstract
  1648. Glynn, Peter W., and Juan L. Mate. 1996. Field guide to the Pacific coral reefs of Panama. 8th International Coral Reef Symposium, 34 p. abstract
  1649. Glynn, Peter W., F. A. Oramas, and et al. 1978. Speculations on the potential effects of molluscan corallivore introductions across the Isthmus of Panama. Association of Island Marine Laboratories of the Caribbean, Fourteenth Meeting.
  1650. Glynn, Peter W., M. Perez, and et al. 1985. Lipid decline in stressed corals and their crustacean symbionts. Biological Bulletin 168, no. 2: 276-84.
  1651. Glynn, Peter W., E. C. Peters, and L. Muscatine. 1985. Coral tissue microstructure and necrosis: Relation to catastrophic coral mortality in Panama. Diseases of Aquatic Organisms 1: 29-37.
  1652. Glynn, Peter W., and Robert H. Stewart. 1973. Distribution of coral reefs in the Pearl Islands (Gulf of Panama) in relation to thermal conditions. Limnology and Oceanography 18, no. 3. abstract
  1653. Glynn, Peter W., Robert H. Stewart, and John E. McCosker. 1972. Pacific coral reefs of Panama: structure, distribution and predators. Geologischen Rundschau 61, no. 2: 483-19. abstract
  1654. Glynn, Peter W., A. M. Szmant, E. F. Corcoran, and S. V. Cofer-Shabica. 1989. "Condition of Coral Reef Cnidarians from Biscayne National Park Reef Tracts: Pesticides, Heavy Metals and Histopathological Examination." United States Department of the Interior, National Park Service, Atlanta, GA. abstract
  1655. Glynn, Peter W., A. M. Szmant, and et al. 1989. Condition of coral reef cnidarians from the northern Florida reef tracts: pesticides, heavy metals, and histopathological examination. Marine Pollution Bulletin 20, no. 11: 568-76.
  1656. Glynn, Peter W., J. Veron, and C. M. Wellington. 1996. Clipperton Atoll (eastern Pacific): oceanography, geomorphology, reef-building coral ecology and biogeography. Coral Reefs 15, no. 2: 71-99. abstract
  1657. Glynn, Peter W., H. vonPrahl, and et al. 1982. Coral reefs of Gorgona Island, Colombia, with special reference to corallivores and their influence on communtiy structure and reef development. Anales Del Instituo De Investigaciones Marina De Punta De Betin 12: 185-214.
  1658. Glynn, Peter W., and W. H. D. Weerdt . 1991. Elimination of two reef-building hydrocorals following the 1982-83 El Niño warming event. Reports, no. 5 July: 69-71.
  1659. Corals and coral reefs of the Galapagos Islands. 1983. Berkeley: University of Calif. Press.
  1660. Glynn, Peter W., G. M. Wellington, and et al. 1979. Coral reef growth in the Galapagos: limitation by sea urchins. Science 203, no. 4375: 47-49.
  1661. Glynn, Peter W., G. M. Wellington, and J. W. Wells. 1983. General biology of corals. Corals and coral reefs of the Galapagos Islands., 6-14. Los Angeles: University of California Press.
  1662. Gobert, D., A. Ozer, and Y. Cornet. 1996. Etude diachronique de 1948 à 1990 de l'évolution du littoral des plages de Nonza et d'Albo (Cap Corse) par traitement analogique de photographies aériennes. Photo-Interprétation 1996/1: 49-61.
  1663. Gochfeld, D. J. 1992. Corals benefits from territorial defense by the herbivorous damselfish Stegastes nigricans in Moorea, French Polynesia. Science 46, no. 1: 93.
  1664. Gochfield, D. J. 1992. Corals benefit from territorial defense by the Herbivorous Damselfish Stegastes nigricans in Moorea, French Polynesia. Pacific Science 46, no. Jan. 1992: 93.
  1665. Goenaga, Carlos. 1982. Nota sobre las modificaciones de las poblaciones de coral de los arrecifes de la coasta sur a consecuencia del huracan David (spanish). 3er. Simposio sobre la Fauna de Puerto Rico, 6-14. abstract
  1666. Goenaga, Carlos. 1988. "The distribution and growth of Montastrea annularis (Ellis and Solander) in Puerto Rican inshore platform reefs." Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Puerto Rico. abstract
  1667. Goenaga, Carlos, and M. Canals. 1979. Relacion de mortandad masiva de Millepora complanata (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa) con alta pluviosidad y escorrentia del Rio Fajardo en Cayo Ahogado, Fajardo (spanish). Sexto Simposio de los Recursos Naturales, 83-95. abstract
  1668. Goenaga, Carlos, and M. Canals. 1990. Island-wide coral bleaching in Puerto Rico: 1990. Caribbean Journal of Science 26, no. 3-4: 171-75.
  1669. Goenaga, Carlos, and Gilberto Cintrón. 1979. "Inventory of the Puerto Rican Coral Reefs." Department of Natural Resources, San Juan, P.R..
  1670. Goenaga, Carlos, and Jack Morelock. 1983. Distribution of three reef corals. Amer. Chemical Soc. and Center of Resources for Sciences, Puerto Rico, abstract.
  1671. Goetz, A. F. H., and C. O. Davis. 1991. High Resolution Imaging Spectrometer (HIRIS): science and instrument. International Journal Imaging Systems & Technology 3: 131-43.
  1672. Gohar, H. A. F., and G. N. Soliman. 1963. On the biology of three coralliophilids boring in living corals. Publ Mar Biol Sta Al-Gha 12: 100-127.
  1673. Goldberg, E. D. 1957. Biogeochemistry of trace metals. Treatise on Marine Ecology and Paleoecology', vol. 1, Ecology; Memoir 67. Ed. J. W. Hedgpeth, 345-57 Geological Society of America.
  1674. Goldberg, W. M., and A. Caballero. 1999. Reef damage by large vessel impact and its mitigation by site cleanup: methods and results after one. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  1675. Goldberg, W. M., and G. T. Taylor. 1996. Ultrastructure of the spirocyst tubule in black corals (Coelenterata: Antipatharia) and its taxonomic implications. Marine Biology 125: 655-62.
  1676. Golubic, S. 1976. Organisms that build stromatolites. Stromatolites.M. R. Walter, 113-26. Developments in Sedimentology 20. New York: Elsevier Scientific Publ. Co.
  1677. Gomez, E. D., A. Alcala, and et al. 1981. Status of Philippine coral reefs - 1981. Proceedings of the 4th International Coral Reef Symposium.
  1678. Gomez, E. D., and A. C. Alcala. 1984. "Survey of Philippine coral reefs using transect and quadrat techniques." Comparing Coral Reef Survey Methods, Unesco, Paris, France. abstract
  1679. Gomez, E. D., W. Y. Licuanan, and et al. 1988. Reef fish-benthos correlations in the northwestern Philippines. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 245-49.
  1680. Goodell, H. G., and R. K. Garman. 1969. Carbonate geochemistry of Superior deep test well, Andros Island, Bahamas. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 53: 513-36.
  1681. Goodwin, M. H., M. J. C. Cole, W. E. Stewart, and B. L. Zimmerman. 1976. Species density and associations in Caribbean reef corals. Jour. Experimental Marine Biology 24: 19-31.
  1682. Gordon, H. R. 1979. Estimation of the depth of sunlight penetration in natural waters for the remote sensing of chlorophyll a via in vivo fluorescence. Applied Optics 18, no. 12: 1883-84.
  1683. Gordon, H. R. 1989. Dependence of the diffuse reflectance of natural waters on the sun angle. Limnology and Oceanography 34, no. 8: 1484-89.
  1684. Gordon, H. R. 1995. Remote sensing of ocean color: a methodology for dealing with broad spectral bands and significant out-of-band response. Applied Optics 34, no. 36: 8363-74.
  1685. Gordon, H. R., and O. B. Brown. 1974. Influence of bottom depth and albedo on the diffuse reflectance of a flat homogeneous ocean. Applied Optics 13, no. 9: 2153-59.
  1686. Gordon, H. R., and D. K. Clark. 1980. Atmospheric effects in the remote sensing of phytoplankton pigments. Boundary Layer Meteorology 18: 299-313.
  1687. Gordon, H. R., D. K. Clark, J. L. Mueller, and W. A. Hovis. 1980. Phytoplankton pigments from the Nimbus-7 coastal zone color scanner: comparisons with surface measurements. Science 210: 63-66.
  1688. Gordon, H. R., and Jerzy Dera. 1969. Irradiance attenuation measurements in sea water off Southeast Florida. Bull Mar Sci 19: 279-85.
  1689. Gordon, H. R., and K. Ding. 1992. Self-shading of in-water optical instruments. Limnology and Oceanography 37, no. 3: 491-500.
  1690. Gordon, H. R., and W. R. McCluney. 1975. Estimation of the depth of sunlight penetration in the sea for remote sensing. Applied Optics 14, no. 2: 413-16.
  1691. Gordon, H. R., and J. M. Smith. 1972. Light-scattering profiles in the Straits of Florida. Bulletin of Marine Science 22, no. 1: 1-9.
  1692. Gordon, H. R., J. M. Smith, and O. B. Brown. 1971. Spectra of underwater light-field fluctuations in the photic zone. Bulletin of Marine Science 21, no. 2: 466-70.
  1693. Gordon, H. R., and A. W. Wouters. 1978. Some relationships between Secchi depth and inherent optical properties of natural waters. Applied Optics 17, no. 21: 3341-43.
  1694. Goreau, Nora I., and Raymond L. Hayes. 1977. Nucleation catalysis in coral skeletogenesis. Proc. Third International Coral Reef Symposium, Ed. D. L. Taylor, 439-45. abstract - figure
  1695. Goreau, Thomas F. 1959. The ecology of Jamaican coral reefs, Part I. Species composition and zonation. Ecology 40, no. 1: 67-90. abstract
  1696. Goreau, Thomas F. 1964. Mass expulsion of zooxanthellae from Jamaican reef communities after Hurricane Flora. Science 145: 383-86.
  1697. Goreau, Thomas F., and Nora I. Goreau. 1973. The ecology of Jamaican coral reefs Part II. Geomorphology, zonation, and sedimentary phases. Bull. Mar. Sci. 23, no. 2: 399-464. abstract - figure
  1698. ---. 1959. The physiology of skeleton formation in corals. II. Calcium deposition by hermatypic corals under various conditions in the reef. Biological Bulletin 117: 127-67.
  1699. Goreau, Thomas F., Nora I. Goreau, and Thomas J. Goreau. 1979. Corals and coral reefs. Scientific American 241, no. 2: 124-36. abstract - figure
  1700. Goreau, Thomas F., Nora I Goreau, and C. M. Yonge. 1971. Reef corals: autotrophs or heterotrophs? Biol Bull 141: 247-60.
  1701. Goreau, Thomas F., and Willard D. Hartman. 1963. Boring sponges as controlling factors in the formation and maintenance of coral reefs. Mechanisms of Hard Tissue Destruction., 25-54. Washington, D.C.: American Asscoation for the Advancement of Science. abstract
  1702. Goreau, Thomas F., and Willard D. Hartman. 1966. Sponge: effect on the form of reef corals. Science 151: 343-44. abstract
  1703. Goreau, Thomas F., and Lynton S. Land. 1974. Fore-reef morphology and depositional processes, north Jamaica. Reefs in Time and Space. Ed. L. F. Laporte, 77-89. Tulsa, Okla.: Society Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists. abstract
  1704. Goreau, Thomas F., and J. W. Wells. 1967. The shallow-water scleractinia of Jamaica: revised list of species and their vertical distribution range. Bull. Marine Science: 442-53. abstract
  1705. Goreau, Thomas J. 1992. Bleaching and reef community change in Jamaica: 1951-1991. American Zoology 32: 683-95.
  1706. ---. 1977. Carbon metabolism in calcifying and photosynthetic organisms: theoretical models based on stable isotope data. Proc. Third International Coral Reef Symposium, Ed. D. L. Taylor, 395-401. abstract
  1707. ---. 1992. Control of atmospheric carbon dioxide. Global Environmental Change 2: 5-11.
  1708. ---. 1990. Coral bleaching in Jamaica. Nature (London) 343 : 417.
  1709. ---. 1977. Seasonal variations of trace metals and stable isotopes in coral skeleton: physiological and environmental controls. Proc. Third Intl. Coral Reef Symp., 425-30.
  1710. Goreau, Thomas J., and Raymond L. Hayes. 1994. Coral Bleaching and Ocean "Hot Spots". Ambio 23: 176-80.
  1711. Goreau, Thomas J., and W. Hilbertz. 1996. Reef restoration using sea-water electrolysis in Jamaica. 8th International Coral Reef Symposium, abstr.
  1712. Goreau, Thomas J., and A. H. Macfarlane. 1990. Reduced growth rate of Montastrea annularis following the 1987 1988 coral bleaching event. Coral Reefs 8: 211-15. abstract
  1713. Gorman, M. L. 1979. Island ecology. Outline Sudies in Ecology. Eds. G. M. Dunnet, and C. H. Gimingham, 1-79. London: Chapman and Hall.
  1714. Gorsline, Don S. 1963. Environments of carbonate deposition Florida Bay and the Florida Straits. Four Corners Geological Soc., 130-143. abstract
  1715. Gosliner, Terrence M., David W. Behrens, and Gary C. Williams. 1996. Coral Reef Animals of the Indo-Pacific. Monterey, California: Sea Challengers.
  1716. Gostin, V. A., A. P. Belperio, and J. H. Cann. 1988. The Holocene non-tropical coastal and shelf carbonate province of southern Australia. Sedimentary Geology 60: 51-70.
  1717. Goter, E. R., and G. M. Friedman. 1988. Deposition and diagenesis of the windward reef of Enewetak Atoll. Carbonates and Evaporites 2: 157-80.
  1718. Goudie, A. 1989. The nature of the environment. Second edition. 370 pp.
  1719. Gould, R. W., and R. A. Arnone. 1997. Remote sensing estimates of inherent optical properties in a coastal environment. Remote Sensing of Environment 61: 290-301.
  1720. Gould, R. W., and R. A. Arnone. 1998. Three-dimensionnal modelling of inherent optical properties in a coastal environment: coupling ocean colour imagery and in situ measurements. Int. J. Remote Sensing 19, no. 11: 2141-59.
  1721. Gould, S. J., and R. F. Johnston. 1972. Geographic variation. Ann. Review of Ecol. & Systematics 3: 457-98.
  1722. Gould, S. J., and R. C. Lewontin. 1979. The spandrels of San Marco and Panglossian paradigm: A critique oof the adaptationist programme. Proc. R. Soc. Lond. B 205: 581-98.
  1723. Goulet, Tamar Liberman, and Mary Alice Coffroth. 1997. A within colony comparison of zooxanthella genotypes in the Caribbean gorgonian Plexaura kuna. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Sym, 1331-34.
  1724. Goward, S., J. Haskett, D. Williams, T. Arvidson, J. Gasch, R. Lonigro, M. Reeley, J. Irons, R. Dubayah, S. Turner, K. Campana, and R. Bindschadler. 1999. Enhanced Landsat capturing all the Earth's land areas. EOS Trans. AGU 80, no. 26: 289-93.
  1725. Grachevskii, M. M., and A. S. Kravchuk. 1991. Hydrocarbon Potential of Oceanic Reefs of the World. 194. Russian Translations Series No. 90. Rotterdam: A. A. Balkema Uitgevers B. V.
  1726. Graham, B. D., and P. S. Fitzerald. 1999. New technique for hard coral reattachment field-tested following two recent ship groundings. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  1727. Grainge, A. M., and K. G. Davies. 1985. Reef exploration in the East Sengkang Basin, Sulawesi, Indonesia. Marine and Petroleum Geology 2: 142-.
  1728. Gram, R. 1968. A Florida Sabellariidae reef and its effect on sediment distribution. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 38: 863-68.
  1729. Grammer, G. Michael, and Robert N. Ginsburg. 1992. Highstand versus lowstand deposition on carbonate platform margins: insight from Quaternary foreslopes in the Bahamas. Marine Geology 103: 125-36. abstract - figure
  1730. Grasshoff, M. 1981. Polyps and Colonies of Anthozoa. 3: Hexaxorallia. NAT. MUS. 111, no. 5: 134-50. abstract
  1731. Grassle, J. Frederick. 1973. Variety in coral reef communities. Biology and Geology of Coral Reefs. Biology 1. Eds. O. A. Jones, and R. Endean, 247-70.
  1732. Graus, Richard R., J. A. Jr. Chamberlain, and A. M. Boker. 1977. Structural modification of corals in relation to waves and currents. Reefs and Related Carbonates - Ecology and Sedimentology.S. H. Frost, M. P. Weiss, and J. B. Saunders, 135-53. Tulsa, OK: American Association of Petroleum Geologists Studies in Geology No. 4. abstract - figure
  1733. Graus, Richard R., and Ian G. Macintyre. 1976. Light control of growth form in colonial reef corals: computer simulation. Science 193: 895-97. abstract - figure
  1734. ---. 1982. Variations in growth forms of the reef coral Montastrea annularis (Ellis & Sollander): a quantitative evaluation of growth response to light distribution using computer simulation. The Atlantic Barrier Reef Ecosystem at Carrie Bow Cay, Belize, I - Structure and Communities.K. Rützler, and I. G. Macintyre, 441-64. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Contributions to the Marine Sciences No. 12.
  1735. ---. 1989. The zonation patterns of Caribbean coral reefs as controlled by wave and light energy input, bathymetric setting and reef morphology: computer simulation experiments. Coral Reefs 8: 9-18. abstract - figure
  1736. Graus, Richard R., Ian G. Macintyre, and B. E. Herghenroder. 1984. Computer simulation of reef zonation at Discovery Bay, Jamaica - Hurricane disruption and long-term physical oceanographic effects. Coral Reefs 3: 59-68. abstract
  1737. Green, D. G., R. G. Bradbury, and R. E. Reichelt. 1987. Patterns of predictability in coral reef community structure. Coral Reefs 6: 27-34.
  1738. Green, E. P., P. J. Mumby, C. D. Clark, A. J. Edwards, and A. C. Ellis. 1997. A comparison between satellite and airborne multispectral data for the assessment of mangrove areas in the Eastern Caribbean. 168-76.
  1739. Green, E. P., P. J. Mumby, A. J. Edwards, and C. D. Clark. 2000. Remote sensing handbook for tropical coastal management. Paris: UNESCO.
  1740. Green, E. P., P. J. Mumby, A. J. Edwards, and C. D. Clark. 1996. A review of remote sensing for the assessment and management of tropical coastal resources. Coastal Management 24, no. 1: 1-40.
  1741. Green, R. H. 1980. Multivariate approaches in ecology: The assessment of ecologic similarity. Ann. Review Ecol. Systematics 1: 1-14.
  1742. Greenstein, Benjamin J., H. Allen Curran, and John M. Pandolfi. 1996. The adequacy of the Caribbean Pleistocene coral reef fossil record to preserve reef community structure; an analysis of life, death and fossil assemblages from the Bahamas and Florida Keys. Sixth North American paleontological convention, abstr.
  1743. Greenstein, Benjamin J., H. Allen Curran, and John M. Pandolfi. 1998. Shifting ecological baselines and the demise of Acropora cervicornis in the western North Atlantic and Caribbean Province: A Pleistocene perspective. Coral Reefs 17: 249-61.
  1744. Greenstein, Benjamin J., and Heather A. Moffat. 1996. Comparative taphonomy of modern and Pleistocene corals, San Salvador, Bahamas. Palaios 11: 57-63. abstract
  1745. Greenstein, Benjamin J., and John M. Pandolfi. 1997. Preservation of community structure in modern reef coral life and death assemblages of the Florida Keys: Implications for the Quaternary fossil record of coral reefs. Bull. Marine Science 61: 431-52.
  1746. Greenstein, Benjamin J. Pandolfi John M., and H. Allen Curran. 1998. The completeness of the Pleistocene fossil record: implications for stratigraphic adequacy. The Adequacy of the Fossil Record. eds S. K. Donovan, and C. R. C. Paul, 75-109. London: John Wiley and Sons. abstract - figure
  1747. Greenstein, Benjamin J., John M. Pandolfi, and P. J. Moran. 1995. Taphonomy of crown-of-thorns starfish: implications for recognizing ancient population outbreaks. Coral Reefs 14: 91-97. abstract
  1748. Greer, Lisa, Peter K. Swart, and Richard E. Dodge. 1996. A comparison of modern and Holocene coral growth rates from the Dominican Republic. Geological Society of America, 28th annual meeting, abstr. abstract
  1749. Gregg, J. M., S. A. Howard, and S. J. Mazzullo. 1992. Early diagenetic recrystallization of Holocene (less than 300 years old) peritidal dolomites, Ambergris Cay, Belize. Sedimentology 39: 143-60.
  1750. Gressly, A. 1838. Observations geologiques sur le Jura Soleurois. Ges. Ges. Naturw. 2: 1-112.
  1751. Griffin, Sean P. 1998. The Effects of Sunlight on the Progression of Black Band Disease. Rev. Biol. Trop 46: 175-79. abstract - figure
  1752. Griffis, Roger, and Donna Turgeon. 2000. Of coral reefs: the key role of monitoring programs. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  1753. Griffith, L. W., Max G. Pitcher, and G. Wesley Rice. 1969. Quantitative environmental analysis of a Lower Cretaceous reef complex. Depositional Environments in Carbonate Rocks. Ed. Gerald M. Friedman, 120-138. Tulsa, Okla.: Soc. Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists. abstract
  1754. Griffiths, Ronald. 1996. Raised Holocene marine terraces along the Northern California coast. Ninth Keck research symposium in geology. Cathryn A. Manduca, R. A. Wobus, Carl V. Mendelson, and Carol Mankiewicz, 142-45.
  1755. Grigg, David I. 1970. Some effects of dredging on water quality and coral reef ecology. Caribbean Conservation Association Environmental Newsletter 1: 7 p. abstract
  1756. ---. 1981. Coral reef resource management: a five-year research program in the Hawaiian archipelago. Proceedings of the 4th International Coral Reef Symposium, 243-46.
  1757. Grigg, Richard W. 1983. Community structure, succession and development of coral reefs in Hawaii. Marine Ecology Progress Series 11, no. 1: 1-14.
  1758. ---. 1984. Resource management of precious corals: a review and application to shallow reef-building corals. Mar. Ecol. 5: 57-74 .
  1759. ---. 1995. Coral reefs in an urban embayment in Hawaii: A complex case history controlled by natural and anthropogenic stress. Coral Reefs 14: 253-66. abstract
  1760. ---. 1982. Darwin Point: a threshold for atoll formation. Coral Reefs 1: 29-34.
  1761. ---. 1988. Paleoceanography of coral reefs in the Hawaiian-Emperor chain. Science 240: 1737-43.
  1762. ---. 1992. Coral reef environmental science: Truth versus the Cassandra syndrome. Coral Reefs 11, no. 4: 183-86. abstract
  1763. ---. 1994. Effects of sewage discharge, fishing pressure and habitat complexity on coral ecosystems and reef fishes in Hawaii. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 103: 25-34.
  1764. ---. 1994. Effects of sewage, fishing pressure and habitat complexity on coral ecosystems and reef fishes in Hawaii. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 103: 25-34.
  1765. ---. 1995. The environmental impact of point source pollution on coral reefs in Hawaii. Second European regional meeting; Coral reefs in the past, present and future, Eds. Bernard Lathuiliere, and Joern Geister, abstr. Service Geologique du Luxembourg, Luxembourg, Luxembourg.
  1766. Grigg, Richard W. 1998. Holocene coral reef accretion in Hawaii: a function of wave exposure and sea level history. Coral Reefs 17: 263-72. abstract
  1767. Grigg, Richard W. 2000. Coral Reef Evolution: Short Term Instability Versus Evolutionary Stasis. Integrated Coastal Zone Management.
  1768. Grigg, Richard W., and S. J. Dollar. 1990. Natural and anthropogenic disturbance on coral reefs. Coral Reefs 25.
  1769. Grigg, Richard W., and Steven J. Dollar. 1994. Proceedings of the colloquium on global aspects of coral reefs, Ed. Robert N. Ginsburg, 339-38. abstract
  1770. Grigg, Richard W., and D. Epp. 1989. Critical depth for survival of coral islands: effects on the Hawaiian Archipelago. Science 243: 638-41.
  1771. Grigg, Richard W., E E. Grossman, and S A Earle. 2002. Drowned Reefs and antecedent Karst Topography, Au'au Channel, S.E. Hawaiian Islands. 2002 Ocean Sciences Meeting.
  1772. Grigg, Richard W., and Anthony T. Jones. 1997. Uplift caused by lithospheric flexure in the Hawaiian Archipelago as revealed by elevated coral deposits. Marine Geology 141 : 11-25. abstract
  1773. Grigg, Richard W., J. J. Polovina, and et al. 1984. Model of a coral reef ecosystem. III. Resource limitation, community regulation, fisheries yield and resource management. Coral Reefs 3, no. 1: 23-27.
  1774. Grosholz, E. D., and G. M Ruiz. 1997. Evidence for regional adaptation of black band disease at Carrie Bow Cay, Belize. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Sym, 579-82.
  1775. Gross, L., S. Thiria, R. Frouin, and BG Mitchell. 2000. Artificial neural networks for modeling the transfer function between marine reflectance and phytoplankton pigment concentration. JGR 105 C2: 3483-95.
  1776. Gross, M. Grant. 1965. Carbonate deposits on Plantagenet Bank near Bermuda. Geological Society of America Bulletin 76: 1283-90. abstract
  1777. Grottoli-Everett, A. G., and G. M. Wellington. 1997. Fish predation on the scleractinian coral Madracis mirabilis controls its depth distribution in the Florida Keys, USA. Marine Ecology Progress Series 160: 291-93.
  1778. Grotzinger, J. P. 1988. Precambrian reefs. Reefs, Canada and Adjacent Areas.H. J. Geldsetzer, N. P. James, and G. E. Tebbutt, 9-12. Calgary, Canada: Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists Memoir 13.
  1779. Grubb, P. J. 1977. The maintenance of species-richness in plant communities: The importance of the regeneration niche. Biol. Rev. 52: 107-45.
  1780. Gubler, Y., J. P. Bertrand, L. Mattavelli, A. Rissini, and R. Passega. 1967. Petrology and petrography of carbonate rocks. Carbonate Rocks: Origin, Occurrence and Classification.G. V. Chilingar, H. J. Bissell, and R. W. Fairbridge, 51-86. Developments in Sedimentology 9A. New York: Elsevier Publishing Co.
  1781. Gudo, Michael. 2000. Reef-forming potential of recent and fossil corals. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  1782. Guenther, G. C., M. W. Brooks, and P. E. LaRocque. 1998. New capabilities of the SHOALS airborne Lidar bathymeter. I-47-55 ERIM.
  1783. Guertin, Laura A., Donald F. McNeill, Barbara H. Lidz, and Kevin J. Cunningham. 1999. Chronologic model and transgressive-regrissive signatures in the late Neogene siliclastic foundation (Long Key Formation) of the Florida Keys. Jour. Sedimentary Research 69: 653-66. abstract
  1784. Guilcher, A. 1965. Coral reefs and lagoons of Mayotte Island, Comoro Archipelago, Indian Ocean, and of New Caledonia, Pacific Ocean. 17th Symposium Proceedings, Colston Research Society., 21-44. London: Butterworth & Co.
  1785. ---. 1985. Nature and human change of sedimentation in lagoons behind barrier reefs in the humid tropics. Proceedings of the Fifth International Coral Reef Symposium, 207-12. abstract
  1786. Guilcher, A. 1988. Coral Reef Geomorphology. 256. New York: John Wiley & Sons. Guilcher, A. 1988. A heretofore neglected type of coral reef: the ridge reef, morphology and origin. Proc. 6th International Coral Reef Symposium, 399-401. abstract - figure
  1787. Guilcher, A. 1988. A heretofore neglected type of coral reef: the ridge reef, morphology and origin. Proc. 6th International Coral Reef Symposium, 399-401.
  1788. Guilderson, T. P., and D. P. Schrag. 1998. Abrupt shift in subsurface temperatures in the tropical Pacific associated with changes in El Niño. Science 281: 240-243.
  1789. Guillaume, Mireille. 1995. Fluorescent growth bands in corals from Mururoa Atoll. Proceedings of the Second European regional meeting; Coral reefs in the past, present and future, Eds. Bernard Lathuiliere, and Joern Geister, abstrService Geologique du Luxembourg, Luxembourg, Luxembourg.
  1790. Guille, A., and S. Ribes. 1981. Echinoderms Associated With Scleractinians From Coral Reef of Reunion Island (Indian Ocean). BULL. MUS. NATL. HIST. NAT. FRANCE 4e SER. A. ZOOL. 3, no. 1: 73-92. abstract
  1791. Guillou, Herve, Robert Brousse, Pierre-Yves Gillot, and Gerard Guille. 1993. Geological reconstruction of Fangataufa Atoll, South Pacific. Marine Geology 110 : 377-91. abstract
  1792. Gunthorpe, L., and Ann M. Cameron. 1990. Toxic exudate from the hard coral Goniopora tenuidens. Toxicon 28: 1347-50.
  1793. Gurevitch, J., and S. T. Chester Jr. 1986. Analysis of repeated measures experiments. Ecology 67, no. 1: 251-55.
  1794. Gurney, RJ, JL Foster, and CL Parkinson. 1993. Atlas of satellite observations related to global change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
  1795. Gussmann, O. A., and A. M. Smith. 2000. Mixed siliciclastic-carbonate sediments from a high volcanic island lagoon, Fiji. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  1796. Gustafson, E. E., and W. C. Kessel. 1979. Fuzzy clustering with a fuzzy covariance matrix. IEEE Press, 761-66.
  1797. Guzman, Hector M. 1991. Restoration of coral reefs in Pacific Costa Rica. Conserv. Biol. 5: 189-95. abstract
  1798. Guzman, Hector M., K. A. Burns, and J. B. C. Jackson. 1994. Injury, regeneration and growth of Caribbean reef corals after a major oil spill in Panama. Marine Ecology Progress Series 105: 231-41.
  1799. Guzman, Hector M., and Jorge Cortes. 1993. Arrecifes coralinos del Pacifico Oriental Tropical: revision y perspectivas. Revisiones De Biologica Tropical 41, no. 3: 535-57.
  1800. ---. 1989. Growth rates of eight species of scleractinian corals in the eastern Pacific (Costa Rica). Bull. Marine Science 44, no. 3: 1186-94. abstract
  1801. Guzmán, Hector M., and Jorge Cortés. 1989. Coral reef community structure at Caño Island, Pacific Costa Rica. Marine Ecology 10, no. 1: 23-41.
  1802. Guzman, Hector M., Jorge Cortes, Peter W. Glynn, and Robert H. Richmond. 1990. Coral mortality associated with dinoflagellate blooms in the eastern Pacific (Costa Rica and Panama). Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 60: 299-303. abstract
  1803. Guzman, Hector M., Jorge Cortes, R. H. Richmond, and Peter W. Glynn. 1987. (Effects of 'El Nino - Southern oscillation' 1982/83 in the coral reefs at Isla del Cano, Costa Rica). Efectos del fenomeno de 'El Nino Oscilacion Surena' 1982/83 en los arrecifes coralinos de la Isla del Cano, Costa Rica. Revista De Biologia Tropical 35: 325-32.
  1804. Guzman, Hector M., and I. Holst. 1993. Effects of chronic oil-sediment pollution on the reproduction of the Caribbean reef coral Siderastrea siderea. Marine Pollution Bulletin 26: 276-82.
  1805. Guzman, Hector M., J. B. C.. Jackson, and et al. 1991. Short-term ecological consequences of a major oil spill on Panamanian subtidal reef corals. Coral Reefs 10: 1-12.
  1806. Guzman, Hector M., J. B. C. Jackson, and Ernesto Weil. 1991. Ecological effects of a major oil spill on Panamanian subtidal reef corals. Coral Reefs 10, no. pp. 1-12.
  1807. Guzman, Hector M., and D. Ross Robertson. 1989. Population and feeding responses of the corallivorous pufferfish Arothron meleagris to coral mortality in the eastern Pacific. Mar Ecol Prof Ser 55: 121-31.
  1808. Gvirtzman, G., B. Buchbinder, A. Sneh, Y. Nir, and G. M. Friedman. 1977. Morphology of the Red Sea fringing reefs: a result of the erosional pattern of the last-glacial low-stand sea level and the following Holocene recolonization. Proceedings of the 2nd International Symposium on Corals and Fossil Coral Reefs, 480-491Paris: Mémoires du Bureau de Recherches Géologiques et Minières (France) 89.
  1809. Gvirtzman, Gedalia, and Gerald M. Friedman. 1976. Sequence of progressive diagenesis in coral reefs. Corals and Carbonates., 357-80. abstract - figure
  1810. Gvirtzman, Gedalia, Gerald M. Friedman, and Donald S. Miller. 1973. Control and distribution of uranium in coral reefs during diagenesis. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 43: 958-97. abstract
    return to list
  1811. Haack, Milton. 1979. "The distribution and production of the green calcareous algae at Punta Ostiones, Cabo Rojo, Puerto Rico." master's thesis, University of Puerto Rico RUM. abstract
  1812. Haardt, H., and H. Maske. 1987. Specific in vivo absorption coefficient of chlorophyll a at 675 nm. Limnology and Oceanography 32, no. 3: 608-19.
  1813. Hadding, A. 1941. The pre-Quaternary sedimentary rocks of Sweden. VI: Reef limestones. Lunds Universitets Årsskrift, N.F. 37, no. 10: 1-137.
  1814. Hadfield, Michael G. 1976. Animal associates on coral reefs: introductory remarks. Micronesica 12: 67-68.
  1815. Hadfield, Michael G. 1976. Molluscs associated with living tropical corals. Micronesica 12: 133-48.
  1816. Hadisubroto, I. 1988. A trial improvement on coral reef in Jepara. Report Of The Workshop On Artificial Reefs Development And Management, 93-96. abstract
  1817. Haertel, V., and D. A. Landgrebe. 1999. On the classification of classes with nearly equal spectral response in remote sensing hyperspectral image data. IEEE Trans. Geoscience Remote Sensing 37, no. 5: 2374-86.
  1818. Hagan, G. M., and B. W. Logan. 1976. Carbonate sediments of the west coast of Western Australia. Supplement 1: Carbonate bank and platform structures, Hamelin pool basin. 25th International Geological Congress, Guidebook Field Excursion 37A, 28.
  1819. ---. 1974. History of Hutchinson embayment tidal flat, Shark Bay, Western Australia. Evolution and Diagenesis of Quaternary Carbonate Sequences, Shark Bay, Western Australia. B. W. Logan, J. F. Read, G. M. Hagan, P. Hoffman, R. G. Brown, P. J. Woods, and C. D. Gebelein, 283-315. Tulsa, OK: American Association of Petroleum Geologists Memoir 22.
  1820. Hagey, Frances Margaret. 1991. "Analysis of Pleistocene inland lake and lagoon deposits, San Salvador Island, Bahamas." MS, Mississippi State University. abstract
  1821. Haldall, Per. 1968. Photosynthetic capacities and photosynthetic action spectra of endozoic algae of the massive coral Favia. Biol Bull 134: 411-24.
  1822. Halfar, Jochen, James C. Jr. Ingle, Rodolfo Cruz-Orozco, and Lucio Godinez-Orta. 1996. Modern carbonate sediments and environments of the La Paz region, Baja California Sur, Mexico. American Association of Petroleum Geologists 1996 annual convention, abstr. abstract
  1823. Hall, V. R. 1996. Effects of injury on growth, reproduction and survivorship for common reef-crest corals. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 571-74.
  1824. Hall, V. R. 1997. Interspecific differences in the regeneration of artificial injuries on scleractinian corals. J Exp.Mar Biol.Ecol 212: 9-23.
  1825. Halley, Robert B. 1993. Coral fluorescence as an index of runoff in South Florida. Proceedings of the U.S. Geological Survey global change research forum, Eds. John A. Kelmelis, and K. Mitchell Snow, abstr.
  1826. Halley, Robert B., Paul M. Harris, and Albert C. Hine. 1983. Bank margin environment. Carbonate Depositional Environments. AAPG Memoir 33.Peter A. Scholle, Don G. Bebout, and Clyde H. Moore, 464-537. Tulsa, Okla.: Amer. Assoc. Petroleum Geol. abstract
  1827. Halley, Robert B., and R. K. Matthews. 1987. Carbonate depositional environments, modern and ancient. Part 6 - Diagenesis 2. Colorado School of Mines Quarterly 82, no. 1: 1-40.
  1828. Halley, Robert B., Eugene A. Shinn, J. Harold Hudson, and Barbara H. Lidz. 1977. Recent and relict topography of Boo Bee patch reef, Belize. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium, Ed. D. L. Taylor, 29-35. abstract - figure
  1829. Halley, Robert B., and Peter K. Swart. 1991. Coral fluorescence as an index of runoff in South Florida; continental climate proxy from nearshore marine environments. Chapman conference; Continental isotopic indicators of climateAm. Geophys. Union, Washington, DC, United States.
  1830. Halley, Robert B., Peter K. Swart, Richard E. Dodge, and J. Harold Hudson. 1994. Decade-scale trend in sea water salinity revealed through ð18O analysis of Montastrea annularis annual growth bands. Bull Marine Science 54, no. 3: 670-678. abstract
  1831. Halley, Robert B., and K. K. Yates. 1999. Sediment production is critical to reef restoration. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  1832. Hallock, Pamela. 1981. Production of carbonate sediments by selected large benthic foraminifera on two Pacific coral reefs. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 51: 467-74.
  1833. ---. 1988. The role of nutrient availability in bioerosion: consequences to carbonate buildups. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 63: 275-91. abstract
  1834. Hallock, Pamela. 1981. Algal symbiosis: a mathematical analysis. Marine Biology 62: 249-55. abstract
  1835. Hallock, Pamela. 1987. Bioerosion as an indicator of nutrient availability in carbonate depositional environments. Preprint: 34 p. abstract
  1836. Hallock, Pamela. 1997. Reef and Reef Limestones in Earth History. Life and Death of Coral Reefs . Ed. Charles Birkeland, 43-67. New York: Chapman & Hall.
  1837. Hallock, Pamela, and H. Crevison. 1999. Foraminifera as indicators of coral-reef vitality. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  1838. Hallock, Pamela, and J. A. Elrod. 1988. Oceanic chorophyll around carboante platforms in the Western Caribbean; Observations from CZCS data. 449-54.
  1839. Hallock, Pamela, and E. C. Glenn. 1986. Larger foraminifera: a tool for paleoenvironmental analysis of Cenozoic carbonate depositional facies. Palaios 1: 44-64.
  1840. Hallock, Pamela, and A. C. Hine. 1990. Sponge-algal bioherms on the western platforms of the Nicarguan Rise, southwestern Caribbean. Am. Assoc. Petroleum Geologists. abstract
  1841. Hallock, Pamela, A. C. Hine, A. G. Vargo, J. A. Elrod, and W. C. Jaap. 1988. Platforms of the Nicaraguan Rise: examples of the sensitivity of carbonate sedimentation to excess trophic resources. Geology 16: 1104-7.
  1842. Hallock, Pamela, F. E. Muller-Karger, and J. C. Halas. 1993. Coral reef decline. National Geographic Research & Exploration 9, no. 3: 358-78.
  1843. Hallock, Pamela, and Wolfgang Schlager. 1986. Nutrient excess and the demise of coral reefs and carbonate platforms. Palaios 1: 389-98. abstract - figure
  1844. Hallock, Pamela, and H. K. Talge. 1994. Symbiont loss ("bleaching") in the reef-dwelling benthic foraminifer Amphistegina gibbosa in the Florida Keys in 1991-92. Proceedings of colloquium on Global aspects of coral reefs; health, hazards and history. Ed. Robert N. Ginsburg, 94-100. Miami: University of Miami. abstract
  1845. Hallock, Pamela, H. K. Talge, and et al. 1995. A new disease in reef-dwelling Foraminifera: implications for coastal sedimentation. J. Foram. Res. : 25: 280-286.
  1846. Ham, William E., editor. 19162. Classification of Carbonate Rocks, A Symposium. 279 p . Tulsa, Oklahoma: The American Association of Petroleum Geologists.
  1847. Ham, William E., and Lloyd C. Pray. 1962. Modern concepts and classifications of carbonate rocks. Classification of Carbonate Rocks - a symposium. Ed. William E. Ham, 2-. Tulsa, Okla.: Amer. Assoc. Petroleum Geologists. abstract
  1848. Hamada, T. 1977. The Holocene corals of raised reefs of Japan. Proceedings of the 2nd International Symposium on Corals and Fossil Coral Reefs, 389-95 Paris: Mémoires du Bureau de Recherches Géologiques et Minières (France) 89.
  1849. Hamilton, D. P. 1991. Greenhouse role in reef stress unproven. Science 253, no. July 19: 258-59.
  1850. Hamilton, Hamish G. H., and Willem H. Brakel. 1984. Structure and coral fauna of east African reefs. Bull. Marine Science 34, no. 2: 258-66. abstract - figure
  1851. Hamner, W. M., and Daphne Fautin Dunn. 1980. Tropical corallimorpharia (Coelenterata: Anthozoa): Feeding by envelopment. Micronesica 16: 37-41.
  1852. Hamner, W. M., and E. Wolanski. 1988. Hydrodynamic forcing functions and biological processes on coral reefs: a status review. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 103-13. abstract
  1853. Handa, A. K., and M. M. Johri. 1976. The Red Sea coral Stylophora pistillata is an r strategist. Nature 259, no. February 12: 478-82.
  1854. Handford, C. Robertson, and Robert G. Loucks. 1990. Dynamic response of carbonate systems tracts to relative sea level changes and the development of carbonate depositional sequences in platforms and ramps. American Association Petroleum Geologists Annual Meeting. abstract
  1855. Hands, M. R., J. R. French, and A. O'Neill. 1993. Reef stress at Cahuita Point, Costa Rica: Anthropogenically enhanced sediment influx or natural geomorphic change. J. Coastal Res. 9, no. 1: 11-25.
  1856. Hanisak, M. D., S. M. Blair, G. M. Burzycki, M. A. Samuel, J. K. Reed, and W. E. Wood. 1989. Algal community structure at Molasses Reef, Florida. J. PHYCOL. 25: 14. abstract
  1857. Hansen, J. A., D. W. Klumpp, D. M. Alongi, P. K. Dayton, and M. J. Riddle. 1992. Detrital pathways in a coral reef lagoon. II. Detritus deposition, benthic microbial biomass and production. Marine Biology 113: 363-72.
  1858. Hansen, T. A. 1978. Larval dispersal and species longevity in lower tertiary gastropods. Science 199: 885-87.
  1859. Hanski, I. 1982. Dynamics of regional distribution: The core and satellite species hypothesis. OIKOS 38, no. 2: 210-221.
  1860. Hantoro, W. S. 1997. Quaternary sea level variations in the Pacific-Indian Ocean gateways: response and impact. Quaternary International 37: 73-80.
  1861. Haralick, R. M., K. Shanmugan, and I. Dinstein. 1973. Textural features for image classification. IEEE Trans. Systems, Man and Cybernetics 6: 610-621.
  1862. Haralick, R. M., and L. G. Shapiro. 1993. Computer and robot vision., Vol. 1. New-York: Addison-Wesley.
  1863. Haramaty, L., Y. Achituv, and Z. Dubinsky. 1996. Morphology, photoadaptation and autotrophy in hermatypic corals. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 855-60.
  1864. Harbaugh, John W. 1967. Carbonate oil reservoir rocks. Carbonate Rocks: Origin, Occurrence and Classification.G. V. Chilingar, H. J. Bissell, and R. W. Fairbridge, 349-98. Developments in Sedimentology 9A. New York: Elsevier Publishing Co.
  1865. Harborne, A. R., and P. J. Mumby. 1995. Refining a classification of marine habitats using discriminator and characteristic species. European Meeting of the International Society for Reef Studies (ISRS) and the British Ecological Society (BES), 'Biology and Geology of Coral Reefs', Abstract .
  1866. Hardie, L. A. 1977. Sedimentation on the Modern Carbonate Tidal Flats of Northwest Andros Island, Bahamas. 202. Johns Hopkins Studies in Geology No. 22. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.
  1867. Hardie, L. A. 1996. Secular variation in seawater chemistry: An explanation for the coupled secular variation in the mineralogies of marine limestones and potash evaporites over the past 600 m.y. Geology 24, no. 3: 279-83.
  1868. Hardie, L. A., A. Bosellini, and R. Goldhammer. 1986. Repeated subaerial exposure of carbonate subtidal platforms, Triassic, northern Italy: evidence for high-frequency sea level oscillations on a 104 year scale. Paleoceanography 1: 447-57.
  1869. Hardie, L. A., and P. Garrett. 1977. General environmental setting. Sedimentation on the Modern Carbonate Tidal Flats of Northwest Andros Island, Bahamas. L. A. Hardie, 12-49. Johns Hopkins Studies in Geology No. 22. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.
  1870. Hardie, L. A., and E. A. Shinn. 1986. Carbonate depositional environments, modern and ancient. Part 3 - Tidal flats. Colorado School of Mines Quarterly 81, no. 1: 1-74.
  1871. Harding, L. W., E. C. Itsweire, and W. E. Esaias. 1995. Algorithm development for recovering chlorophyll concentrations in the Cheasapeake Bay using aircraft remote sensing, 1989-91. Photogrammetric Enginneering & Remote Sensing 61, no. 2: 177-85.
  1872. Harding, S., G. Oakley, C. Lowery, and M. Colmer. 2000. Comparison between complex and simple reef survey techniques: is the effort justified? 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  1873. Hardy, J. T., P. Dustan, and C. H. Mazel. 1992. Remote detection of temperature-induced coral "bleaching" using pulsed-laser fluorescence spectroscopy. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 88: 247-55.
  1874. Hardy, J. T., F. E. Hoge, J. K. Yungel, and Richard E. Dodge. 1992. Remote detection of coral 'bleaching' using pulsed laser fluorescence spectroscopy. Marine Ecology Progress Series 88: 247-55.
  1875. Harger, J. R. E. 1988. Community displacement in stressed coral reef systems and the implication for a comprehensive management strategy for coastal and offshore productivity enrichment. Galaxea 7: 185-96.
  1876. Harger, J. R. E. 1984. "Rapid survey techniques to determine distribution and structure of coral communities." Comparing Coral Reef Survey Methods, Unesco, Paris, France.
  1877. Hargrave, Barry T, and Noel M. Burns. 1979. Assessment of sediment trap collection efficiency. Limnology and Oceanography 24, no. 6: 1124-36. abstract
  1878. Harmelin-Vivien, M., M. Peyrot-Clausade, and et al. 1989. Transformation of algal turf by echinids and scarid fishes on French Polynesian coral reefs. International Society for Reef Studies Annual Meeting, 75-76.
  1879. Harney, J. N., E. E. Grossman, B. M. Richmond, and C. H. Fletcher. 2000. Age and composition of carbonate shoreface sediments, Kailua Bay, Oahu, Hawaii. Coral Reefs 19: 141-54.
  1880. Harriott, V. J. 1983. Reproductive ecology of four scleractinian species at Lizard Island, Great Barrier Reef. CORAL REEFS. 2, no. 1: 9-18. abstract
  1881. ---. 1983. Reproductive seasonality, settlement, and post-settlement mortality of Pocillopora damicornis (Linnaeus), at Lizard Island, Great Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs. 2, no. 3: 151-57. abstract
  1882. Harriott, V. J. 1985. Mortality rates of sceratinian corals before and during a mass bleaching event. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 21: 81-88.
  1883. ---. 1992. Recruitment patterns of scleractinian corals in an isolated sub-tropical reef system. CORAL REEFS. 11, no. 4: 215-19. abstract
  1884. Harriott, V. J. 1988. Coral transplantation as a reef management option. Proc 6th Int Coral Reef Sym, 375-79.
  1885. Harriott, V. J. 1998. Growth of the staghorn coral Acropora formosa at Houtman Abrolhos, Western Australia. Mar Biol 132: 319-25.
  1886. Harriott, V. J., and D. A. Fisk. 1988. Coral transplantation as a reef management option. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 375-79. abstract
  1887. Harris, P. M. 1984. Cores from a modern carbonate sand body; the Joulters ooid shoal, Great Bahama Bank. Carbonate Sands - A Core Workshop.P. M. Harris, 429-64. Tulsa, OK: SEPM Core Workshop No. 5.
  1888. ---. 1979. Facies anatomy and diagenesis of a Bahamian ooid shoal. Sedimenta (University of Miami, Comparative Sedimentology Laboratory)., 1-163.
  1889. ---. 1978. Holocene marine-cemented sands, Joulters ooid shoal, Bahamas. Transactions of the Gulf Coast Association of Geological Societies, 175-83.
  1890. ---. 1983. The Joulters ooid shoal, Great Bahama Bank. Coated Grains.T. Peryt, 132-41. New York: Springer-Verlag.
  1891. Harris, P. M., Robert B. Halley, and K. J. Lukas. 1979. Endolith microborings and their preservation in Holocene-Pleistocene (Bahama-Florida) ooids. Geology 7: 216-20.
  1892. Harris, P. M., C. St. C. G. Hendall, and I. Lerche. 1985. Carbonate cementation - a brief review. Carbonate Cements. SEPM Spec. Publ. No. 36. Eds N. Schneidermann, and P. M. Harris, 79-96.
  1893. Harris, P. M., C. H. Moore, and J. L. Wilson. 1985. Carbonate depositional environments, modern and ancient. Part 2 - Carbonate platforms. Colorado School of Mines Quarterly 80, no. 4: 1-60.
  1894. Harris, P. T., and E. K. Baker. 1990. Processes and deposits at a major fluvial deltaic-coral reef junction; Fly River delta/Great Barrier Reef. 13th international sedimentological congress, abstr. International Association of Sedimentologists, Comparative Sedimentology Division, Utrecht, Netherlands.
  1895. Harris, W. H., and R. K. Matthews. 1968. Subaerial diagenesis of carbonate sediments: efficiency of the solution-reprecipitation process. Science 160: 77-79.
  1896. Harrison, P. L. 1985. Sexual characteristics of scleractinian corals: sytematic and evolutionary implications. Proceedings of the Fifth International Coral Reef Congress. abstract
  1897. Harrison, P. L. 1988. Psuedo-gynodioecy: an unusal breeding system in the scleractinian coral Galaxea fascicularis. Proc 6th Int Coral Reef Sym, 699-704. Harrison P.L. 2000. Techniques for determining the impacts of natural and pollution stressors on sexual reproductive success in Scleractinian corals. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  1898. Harrison, P. L., R. C. Babcock, G. D. Bull, and J. K. Oliver. 1984. Mass spawning in tropical reef corals. Science 223, no. 4641: 1186-89.
  1899. Harrison, P. L., and C. C. Wallace. 1990. Reproduction, dispersal and recruitment of scleractinian corals. Coral Reefs, no. 25.
  1900. Harrison, R. S. 1974. "Near-surface subaerial diagenesis of Pleistocene carbonates, Barbados, West Indies." Brown University.
  1901. ---. 1975. Porosity in Pleistocene grainstones from Barbados: some preliminary observations. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology 23: 383-92.
  1902. Harrison, R. S., and M. Coniglio. 1985. Origin of the Pleistocene Key Largo Limestone, Florida Keys. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology 33: 350-358.
  1903. Harrison, Scott E., Stanley D. Locker, Albert C. Hine, David F. Naar, and David C. Twichell. 1996. Morphology and evolution of a Holocene carbonate/siliciclastic sand ridge field, Sand Key, west-central Florida. Geological Society of America, 28th annual meeting, abstr. abstract
  1904. Harriss, Robert C. 1964. "The transfer of strontium, iron, and magnesium from sea water to skeletal carbonate material." MS, Rice University.
  1905. Harriss, Robert C., and Charles C. Almy Jr. 1964. A preliminary investigation into the incorporation and distribution of the minor elements in the skeletal material of scleractinian corals. Bull Mar Sci 14: 418-23.
  1906. Hart, M. B., and P. J. Bigg. 1981. Anoxic events in the late Cretaceous chalk seas of North-West Europe. Microfossils from Recent and Fossil Shelf Seas.J. W. Neale, and M. D. Brasier, 177-85. Chichester, U.K.: Ellis Horwood.
  1907. Hart, Stanley R., Anne L. Cohen, and Peter Ramsay. 1997. Microscale analysis of Sr/Ca and Ba/Ca in Porites. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Sym, 1701-12.
  1908. Hartman, W. D. 1977. Sponges as reef builders and shapers. Reefs and Related Carbonates - Ecology and Sedimentology.S. H. Frost, M. P. Weiss, and J. B. Saunders, 127-34. Tulsa, OK: American Association of Petroleum Geologists Studies in Geology No. 4. abstract
  1909. Harvey, Nick, and David Hopley. 1981. The relationship between modern reef morphology and a pre-Holocene substrate in the Great Barrier reef province. 4th Int. Coral Reef Congr., abstr.
  1910. Harvey, R. D., and J. C. Steinmetz. "Petrography of carbonate rocks by image analysis." Florida Department of Natural Resources Special Publication.
  1911. Harwood, G. M., and P. A. Towers. 1988. Seismic sedimentologic interpretation of a carbonate slope, north margin of Little Bahama Bank. Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program, Scientific Results 101: 263-77.
  1912. Hastings, M. 1995. Resetting the circadian cycle. Nature 376: 296-97.
  1913. Hatcher, B. G. 1981. The interaction between grazing organisms and the epilithic algal community of a coral reef: a quantitative assessment. Proceedings of the 4th International Coral Reef Symposium, 515-24.
  1914. ---. 1983. Grazing in coral reef ecosystems. Perspectives on Coral Reefs. ed D. J. B., 164-79. Manuka, ACT, Australia: Brian Clouston Publisher.
  1915. ---. 1984. A maritime accident provides evidence for alternate stable states in benthic communities on coral reefs. Coral Reefs 3: 199-204.
  1916. Hatcher, B. G. 1988. Coral reef primary productivity: A beggar's banquet. TREE 3, no. 5: 106-11.
  1917. ---. 1990. Coral reef primary productivity: A hierarchy of pattern and process. TREE 5, no. 5: 149-55.
  1918. Hatcher, B. G. 1997. Coral reef ecosystems: how much greater is the whole than the sum of the parts? Coral Reefs 16, no. Spec. Issue Plenary Papers 8th Int. Coral Reef Symp.: S77-S91.
  1919. Hatcher, B. G. 1997. Organic production and decomposition. Life and Death of Coral Reefs. Ed. Charles Birkeland, 140-174. New York: Chapman & Hall.
  1920. Hatcher, B. G., J. Imberger, and S. V. Smith. 1987. Scaling analysis of coral reef systems: an approach to problems of scale. Coral Reefs 5: 171-81.
  1921. Hatcher, B. G., and D. W Rimmer. 1985. The role of grazing in controlling benthic community structure on a high latitude coral reef: measurements of grazing intensity. Proc. Fifth International Coral reef congress, 229-36. abstract
  1922. Haton, J. P., N. Bouzid, F. Charpillet, M-C Haton, B. Laasri, H. Laasri, P. Marquis, T. Mondot, and A. Napoli. 1991. Le raisonnement en intelligence artificielle. Paris: InterEditions.
  1923. Hattin, Donald E., and J. R. Dodd. 1978. Holocene cementation of carbonate sediments in the Florida Keys. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 48: 307-12. abstract - figure
  1924. Hattin, Donald E., and Victoria L. Warren. 1989. Stratigraphic analysis of a fossil Neogoniolithon-capped patch reef and associated facies, San Salvador, Bahamas. Coral Reefs 8: 19-30. abstract - figure
  1925. Hawkins, J., and C. Roberts. 1992. Effects of recreational SCUBA diving on fore-reef slope communities of coral reefs. Biol Conserv 62, no. 3: 171-78.
  1926. Hawkins, J. P., and C. M. Roberts. 1993. Effects of recreational scuba diving on coral reefs: trampling on reef-flat communities. Journal of Applied Ecology 30: 25-30.
  1927. ---. 1996. Estimating the carrying capacity of coral reefs for scuba diving. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 1923-26.
  1928. ---. 1994. The growth of coastal tourism in the Red Sea: present and future effects on coral reefs. Ambio 23, no. 8: 502-8.
  1929. Hay, A. H. 1979. Sampling designs to test land-use map accuracy. Photogrammetric Engineering and Remote Sensing 45, no. 4: 529-33.
  1930. Hay, Mark E. 1999. Basic processes structuring coral reefs: do we know what to monitor or why? International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  1931. ---. 1984. Patterns of fish and urchin grazing on Caribbean coral reefs: are previous results typical? Ecology 65: 446-54.
  1932. Hay, Mark E. 1985. Spatial patterns of herbivore impact and their importance in maintaining algal species richness. Proc. Fifth International Coral Reef Congress, 29-34. abstract
  1933. Hay, Mark E., T. Colburn, and et al. 1983. Spatial and temporal patterns in herbivory on a Caribbean fringing reef: the effects on plant distribution. Oecologia 58: 299-308.
  1934. Hay, Mark E., J. E. Duffy, and et al. 1988. Seaweed chemical defenses: among-compound and among-herbivore variance. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 43-48.
  1935. Hay, Mark E., William Fenical, and Kirk Gustafson. 1987. Chemical defense against diverse coral reef herbivores. Ecology 68: 1581-91.
  1936. Between-habitat differences in herbivore impact on Caribbean coral reefs. 1983. Rockville, MD.: Office of Undersea Research, NOAA.
  1937. Hay, Mark E., and T. Goertmiller. 1983. Between-habitat differences in herbivore impact on Caribbean coral reefs. The ecology of deep and shallow coral reefs. NOAA Symp Ser Undersea Res. ed .M. L. R. ., 97-102. Rockville, MD, NOAA Undersea Research Program.
  1938. Hay, Mark E., V. J. Paul, S. M. Lewis, K. Gustafson, J. Tucker, and R. N. Trindell. 1988. Can tropical seaweeds reduce herbivory by growing at night? Diel patterns of growth, nitrogen content, herbivory, and chemical versus morphological defences. Oecologia 75: 233-45.
  1939. Hay, Mark E., and P. R. Taylor . 1985. Competition between herbivorous fishes and urchins on Caribbean reefs. Oecologia 65: 591-98.
  1940. Hay, W. W. 1985. Potential errors in estimates of carbonate rock accumulating through geologic time. The Carbon Cycle and Atmospheric CO2: Natural Variations, Archean to Present. E. T. Sundquist, and W. S. Broecker, 573-83. Washington, D.C.: American Geophysical Union Monograph 32.
  1941. Hay, W. W., J. R. Southam, and M. R. Noel. 1976. Carbonate mass balance - cycling and deposition on shelves and in deep sea [abs.]. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 60: 678.
  1942. Hay, W. W., S. W. Jr. Wise, and R. D. Stieglitz. 1970. Scanning electron microscope study of fine grain size biogenic carbonate particles. Transactions of the Gulf Coast Association of Geological Societies, 287-302.
  1943. Hayashibara, T., K. Shimoike, and et al. 1993. Patterns of coral spawning at Akajima Island, Okinawa, Japan. Marine Ecology Progress Series 101, no. Nov 25: 25-262.
  1944. Hayes, J. M. 1993. Factors controlling 13C contents of sedimentary organic compounds: Principles and evidence. Marine Geology 113: 111-25.
  1945. Hayes, J. M., K. H. Freeman, B. N. Popp, and C. H. Hoham. 1990. Compound-specific isotopic analyses: A novel tool for reconstruction of ancient biogeochemical processes. Organic Geochemistry 16, no. 4-6: 115-1128.
  1946. Hayes, Raymond L., and P. G. Bush. 1990. Microscopic observations of recovery in the reef-building scleractinian coral, Montastrea annularis, after bleaching on a Cayman reef. Coral Reefs 8, no. 4: 203-9.
  1947. Hayes, Raymond L., and Nora I. Goreau. 1977. Cytodynamics of coral calcification. Proc. Third International Coral Reef Symposium, Ed. D. L. Taylor, 433-38. abstract
  1948. Hayes, Raymond L., and Thomas J. Goreau. 1992. Histology of Caribbean and South Pacific bleached corals. Proc 7th Int Coral Reef Sym, 71.
  1949. Hayward, A. B. 1982. Coral reefs in a clastic sedimentary environment: fossil (Miocene, SW Turkey) and modern (recent, Red Sea) analogues. Coral Reefs 1: 109-14.
  1950. Haywick, D. W., and E. M. Mueller. 1997. Sediment retention in encrusting Palythoa spp. - a biological twist to a geological process. Coral Reefs 16: 39-46.
  1951. Hazlett, B. H. 1988. Resedimented carbonate deposits along the southern margin of the central and eastern High Atlas Rift, Morocco. Evolution of the Jurassic High Atlas Rift, Morocco: Transtension, Structural and Eustatic Controls on Carbonate Facies, Tectonic Inversion.J. E. Warme, X-1 to X-42. Tulsa, OK: American Association of Petroleum Geologists Guidebook, Field Trip 9 (Sept. 1988 Mediterranean Basins Conference).
  1952. Heally, T. 1994. Channel dredging, dredge spoil migration and downdrift: Impacts at a large tidal inlet, Tauranga Harbour, New Zealand. New Zealand Geographer 50, no. 2: 3-6.
  1953. Hearty, P. J., and Paul Aharon. 1988. Amino acid chronostratigraphy of late Quaternary coral reefs: Huon Peninsula, New Guinea and the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Geology 16: 579-83.
  1954. Hearty, P. J., H. L. Vacher, and R. M. Mitterer. 1992. Aminostratigraphy and ages of Pleistocene limestones of Bermuda. Geological Society of America Bulletin 104: 471-80.
  1955. Heath, G. R. 1969. Carbonate sedimentation in the abyssal Equatorial Pacific during the past 50 million years. Geological Society of America Bulletin 80: 689-94.
  1956. Heath, K. C., and H. T. Mullins. 1984. Open-ocean, off-bank transport of fine-grained carbonate sediment in the northern Bahamas. Fine-Grained Sediments: Deep Water Processes and Facies.D. A. V. Stow, and D. J. W. Piper, 199-208. Geological Society (London) Special Publication 15. London: Blackwell Scientific Publications.
  1957. Heathershaw, A. D., and J. M. Codd. 1986. Depth controlled changes in grain size and carbonate content on a shelf-edge sand bank. Marine Geology 72: 211-24.
  1958. Heatwole, H., and R. Levins. 1972. Trophic structure stability and faunal change during recolonization. Ecology 53, no. 3: 531-34.
  1959. Heatwole, Harold, Richard Levins, and Michael Byers. 1977. "Biogeography of the Puerto Rican Bank." . abstract
  1960. Heck, K. L. Jr., and E. D. McCoy. 1978. Long-distance dispersal and the reef-building corals of the eastern Pacific. Marine Biology 48: 349-56. abstract
  1961. Heckel, Philip H. 1974. Carbonate buildups in the geologic record: a review. Reefs in Time and Space. SEPM Spec Publ. no. 18.Leo F. LaPorte, 90-154. Tulas, Okla.: Soc. Econ. Paleontologists and Mineralogists. abstract
  1962. Heckel, Phillip H., and J. M. Cocke. 1964. Phylloid algal mound complexes in outcropping in Upper Pennsylvanian rocks of mid-continent. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bull. 53: 1058-74.
  1963. Heidecker, E. 1973. Structural and tectonic factors influencing the development of Recent coral reefs of northeastern Queensland. Biology and Geology of Coral Reefs. O. A. Jones, and R. Endean, 273-97. New York: Academic Press.
  1964. Heidelberg, K. B., K. P. Sebens, and J. E. Purcell. 1996. Effects of prey escape behavior and water flow on prey capture by the scleractinian coral, Meandrina meandrites. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 1081-86.
  1965. Heilprin, Angelo. 1890. The corals and coral reefs of the western waters of the Gulf of Mexico. Natural Sciences of Philadelphia: 306-16. abstract
  1966. Hein, F. J., and M. J. Risk. 1975. Bioerosion of coral heads: inner patch reefs, Florida reef tract. Bulletin of Marine Science 25: 133-38.
  1967. Heinrich, Ruediger, Andre Freiwald, Torsten Bickert, and Priska Schaefer. 1995. Evolution of an Arctic open-shelf carbonate platform, Spitsbergen Bank (Barents Sea). Cool-water carbonates, Special Publication - SEPM (Society for Sedimentary Geology). Eds Noel P. James, and Jonathan A. D. Clarke, 163-81.SEPM (Society for Sedimentary Geology). abstract
  1968. Heinrich, Ruediger, and Gerold Wefer. 1986. Dissolution of biogenic carbonate: effects of skeletal structure. Marine Geology 71: 341-62.
  1969. Heiss, Georg A. 1994. "Coral reefs in the Red Sea: Growth, production and stable isotopes." . abstract
  1970. Heiss, Georg A. 1995. Carbonate production by scleractinian corals at Aqaba, Gulf of Aqaba, Red Sea . Facies 33: 19-34. abstract
  1971. Heiss, Georg A. 1996. Variation in annual band width of Porites sp. from Aqaba, Gulf of Aqaba, Red Sea. Bulletin of Marine Science 59: 393-403. abstract
  1972. Heiss, Georg A., Gilbert F. Camoin, Wolf-Christian Dullo, Kathrin Priess, and Bernard A. Thomassin. 1995. Coral cores from the Comoro Islands. Proceedings of the Second European regional meeting; Coral reefs in the past, present and future, Eds. Bernard Lathuiliere, and Joern Geister, abstr.Service Geologique du Luxembourg, Luxembourg, Luxembourg.
  1973. Heiss, Georg A., Gilbert F. Camoin, A. Eisenhauer, D. Wischow, Wolf-Christian Dullo, and B. Hansen. 1997. Stable isotope and Sr/Ca signals in corals from the Indian Ocean. Proceedings of the 8th International Coral Reef Symposium, 1713-18. abstract
  1974. Heiss, Georg A., and Wolf-Christian Dullo. 1995. Carbonate production recorded in coral growth rates. Facies 32: 157-61.
  1975. Heiss, Georg A., and Wolf-Christian Dullo. 1997. Stable isotope record from recent and fossil Porites sp. in the northern Red Sea. Coral Research Bulletin 5: 161-69. abstract
  1976. Heiss, Georg A., Wolf-Christian Dullo, M. M. Joachimski, J. J. G Reijmer, and H. Schuhmacher. 1999. Increased seasonality in the Gulf of Aqaba, Red Sea, recorded in the oxygen isotope record of a Porites lutea coral. Senckenbergiana Maritima 30: 17-26. abstract
  1977. Heiss, Georg A., Wolf-Christian Dullo, and J. J. G. Reijmer. 1993. Short- and long-term growth history of massive Porites sp. from Aqaba (Red Sea). Senckenbergiana Maritima 23: 135-41. abstract
  1978. Heiss, Georg A., M. Hassan, J. J. G. Reijmer, A. Eisenhauer, and W. C. Dullo. 1995. Carbonate budget of a fringing reef at Aqaba, Red Sea. European Meeting of the International Society for Reef Studies (ISRS) and the British Ecological Society (BES); Biology and Geology of Coral Reefs, Abstract.
  1979. Heiss, Georg A., M. M. Joachimski, Wolf-Christian Dullo, and J. J. G Reijmer. 1994. A 200-year sclerochronological record from the Red Sea: Growth rates, stable isotopes and environmental stress. gtö-Jahrestagung (annual meeting), abstr.
  1980. Heiss, Georg A., M. M. Joachimski, B. A. Thomassin, M. Taviani, Wolf-Christian Dullo, and M. Napetoke. 1998. Climatic signals in a 350-year coral core from SW Madagascar, Indian Ocean. International Society for Reef Studies, European Meeting Perpignan, abstr. abstract
  1981. Helder, D., W. Boncyk, and R. Morfitt. 1997. Landsat TM memory effect characterization and correction. Canadian Journal of Remote Sensing 23, no. 4: 299-308.
  1982. Heller, P. L., P. D. Komar, and D. R. Pevear. 1980. Transport processes in ooid genesis. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 50: 943-53.
  1983. Helmle, K. P., and Richard E. Dodge. 1999. Skeletal architecture and density band analysis techniques for Diploria strigosa. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  1984. Helmuth, B., and K. Sebens. 1992. The influence of colony morphology and orientation to flow on particle capture by the scleractinian coral Agaricia. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 0: 1-28.
  1985. Helmuth, Brian S. T., Elizabeth F. Stockwell, and Daniel R. Brumbaugh. 1997. Morphological and environmental determinants of mass flux to corals. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Sym, 1103-8.
  1986. Helmuth, Brian S. T., B. E. H. Timmerman, and K. P. Sebens. 1997. Interplay of host morphology and symbiont microhabitat in coral aggregations. Mar Biol 130: 1-10.
  1987. Helsley, Charles E. 1971. Summary of the geology of the British Virgin Islands. Trans. Fifthe Caribbean Geological Conf., 69-75. abstract
  1988. Hemminga, M. A., and M. A. Mateo. 1996. Stable carbon isotopes in seagrasses: Variability in ratios and use in ecological studies. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 140: 285-98.
  1989. Hendee, J. C. 1998. An expert-system for marine environmental monitoring in the Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary and Florida Bay. C. A. Brebbia, 57-66 Computational Mechanics Publications/WIT Press.
  1990. Hendee, J. C., C. Humphrey, and T. Moore. 1998. A data-driven expert system for producing coral bleaching alerts. D. W. Pepper, C. A. Brebbia, and P. Zanetti, 139-47Computational Mechanics Publications/WIT Press.
  1991. Henderson, R. A. 1992. Assessment of crown-of-thorns skeletal elements in surface sediment of the Great Barrier Reef: The Acanthaster debate. Coral Reefs 11, no. 2: 103-8.
  1992. Henderson, R. A., and P. D. Walbran. 1992. Interpretation of the fossil record of Acanthaster planci from the Great Barrier Reef; a reply to criticism: The Acanthaster debate. Coral Reefs 11, no. 2: 95-101.
  1993. Hennebert, M., and A. Lees. 1991. Environmental gradients in carbonate sediments and rocks detected by correspondence analysis: examples from the Recent of Norway and Dinantian of southwest England. Sedimentology 38: 623-42.
  1994. Hennings, I. 1998. An historical overview of radar imagery of sea bottom topography. Int. J. Remote Sensing 19, no. 7: 1447-54.
  1995. Henson, F. R. S. 1950. Cretaceous and Tertiary reef formations and associated sediments in Middle East. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 34: 215-38. abstract
  1996. Hernandez-Avila, Manuel L., Harry H. Roberts, and Lawrence J. Rouse. 1977. Hurricane-generated waves and coastal rampart formation. Proc. Third International Coral Reef Symp., 71-78. abstract
  1997. Herrera, A., J. B. C. Jackson, D. J. Hughes, J. Jara, and H. Ramos. 1996. Life-history variation in three coexisting cheilostome bryozoan species of the genus Stylopoma in Panama. Marine Biology 126: 461-69.
  1998. Hesselmans, G., C. Calkoen, and H. Wensink. 1997. Mapping of seabed topography to and from synthetic aperture radar. ESA, 1055-58.
  1999. Heyward, A. J. 1988. Inhibitory effects of copper and zinc sulphates on fertilization in corals. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 299-303.
  2000. Heyward, A. J., and J. A. Stoddart. 1985. Genetic structure of two species of Montipora on a patch reef: conflicitng results from electrophoresis and histocompatibility. Mar Biol 85: 117-21.
  2001. Hickson, Sydney J. 1924. An Introduction to the Study of Recent Corals. London: The University Press.
  2002. Hidaka, M. 1985. Nematocyst discharge, histoincompatibility, and the formation of sweeper tentacles in the coral Galaxea fascicularis. Biol. Bull. 168: 350-358.
  2003. ---. 1985. Tissue compatibility between colonies and between newly settled larvae of Pocillopora damicornis. Coral Reefs 4: 111-16.
  2004. Hidaka, M. 1988. Surface structure of skeletons of the coral Galaxea fascicularis formed under different light conditions. Proc 6th Int Coral Reef Sym, 95-99.
  2005. Hidaka, M. 1991. Deposition of fusiform crystals without apparent diurnal rhythm at the growing edge of the septa of the coral Galaxea fascicularis. Coral Reefs 10, no. 1: 41-45.
  2006. Hidaka, M. 1992. Skeletal growth rate and surface structure of the coral Galaxea fascicularis kept in darkness for various lengths of time. Proc 7th Int Coral Reef Sym, 521-25.
  2007. Hidaka, M., and et. al. 1997. Contact reactions between young colonies of the coral Pocillopora damicornis. Coral Reefs 16: 13-20.
  2008. Hidaka, M., Asako Uechi, and Kiyoshi Yamazato. 1981. Effects of certain factors on budding of isolated polyps of a scleractinian coral, Galaxea fascicularis. Proc 4th Int Coral Reef Sym, 229-31.
  2009. Hidaka, M., and K. Yamazato. 1984. Intaspecific interactions in a scleractinian coral, Galazea fascicularis: Induced formulation of sweeper tentacles. Coral Reefs 3: 77-85.
  2010. Higashi, M., and G. J. Klir. 1983. On the notion of distance representing information closeness: possibility and probability distributions. Int. J. General Systems 9: 103-15.
  2011. Higgs, A. J. 1981. Island biogeography. Journal of Biogeography 8: 117-24.
  2012. High, L. R. Jr. 1975. Geomorphology and sedimentology of Holocene coastal deposits, Belize. Belize Shelf - Carbonate Sediments, Clastic Sediments, and Ecology.K. F. Wantland, and W. C. III Pusey, 53-96. Tulsa, OK: American Association of Petroleum Geologists Studies in Geology No. 2.
  2013. Highsmith, R. C. 1981. Coral bioerosion at enewetak: agents and dynamics. Int. Revue Ges. Hydrobiol. 66, no. 3: 335-75.
  2014. ---. 1981. Coral bioerosion: damage relative to skeletal density. American Naturalist 117, no. 2: 193-98.
  2015. ---. 1979. Coral growth rates and environmental control of density banding. Jour. Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 37: 105-25.
  2016. ---. 1980. Geographic patterns of coral bioerosion: a productivity hypothesis. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 46: 177-96.
  2017. Highsmith, R. C. 1980. Passive colonization and asexual colony multiplication in the massive coral Porites lutea Milne Edwards & Haime. Jour. Exper. Marine Biol. Ecol. 47: 55-67. abstract
  2018. ---. 1982. Reproduction by fragmentation in corals. Marine Ecology Progress Series 7: 207-26. abstract
  2019. Highsmith, R. C., R. L. Lueptow, and et al. 1983. Growth and bioerosion of three massive corals on the Belize barrier reef. Marine Ecology Progress Series 13: 261-71.
  2020. Highsmith, R. C., A. C. Riggs, and C. M. D'Antonio. 1980. Survival of hurricane-generated coral fragments and a disturbance model of reef calcification/growth rates. Oecologia 46: 322-29.
  2021. Hilbertz, W. 1992. Solar-generated building material from seawater as a sink for carbon. Ambio 21: 126-29.
  2022. Hill, Greg, Johanna Rosier, and Pam Dyer. 1995. Tourism Development and Environmental Limitations at Heron Island, Great Barrier Reef: a Response. Journal of Environmental Management 45: 91-99.
  2023. Hillgartner, Heiko. 1998. Discontinuity surfaces on a shallow-marine carbonate platform (Berriasian, valanginian, France and Switzerland). Jour. Sedimentary Research 68: 1093-108. abstract - figure
  2024. Hillis-Colinvaux, L. 1986. Deep water populations of Halimeda in the economy of an atoll. Bulletin of Marine Science 38: 155-69. abstract
  2025. Hillis-Colinvaux, L. 1985. Halimeda and other deep fore-reef algae at Enewetak atoll. Procedings of the 5th International Coral Reef Symposium, 9-14.
  2026. Hillis-Colinvaux, L. 1986. Halimeda growth and diversity on the deep fore-reef of Enewetak Atoll. Coral Reefs 5: 19-21.
  2027. ---. 1986. Historical perspectives on algae and reefs: have reefs been misnamed? Oceanus 29, no. 2: 43-48.
  2028. Hillis-Colinvaux, L., and G. R. Orme. 1988. Trends in research on the biology and geology of Halimeda. Procedings of the 6th International Coral Reef Symposium (Australia), 193-98. abstract
  2029. Hillmer, G., and J. Scholz. 1986. Dependence of Quaternary reef terrace formation of tectonics and eustatic effects. Philippine Scientist 23: 58-64.
  2030. Hinde, Roslind. 1988. Symbiotic nutrition and nutrient limitation. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 199-204. abstract
  2031. Hine, Albert C. 1977. Lily Bank, Bahamas: history of an active oolite sand shoal. Jour. of Sedimentary Petrology 47: 1554-81. abstract
  2032. ---. 1983. Modern shallow water carbonate platform margins. Platform Margin and Deep Water Carbonates.H. E. Cook, A. C. Hine, and H. T. Mullins, 3-1-3/100. Tulsa, OK: SEPM Short Course No. 12.
  2033. ---. 1983. Relict sand bodies and bedforms of the northern Bahamas: evidence of extensive early Holocene sand transport. Coated Grains.T. M. Peryt, 116-31. New York: Springer-Verlag.
  2034. Hine, Albert C., Daniel F. Belknap, Joan G. Hutton, Eric B. Osking, and Mark W. Evans. 1988. Recent geological history and modern sedimentary processes along an incipient, low-energy, epicontinental-sea coastline: northwest Florida. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 58, no. 4: 567-79.
  2035. Hine, Albert C., Pamela Hallock, M. W. Harris, H. T. Mullins, D. F. Belknap, and W. C. Jaap. 1988. Halimeda bioherms along an open seaway: Meskito Channel, Nicaraguan Rise, SW Caribbean Sea. Coral Reefs 6: 173-78. abstract - figure
  2036. Hine, Albert C., Michael W. Harris, Stanley D. Locker, Pamela Hallock, Mark Peebles, Lenore Tedesco, Henry T. Mullins, Stephen Snyder, Daniel F. Belknap, Juan Luis Gonzales, A. Conrad Neumann, and Jaime Martinez. 1994. Sedimentary infilling of an open seaway: Bawihka Channel, Nicaraguan Rise. Jour Sedimentary Research B64: 2-25. abstract
  2037. Hine, Albert C., P. M. Harris, and A. C. Neumann. 1985. "Carbonate sand bodies of the Bahama Banks." Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists Slide Set No. 1, Tulsa, OK.
  2038. Hine, Albert C., Lynton S. Land, Tonya D. Clayton, and Matt L. McCullough. 1991. Seismic stratigraphy of Discovery Bay, Jamaica. Marine Geology 98: 83-97. abstract
  2039. Hine, Albert C., and H. T. Mullins. 1983. The carbonate shelf-slope break. The Shelf-break: Critical Interface on Continental Margins.D. J. Stanley, and G. T. Moore, 169-83. Tulsa, OK: SEPM Special Publication No. 33.
  2040. ---. 1983. Modern carbonate shelf-slope breaks. Special Publication No. 33., 169-88Society Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists.
  2041. Hine, Albert C., and A. Conrad Neumann. 1977. Shallow carbonate-bank-margin growth and structure, Little Bahama Bank, Bahamas. Bull. American Association Petroleum Geologists 61, no. 3: 376-406. abstract
  2042. Hine, Albert C., and J. C. Steinmetz. 1984. Cay Sal Bank, Bahamas - a partially drowned carbonate platform. Marine Geology 59: 135-64.
  2043. Hine, Albert C., R. J. Wilber, J. M. Bane, A. Conrad Neumann, and K. R. Lorenson. 1981. Offbank transport of carbonate sands along leeward bank margins, northern Bahamas. Marine Geology 42: 327-48. abstract
  2044. Hine, Albert C., R. J. Wilber, and A. Conrad Neumann. 1981. Carbonate sand bodies along contrasting shallow bank margins facing open seaways in northern Bahamas. Bull. American Association of Petroleum Geologists 65: 261-90.
  2045. Hinnov, Linda A., and Park Jeffrey. 1998. Detection of astronomical cycles in the stratigraphic record by frequency modulation (FM) analysis. Journal of Sedimentary Research 68, no. 4: 524-39.
  2046. Hinrichsen, Don. 1997. Coral reefs in crisis. BioScience 47: 554-58.
  2047. Hiscott, Richard N., and Noel P. James. 1985. Carbonate debris flows, Cow Head Group, Western Newfoundland. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 55: 735-45.
  2048. Hixon, M. A. 1983. Fish grazing and community structure of coral reefs and algae: a synthesis of recent studies. The ecology of deep and shallow coral reefs, NOAA Symp Ser Undersea Res. ed M. L. R. 79-87 Rockville, MD: NOAA Undersea Research Program.
  2049. ---. 1985. Overview: coral reef community structure and function. The ecology of coral reefs, NOAA Symp Ser Undersea Res, ed . M. L. R. 27-32Rockville, MD: NOAA Undersea Research Program.
  2050. Hixon, M. A. 1997. Effects of reef fishes on corals and algae. Life and Death of Coral Reefs. Ed. Charles Birkeland, 230-248. New York: Chapman & Hall.
  2051. Hixon, M. A., and W. N. Brostoff. 1981. Fish grazing and community structure of Hawaiian reef algae. Proceedings of the 4th International Coral Reef Symposium, : 507-14.
  2052. Hixon, M. A, and W. N. Brostoff. 1985. Substrate characteristics, fish grazing, and epibenthic reef assemblages off Hawaii. Bulletin of Marine Science 37, no. 1: 200-213.
  2053. Hixon, M. A., M. A. Carr, and J. Beets. 1999. Coral reef restoration: potential uses of artifical reefs. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  2054. Hobert, L. A., and Andreas Wetzel. 1989. On the relationship between silica and carbonate diagenesis in deep-sea sediments. Geologische Rundschau 78: 765-78.
  2055. Hobson, E. S., J. R. Chess, and D. Howard. 1995. Anomalous damage inflicted by Hurricane Iniki on a Hawaiian coral reef. Bulletin of Marine Science 57, no. 2: 495-500.
  2056. Hochberg, E., and MJ Atkinson. 2000. Spectral discrimination of coral reef benthic communities. Coral Reefs 19: 164-71.
  2057. Hochman, H. T., F. E. Muller-Karger, and J. J. Walsh. 1994. Interpretation of the coastal zone color scanner signature of the Orinoco River plume. Journal of Geophysical Research 99, no. C4: 7443-55.
  2058. Hodgson:, Gregor. 1985. A new species of Montastrea (Cnidaria, Scleractinia) from the Philippines. PAC. SCI. 39, no. 3: 283-90. abstract
  2059. Hodgson, Gregor. 1988. Potential gamete wastage in synchronously spawning corals due to hybrid inviability. Proc 6th Int Coral Reef Sym, 707-11.
  2060. Hodgson, Gregor. 1990. Tetracycline reduces sedimentation damage to corals. Mar Biol 104: 493-96.
  2061. ---. 1990. Sediment and the settlement of larvae of the reef coral Pocillopora damicornis. Coral Reefs 9: pp. 41-43. abstract
  2062. ---. 1994. Sedimentation damage to reef corals. Proceedings of colloquium on Global aspects of coral reefs; health, hazards and history, Ed. Robert N. Ginsburg, 298-303. abstract
  2063. Hodgson, Gregor. 1997. Resource use: conflicts and management solutions. Life and Death of Coral Reefs. Ed. C. Birkeland. New York, NY: Chapman Hall.
  2064. Hodgson, Gregor, and Michael A. Ross. 1981. Unreported scleractinian corals from the Philippines. Proc 4th Int Coral Reef Sym, 171-75.
  2065. Hodgson, V. S. 1981. Conditioning as a factor in the symbiotic feeding relationship of sea anemones and anemonefishes. Proceedings of the 4th International Coral Reef Symposium, 553-61.
  2066. Hoegh-Guldberg, Ove. 1988. A method for determining the surface area of corals. Coral Reefs 7, no. 3: : 113-16. abstract
  2067. ---. 1994. The population dynamics of symbiotic zooxanthellae in the coral Pocillopora damicornis exposed to elevated ammonia. J. Pacific Science 48: 263-72.
  2068. Hoegh-Guldberg, Ove. 2000. The future of coral reefs: integrating climate model projections and the recent behaviour of corals and their dinoflagellates. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  2069. Hoegh-Guldberg Ove. 2000. The growth and survivorship of reefbuilding corals exposed to elevated nutrients in a long-term manipulative field study. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  2070. Hoegh-Guldberg, Ove, R. Hinde, and L. Muscatine. 1986. Studies on a nudibranch that contains zooxanthellae II. Contribution of zooxanthellae to animal respiration (CZAR) in Pteraeolidia ianthina with high and low densities of zooxanthellae. Proc. R. Soc. Lond. B 228: 511-21.
  2071. Hoegh-Guldberg, Ove, L. R. McCloskey, and L. Muscatine. 1987. Expulsion of zooxanthellae by symbiotic cnidarians from the Red Sea. Coral Reefs 5: 201-4.
  2072. Hoegh-Guldberg, Ove, and B. Salvat. 1995. Periodic mass-bleaching and elevated sea temperatures: bleaching of outer reef slope communities in Moorea, French Polynesia. Marine Ecology Progress Series 121: 181-90.
  2073. Hoegh Guldberg, Ove, and Jason Smith. 1989. Influence of the population density of zooxanthellae and supply of ammonium on the biomass and metabolic characteristics of the reef corals Seriatopora hystrix and Stylophora pistillata. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser 57: 173-86.
  2074. Hoegh Guldberg, Ove, and Jason Smith. 1989. The effect of sudden changes in temperature, light and salinity on the population density and export of zooxanthellae from the reef corals Stlyophora pistillata Esper and Seriatopora hystrix Dana. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 129: 279-303.
  2075. Hoegh-Guldberg, Ove., M. Takabayashi, and G. Moreno. 1996. The impact of long-term nutrient enrichment on coral calcification and growth. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 861-66.
  2076. Hoeksema, B. W. 1983. Excavation patterns and spiculate dimensions of the boring sponge Cliona celata from the SW Netherlands. Senckenbergiana Marit 15: 55-85.
  2077. Hoeksema, B. W. 1988. Mobility of free-living fungiid corals (Scleractinia), a dispersion mechanism and survival strategy in dynamic reef habitats. Proc 6th Int Coral Reef Sym, 715-19.
  2078. Hoeksema, B. W. 1989. Taxonomy, phylogney and biogeography of mushroom corals (Scleractinia: Fungiidae). Zool Verh 24: 1-295.
  2079. Hoeksema, B. W. 1991. Control of bleaching in mushroom coral populations (Scleractinia: Fungiidae) in the Java sea: stress tolerance and interference by life history strategy. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 74: 225-37.
  2080. ---. 1994. The position of norther New Guyinea in the centre of maximum shallow-water diversity: a reef coral perspective. Porc. 7th International Coral Reef Symp., 710-718.
  2081. Hof, T. v. t. 1983. The influence of dredging on a coral reef in Bonaire, Netherland Antilles. Proceedings of the Association of Island Marine Laboratories of the Caribbean, 18.
  2082. Hof, T. V. t. 1988. Management of coral reefs and associated systems and resources in the western Atlantic: a status review. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 89-95.
  2083. Hoffbeck, J. P., and D. A. Landgrebe. 1994. Effect of radiance-to-reflectance transformation and atmosphere removal on maximum likelihood classification accuracy of high-dimensional remote sensing data. 3289-94.
  2084. Hoffmeister, J. E., J. I. Jones, John D. Milliman, D. R. Moore, and H. Gray Multer. 1964. Living and fossil reef types of south Florida. Geological Society of America Guidebook, Field Trip No. 3 (Miami Mtg.)., 23.
  2085. Hoffmeister, J. E., and H. Gray Multer. 1968. Geology and origin of the Florida Keys. Geological Society of America Bulletin 79: 1487-502. abstract
  2086. ---. 1964. Growth-rate estimates of a Pleistocene coral reef of Florida. Geological Society of America Bulletin 75: 353-57.
  2087. Hoffmeister, J. E., K. W. Stockman, and H. Gray Multer. 1967. Miami Limestone of Florida and its Recent Bahamian counterpart. Geological Society of America Bulletin 78: 175-90.
  2088. Hoge, F. E., R. N. Swift, and E. B. Frederick. 1980. Water depth measurement using an airborne pulsed neon laser system. Applied Optics 19, no. 6: 871-83.
  2089. Hoitink, T., and P. Hoekstra. 2002. Dynamics of Suspended Sediment in a Marginal Reef Environment: Teluk Banten, West Java, Indonesia. 2002 Ocean Sciences Meeting.
  2090. Hojerslev, N. K. 1985. Bio-optical measurements in the southwest Florida shelf ecosystem. Journal Cons. International Explor. Mer. 42: 65-82.
  2091. Holcombe, Troy L. 1978. Geomorphology and subsurface geology west of St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands. Geological and Geophysical Investigations of Continental Margins., 353-62. Tulsa, Okla.: American Association of Petroleum Geologists. abstract
  2092. Holden, Constance. 1997. New Caribbean coral killer. Science 276: 1979.
  2093. Holden, H., and E. LeDrew. 1998. The scientific issues surrounding remote detection of submerged coral ecosystems. Progress in Physical Geography 22: 190-221.
  2094. Holden, H., and E. Ledrew. 1998. Spectral discrimination of healthy and non-healthy corals based on cluster analysis, principal components analysis and derivative spectroscopy. Remote Sensing of Environment 65: 217-24.
  2095. Holden, H., and E. LeDrew. 1999. A data base of 334 reflectance spectra enables identification of broad categories of coral reef features. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr.
  2096. Holden, H., and E. Ledrew. 1999. Hyperspectral identification of coral reef features. Int. J. Remote Sensing 20, no. 13: 2545-63.
  2097. Holden, H., and E. LeDrew. 1999. A data base of 334 reflectance spectra enables identification of broad categories of coral reef features. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  2098. Holden, H., and E. LeDrew. in press. Accuracy assessment of hyperspectral classification of coral reef features. Geocarto Int.
  2099. Holden, H., and E. LeDrew. in press. Effects of the water column on hyperspectral reflectance of submerged coral reef features. Bulletin Marine Science.
  2100. Holden, H., E. LeDrew, and C. Melsheimer. 1999. Simulated SPOT-equivalent reflectance characteristics of common coral reef features.
  2101. Holden, H., D. Peddle, and E. LeDrew. 1996. Fluorescence as a potential indicator of coral health. 88-90.
  2102. Holiday, Les. 1989. Coral Reefs. Morris Plains, New Jersey: Tetra Press.
  2103. Holland, David C., Jeffrey S. Dickens, and Andrew D. Horbury. 1992. A case of drowning; death of a carbonate platform in the South China Sea. 1992 AAPG international conference and exhibition, abstrAmerican Association of Petroleum Geologists, Tulsa, OK, United States.
  2104. Holling, C. S. 1973. Resilience and stability of ecological systems. Ann. Review of Ecol. & Systematics 4: 1-23.
  2105. Holm-Hansen, O. 1978. Phytoplankton consumption. Coral Reefs: Research Methods. Eds. D. R. Stoddard, and R. E. Johannes, 425-28. Paris: UNESCO.
  2106. Holmes, Charles W. 1983. ð18O variations in the Halimeda of Virgin Islands sands: evidence of the cool water in the northeast Caribbean, Late Holocene. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 53: 429-38. abstract
  2107. Holmes, Charles W. 1985. Accretion of south Florida Platform, late Quaternary development. Bull. American Association Petroleum Geologists 69, no. 2: 149-60.
  2108. Holmes, Charles W., and J. L. Kindinger. 1985. Late Pleistocene-Holocene geology of the central Virgin Island platform. Marine Geology 64: 41-64.
  2109. Holmes, R. W. 1957. Solar radiation, submarine daylight, and photosynthesis. Treatise on Marine Ecology and Paleoecology, Vol 1, Ecology; Memoir 67. Ed. J. W. Hedgpeth, 109-28Geol. Soc. America.
  2110. Holthus, Paul. 1987. Effects of increased sedimentation on coral reef ecosystems. Workshop on Coastal processes in the South Pacific island nations, Eds. David Kear, Russell Howorth, and Alan Sherwood, 145-54.
  2111. Holthus, Paul, J. E. Maragos, and C. W. Evans. 1989. Coral reef recovery subsequent to the freshwater kill of 1965 in Kaneohe Bay, Oahu, Hawaii. Pacific Science 43: 122-34.
  2112. Honjo, S. 1970. Study of fine grained carbonate matrix: sedimentation and diagenesis of "micrite". Litho- and Biofacies of Carbonate Sedimentary Rocks.T. Matsumoto, 67-82. Tokyo, Japan: Paleontological Society of Japan Special Paper 14.
  2113. Hoogenboom, H. J., A. G. Dekker, and I. J. Althuis. 1998. Simulation of AVIRIS sensitivity for detecting chlorophyll over coastal and inland waters. Remote Sensing of Environment 65: 333-40.
  2114. Hooker, S. B., and J. Aiken. 1998. Calibration evaluation and radiometric testing of field radiometers with the SeaWiFS quality monitor. J. Atmos. Ocean. Tech. 15, no. 4: 995-1007.
  2115. Hooker, S. B., and S. Maritorena. 2000. An evaluation of oceanographic radiometers and deployment methodologies. J. Atmos. Ocean. Tech. 17, no. 6: 811-30.
  2116. Hopkins, Thomas S., Deborah R. Blizzard, Susan A. Brawley, Sylvia A. Earle, Dianne E. Grimm, Douglas K. Gilbert, Paul G. Johnson, Eric H. Livingston, Charles H. Lutz, J. Kevin Shaw, and Brenda B. Shaw. 1977. A preliminary characterization of the biotic components of composite strip transects on the Florida middlegrounds, northeastern Gulf of Mexico. Proc. Third International Coral Reef Symp., 32-37. abstract
  2117. Hopkinson Jr., Charles S., Robert D. Fallon, Bengt Owe Jansson, and Joseph P. Schubauer. 1991. Community metabolism and nutrient cycling at Gray's Reef, a hard bottom habitat in the Georgia Bight. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser 73: 105-20.
  2118. Hopley, David. 1978. Aerial photography and other remote sensing techniques. Coral Reefs: Research Methods. Eds. D. R. Stoddard, and R. E. Johannes, 23-46. Paris: UNESCO.
  2119. Hopley, David. 1991. Coral reef ecology; structures and communities. Workshop on Coastal processes in the South Pacific island nations, 15-26SOPAC Technical Secretariat, Suva, Fiji.
  2120. ---. 1994. Continental shelf reef systems. Coastal evolution; late Quaternary shoreline morphodynamics. Eds. R. W. G. Carter, and C. D. Woodroffe, 303-40. Cambridge, United Kingdom: Cambridge University Press.
  2121. ---. Coral reef islands - implications of more modest global change predictions.
  2122. ---. 1996. Coral reefs: The problem child of environmental monitoring and remote sensing. NOAA Coral Monitoring Methodologies Workshop, 1-24.
  2123. ---. 1982. The Geomorphology of the Great Barrier Reef: Quaternary Development of Coral Reefs. 453. New York: John Wiley & Sons.
  2124. Hopley, David, and R. Barnes. 1985. Structure and development of a windward fringing reef, Orpheus Island, Palm Group, Great Barrier Reef. Proc. fifth International Coral Reef Congr., 141-46. abstract
  2125. Hopley, David, and Pauline Catt. 1988. Use of near infra-red aerial photography for monitoring ecological changes to coral reef flats on the Great Barrier Reef. Proc. 6th International Coral Reef Symp, 503-8. abstract
  2126. Hopley, David, and Pauline Catt. 1991. Application of large scale colour infra-red and true colour aerial photography to coral reef research with particular reference to the Great Barrier Reef. Workshop on Coastal processes in the South Pacific island nations, 205-8.
  2127. Hopley, David, David W. Kinsey. 1988. The effects of a rapid short-term sea-level rise on the Great Barrier Reef. Greenhouse: planning for climate change. Ed. G. I Pearman, 189-201. Hopley, David, and P. Pirazzoli. 1985. Late Quaternary and present sea-level changes: magnitude, causes, future applications. 5th International Coral Reef Symp., 217-18. abstract
  2128. Hopley, David, and Annette van Steveninck. 1977. Infrared aerial photography of coral reefs. Third International Coral Reef Symp., 305-11. abstract
  2129. Horn, H. S. 1974. The ecology of secondary succession. Ann. Review of Ecol. & Systematics 5: 25-37.
  2130. Horodyski, Robert J. 1977. Lyngbya mats at Laguna Mormona, Baja California, Mexico: comparison with proterozoic stromatolites. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 47: 1305-20. abstract
  2131. Horodyski, Robert J., Bonnie Bloeser, and Stephen Vonder Haar. 1977. Laminated algal mats from a coastal lagoon, Laguna Mormona, Baja California, Mexico. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 47: 680-696. abstract - figure
  2132. Horodyski, Robert J., and Stephen Vonder Haar. 1975. Recent calcareous stromatolites from Laguna Mormona (Baja California) Mexico. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 45: 894-906. abstract
  2133. Hoskin, C. M. 1966. Coral pinnacle sedimentation, Alacran reef lagoon, Mexico. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 36: 1058-74. abstract - figure
  2134. ---. 1968. Magnesium and strontium in mud fraction of Recent carbonate sediment, Alacran reef, Mexico. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 52: 2170-2177.
  2135. ---. 1963. Recent carbonate sedimentation of Alacran Reef, Yucatan, Mexico. National Academy of Sciences, National Research Council Publication., 160.
  2136. Hoskin, C. M., J. C. Geier, and J. K. Reed. 1983. Sediment produced from abrasion of the branching stony coral Oculina varicosa. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 53: 779-86. abstract
  2137. Hoskin, C. M., and R. V. Jr. Nelson. 1971. Size modes in biogenic carbonate sediment, southeastern Alaska. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 41: 1026-37.
  2138. Hoskin, C. M., and J. K. Reed. 1985. Carbonate sediment production by the rock-boring urchin Echinometra lucunter and associated endolithic infauna at Black Rock, Little Bahama Bank. The ecology of coral reefs, NOAA Symp Ser Undersea Res., ed M. L. R. 151-61. Rockville, MD, NOAA Undersea Research Program.
  2139. Hoskin, C. M., J. K. Reed, and D. H. Mook. 1986. Production and off-bank transport of carbonate sediment, Black Rock, southwest Little Bahama Bank. Marine Geology 73: 125-44.
  2140. Hoskins, C. W. 1964. Molluscan biofacies in calcareous sediments, Gulf of Batabano, Cuba. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 48: 1680-1704.
  2141. Hottinger, L. 1989. Conditions for generating carbonate platforms. Memorie Della Società Geologica Italiana 40: 265-71.
  2142. Houck, James E., Robert W. Buddemeier, Stephen V. Smith, and Paul L. Jokiel. 1977. The response of coral growth rate and skeletal strontium content to light intensity and water temperature. Proc. Third International Coral Reef Symp., 425-31. abstract
  2143. Hovland, M., and E. Thomsen. 1997. Cold-water corals - are they hydrocarbon seep related? Marine Geology 137: 159-64.
  2144. Hubbard, Dennis K. 1985. What do we mean by reef growth? 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., 433-38. abstract - figure
  2145. Hubbard, Dennis K. 1986. Sedimentation as a control of reef development: St. Croix, U.S.V.I. Coral Reefs 5: 117-25. abstract
  2146. Hubbard, Dennis K. 1988. Controls of modern and fossil reef development common ground for biological and geological research. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 243-52.
  2147. Hubbard, Dennis K. 1989. Depositional environments of Salt River estuary and submarine canyon, St. Croix, U.S.V.I. Terrestrial and Marine Geology of St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands. Ed. Dennis K. Hubbard, 181-96. St. Croix, U.S.V.I.: West Indies Laboratory. abstract - figure
  2148. Hubbard, Dennis K. 1989. Depositional environments of the Turner Hole reef complex. Terrestrial and Marine Geology of St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands, Ed. Dennis K. Hubbard, 155-60St. Croix, USVI: West Indies Laboratory. abstract
  2149. ---. 1989. Modern carbonate environments of St. Croix and the Caribbean: a general overview. 12th Caribbean Geological Conf.Dennis K. Hubbard, 85-94 West Indies Laboratory. Spec. Publ. no. 8. abstract
  2150. ---. 1989. The shelf-edge reefs of Davis and Cane bays, northwestern St. Croix. 12th Caribbean Geological Conf.Dennis K. Hubbard, 167-80West Indies Laboratory. Spec. Publ. no. 8. abstract
  2151. Hubbard, Dennis K. 1989. "Terrestrial and Marine Geology of St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Island." West Indies Laboratory, St. Croix, U.S.V.I..
  2152. ---. 1992. Hurricane-induced sediment transport in open-shelf tropical systems - an example from St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 62: 946-60.
  2153. Hubbard, Dennis K., J. Bythell, and E. Gladfelter. 2000. Biological versus geological reef communities at Buck Island, U.S. Virgin Islands. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  2154. Hubbard, Dennis K., Randolph B. Burke, and Ivan P. Gill. 1986. Styles of reef accretion along a steep, shelf-edge reef, St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 56, no. 6: 848-61. abstract - figure
  2155. Hubbard, Dennis K., Randolph P. Burke, and Ivan P. Gill. 1985. Accretion in deep shelf-edge reefs, St. Croix, U.S.V.I. Deep-water Carbonates - a core workshop (New Orleans, March 23-24, 1985).P. D. Crevello, and P. M. Harris, 491-527. Tulsa, OK: SEPM Core Workshop No. 6. abstract - figure
  2156. Hubbard, Dennis K., Ivan P. Gill, and R. B. Burke. 2000. Caribbean-wide loss of A. palmata 7,000 yr ago: sea-level change, stress, or business as usual? 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  2157. Hubbard, Dennis K., Ivan P. Gill, Randolph B. Burke, and Jack Morelock. 1996. Holocene reef backstepping -- southwestern Puerto Rico shelf. Proceedings of the Eighth International Coral Reef Symposium, 1779-84. abstract - figure
  2158. Hubbard, Dennis K., Ivan P. Gill, Harry H. Roberts, and Fred Bowles. 1986. Variations in shelf-edge and peri-platform depositional styles around St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands. abstract - figure
  2159. Hubbard, Dennis K., Elizabeth H. Gladfelter, and John C. Bythell. 1994. Comparison of biological and geological perspectives of coral-reef community structure at Buck Island, U.S. Virgin Islands. Proceedings of colloquium on Global aspects of coral reefs; health, hazards and history, Ed Robert N. Ginsburg, 201-7. abstract
  2160. Hubbard, Dennis K., Arnold I. Miller, and David Scaturo. 1990. Production and cycling of calcium carbonate in a shelf-edge reef system (St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands): applications to the nature of reef systems in the fossil record. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 60, no. 2: 335-60. abstract - figure - figure
  2161. Hubbard, Dennis K., Karla M. Parsons, John C. Bythell, and N. D. Walker. 1991. The effects of Hurricane Hugo on the reefs and associated environments of St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands - a preliminary assessment. Jour. Coastal Research 8: 33-48. abstract - figure
  2162. Hubbard, Dennis K., James L. Sadd, Arnold I. Miller, Ivan P. Gill, and Robert F. Dill. 1981. "The production, transportation, and deposition of carbonate sediments on the insular shelf of St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands." Final Report, Contribution 76, Fairleigh Dickinson University, West Indies Laboratory, St. Croix. abstract - figure
  2163. Hubbard, Dennis K., James L. Sadd, and H. H. Roberts. 1981. The role of physical processes in controlling sediment transport patterns on the insular shelf of St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands. Proceedings of the Fourth International Coral Reef Symposium, 399-404. abstract - figure
  2164. Hubbard, Dennis K., and David Scaturo. 1985. Growth rates of seven species of Scleractinean corals from Cane Bay and Salt River, St. Croix, USVI. Bull. Marine Science 36, no. 2: 325-38. abstract - figure
  2165. Hubbard, Dennis K., Thomas H. Suchanek, Ivan P. Gill, Cowper, Susan, John C. Ogden, John R. Westerfield, and John Bayes. 1981. Preliminary studies of the fate of shallow-water detritus in the basin north of St. Croix, U.S.V.I. 4th International Coral Reef Symp., 383-87. abstract - figure
  2166. Hubbard, Dennis, Laura Venger and K. Parsons. 1989. Geologic development of the West End Terrace System on St. Croix, U. S. Virgin Islands. Terrestrial and Marine Geology of St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands: Teague Bay, St. Croix, Special Pub. No. 8, West Indies Laboratory. ed. D. K. Hubbard, 73-83. St. Croix, USVI. abstract
  2167. Hubbard, Dennis K., L. G. Ward, D. M. FitzGerald, and A. C. Hine. 1974. Bank Margin Morphology and Sedimentation, Lucaya, Grand Bahama Island; Tech. Report No 7-CRD, Dept. of Geology, Univ. of S. Carolina.
  2168. Hubbard, J. A. E. B. 1972. Diaseris distorta, an "acrobatic" coral. Nature 236: 457-58.
  2169. Hubbard, J. A. E. B. 1974. Coral colonies as micro-environmental indicators. Annales De La Société Géologique De Belgique 97: 143-52.
  2170. ---. 1989. The role of ephemera in correlation amongst reefs and coralliferous sequences. Fossil Cnidaria 5P. A. Jell, and J. W. Pickett, 125-32 Brisbane: Association of Australasian Paleontology Memoir Nr. 8.
  2171. ---. 1973. Sediment-shifting experiments: a guide to functional behavior in colonial corals. Animal Colonies. Eds. Boardman, Cheetham, and Oliver, 31-42. Stroudsburg, Pa.: Dowden, Hutchinson & Ross, Inc. abstract - figure
  2172. Hubbard, J. A. E. B., and Y. P. Pocock. 1984. Scleractinian functional morphology: a key to paleoecological reconstruction. Palaeontographica Americana 54: 523-30.
  2173. ---. 1972. Sediment rejection by Recent scleractinian corals: a key to palaeo-environmental reconstruction. Geologische Rundschau 61: 598-626.
  2174. Hubbard, J. A. E. B., and P. K. Swart. 1982. Sequence and style in scleractinian coral preservation in reefs and associated facies. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 37: 165-219.
  2175. Huber, M. E. 1994. An assessment of the status of the coral reefs of Papua New Guinea. Marine Pollution Bulletin 29: 69-73.
  2176. Hudson, J. Harold. 1988. "Coral bleaching at Looe Key national marine sanctuary, Florida. Mass bleaching of coral reefs in the Caribbean: a research strategy." J. Ogden, and R. Wicklund. U.S. Department of Commerce.
  2177. ---. 1985. Growth rate and carbonate production in Halimeda opuntia: Marquesas Keys, Florida. Paleoalgology: Contemporary Research and Applications.D. F. Toomey, and M. H. Nitecki, 257-63. New York: Springer-Verlag.
  2178. ---. 1981. Growth rates in Montastrea annularis: a record of environmental change in Key Largo Coral Reef Marine Sanctuary, Florida. Bull. Marine Science 31, no. 2: 444-59. abstract
  2179. ---. 1977. Long-term bioerosion rates on a Florida reef: a new method. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium, : 491-97. abstract - figure
  2180. ---. 1981. Response of Montastrea annularis to environmental change in the Florida Keys. Proceedings of the Fourth International Coral Reef Symposium, 233-40. abstract
  2181. Hudson, J. Harold, and R. Diaz. 1988. Damage survey and restoration of M/V Wellwood grounding site, Molasses Reef, Key Largo National Marine Sanctuary, Florida. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  2182. Hudson, J. Harold, and et. al. 1989. Building a coral reef in Southeast Florida: Combining technology and aesthetics. Bull Mar Sci 44: 1067-68.
  2183. Hudson, J. Harold, and William B. Goodwin. 1999. Assessment of vessel grounding injury to coral reef and seagrass habitats in the Florida keys national marine sanctuary, Florida: protocol and methods. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  2184. Hudson, J. Harold, K. J. Hanson, R. B. Halley, and J. L. Kindinger. 1994. Environmental implications of growth rate changes in Montastrea annularis: Biscayne National Park, Florida. Bull. Marine Science 54: 647-69. abstract
  2185. Hudson, J. Harold, G. V. N. Powell, M. B. Robblee, and T. J. III Smith. 1989. A 107-year-old coral from Florida Bay: barometer of natural and man-induced catastrophies? Bulletin of Marine Science 44, no. 1: 283-91.
  2186. Hudson, J. Harold, and Daniel M Robbin. 1981. Effects of drilling mud on the growth rate of the reef-building coral, Montastrea annularis. Marine Environmental Pollution., 455-70. Elsevier. abstract
  2187. Hudson, J. Harold, Eugene A. Shinn, Robert B. Halley, and Barbara Lidz. 1976. Sclerochronology: a tool for interpreting past environments. Geology 4: 361-64. abstract
  2188. Huff, Bobbin. 1996. Coral Reefs Reveal Ocean Health Via Remote Sensing. Photonics Spectra March: 116.
  2189. Huffaker, C. B. 1958. Experimental studies on predation: Dispersion factors and predator-prey oscillations. Hilgardia 27, no. 14: 343-83.
  2190. Hughes-Clark, M. W., and A. J. Keij. 1973. Organisms as producers of carbonate sediment and indicators of environment in the southern Persian Gulf. The Persian Gulf.B. H. Purser, 33-56. New York: Springer-Verlag.
  2191. Hughes, Terence P. 1994. Catastrophes, phase shifts, and large-scale degradation of a Caribbean coral reef. Science 165: 1547-51. abstract
  2192. ---. 1989. Community structure and diversity of coral reefs: the role of history. Ecology 70, no. 1: 275-79.
  2193. ---. 1994. Coral reef degradation: a long-term study of human and natural impacts. Global Aspects of Coral Reefs. Robert N. Ginsburg, 208-13. abstract
  2194. ---. 1993. Disturbance: effects on coral reef dynamics. Coral Reefs 12: 117-233.
  2195. ---. 1983. Life Histories and growth of corals over a depth gradient. Workshop on The Ecology of Deep and Shallow Coral Reefs M. L. Reaka, 17-20. abstract
  2196. ---. 1985. Life histories and population dynamics of early successional corals. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., 101-6. abstract
  2197. ---. 1988. Long-term dynamics of coral populations: contrasting reproductive modes. 6th International Coral Reef Symp., 721-25.
  2198. ---. 1992. Monitoring of coral reefs: a bandwagon? Reef Encounter 11: 9-12.
  2199. ---. 1984. Population dynamics based on individual size rather than age: a general model with a reef coral example. The American Nauralist 123, no. 6: 778-95.
  2200. ---. 1987. Skeletal density and growth form of corals. Marine Ecology Progress Series. 35, no. 3: 259-66. abstract
  2201. Hughes, Terence P., D. Ayre, and J. H. Connell. 1992. The evolutionary ecology of corals. TREE 7, no. 9: 292-95.
  2202. Hughes, Terence P., and J. H. Connell. 1987. Population dynamics based on size or age? A reef-coral analysis. The American Naturalist 129, no. 6: 818-29.
  2203. Hughes, Terence P, and J. B. C. Jackson. 1980. Do corals lie about their age? Some demographic consequences of partial mortality, fission, and fusion. Science 209(, no. August 8: 713-15.
  2204. Hughes, Terence P., and J. B. C. Jackson. 1985. Population dynamics and life histories of foliaceous corals. ECOL. MONOGR. 55, no. 2: 141-66. abstract
  2205. Hughes, Terence P., B. Keller, and et al. 1985. Mass mortality of the echinoid Diadema antillarum Philippi in Jamaica. Bull Mar Sci 36: 377-84.
  2206. Hughes, Terence P., D. C. Reed, and et al. 1987. Herbivory on coral reefs: community structure following mass mortalities of sea urchins. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 113, no. 1: 39-59.
  2207. Huguenin, R. L., E. R. Boudreau, and M. A. Karaska. 1997. An adaptation of the AASAP subpixel analysis software for automated bathymetry mapping. 308-16.
  2208. Hulsemann, Jobst. 1967. The continental margin off the Atlantic coast of the United States: Carbonate in sediments, Nova Scotia to Hudson Canyon. Sedimentology 8: 121-45. abstract
  2209. Humann, Paul. 1993. Reef Coral. Jacksonville, Fla. USA: New World Publications.
  2210. Humann, Paul. 1992. Reef Creature. Jacksonville, Fla.: New World Publications.
  2211. Humes, A. G. 1984. Copepods associated with the scleractinian coral Porites in French Polynesia. CAH. BIOL. MAR. 25, no. 2 : 181-95. abstract
  2212. ---. 1984. Harpacticoid copepods associated with cnidarians in the tropical Pacific Ocean. ZOOL.-SCR. 13, no. 3: 209-21. abstract
  2213. ---. 1986. Two new species of Cerioxynus (Copepoda: Poecilostomatoida) parasitic in corals (Scleractinia: Faviidae) in the South Pacific. SYST. PARASITOL. 8, no. 3, 187-98. abstract
  2214. Humphrey, John D. 1988. Late Pleistocene mixing zone dolomitization, southeastern Barbados, West Indies. Sedimentology 35: 327-48.
  2215. ---. 1987. "Processes, rates, and products of early near-surface carbonate diagenesis: Pleistocene mixing zone dolomitization and Jurassic meteoric diagenesis." Brown University.
  2216. Humphrey, John D., and Tod N. Kimbell. 1989. Sedimentology and diagenesis of windward-facing fore-reef calcarenites, late Pleistocene of Barbados, West Indies [abs.]. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 73: 366. abstract
  2217. ---. 1990. Sedimentology and sequence stratigraphy of Upper Pleistocene carbonates of southeastern Barbados, West Indies. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bull. 74, no. 11: 1671-74.
  2218. Humphrey, John D., and R. K. Matthews. Deposition and diagenesis of the Pleistocene Coral Cap of Barbados. Eleventh Caribbean Geological Congress (Bridgetown, Barbados), Field Guide for Trip "C", 86-105.
  2219. Hundahl, H., and N. K. Hojerslev. 1988. Optical methods in oceanography with special reference to oil fluorometry. Oil & Chemical Pollution 4, 71-85.
  2220. Hunt, J. M. 1967. The origin of petroleum in carbonate rocks. Carbonate Rocks: Physical and Chemical Aspects. G. V. Chilingar, H. J. Bissell, and R. W. Fairbridge, 225-51. Developments in Sedimentology 9B. New York: Elsevier Publishing Co.
  2221. Hunte, W., I. Cote, and et al. 1986. On the dynamics of the mass mortality of Diadema antillarum in Barbados. Coral Reefs 4: 135-39.
  2222. Hunter, Cynthia L. 1988. Environmental cues controlling spawning in two Hawaiian corals, Montipora verrucosa and M. dilitata. Proc 6th Int Coral Reef Sym, 727-31.
  2223. Hunter, Cynthia L. 1993. Genotypic variation and clonal structure in coral populations with different disturbance histories. Evolution 47: 1213-28.
  2224. Hunter, Cynthia L., and C. W. Evans. 1995. Coral Reefs in Kaneohe Bay, Hawaii: Two Centuries of Western Influence and Two Decades of Data. Bull. Marine Science 57, no. 2: 501-15. abstract
  2225. Hunter, Cynthia L., and Christopher W. Evans. 1994. Reefs in Kaneohe Bay, Hawaii. Proceedings of the colloquium on global aspects of coral reefs, Ed. Robert N. Ginsburg, 339-45. abstract
  2226. Hunter, I. G. 1977. Sediment production by Diadema antillarum on a Barbados fringing reef. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium D. L. Taylor, 105-9 Miami, FL: University of Miami, Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science. abstract
  2227. Hunter, I. G., and Brian Jones. 1988. Corals and paleogeography of the Pleistocene Ironstone Formation of Grand Cayman, BWI. Proc. 6th International Coral Reef Symp., 431-35. abstract
  2228. Huston, M. A. 1985. Patterns of coral species diversity in relation to depth at Discovery Bay, Jamaica. Bull. Marine Science 37, no. 3: 928-35.
  2229. ---. 1985. Patterns of species diversity on coral reefs. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 16: 149-77.
  2230. ---. 1985. Variation in coral growth rates with depth at Discovery Bay, Jamaica. Coral Reefs 4: 19-25.
  2231. Hutchings, P. A. 1992. Ballast water introductions of exotic marine oraganisms into Australia: Current status and management options. Marine Pollution Bulletin 25: 196-99.
  2232. ---. 1983. Bioerosion of coral substrates. Proceedings of the Inaugural Great Barrier Reef Conference, Eds J. T. Baker, R. M. Carter, P. W. Sammarco, and K. P. Stark, 113-19 Townsville: JCU Press. abstract
  2233. ---. 1986. Biological destruction of coral reefs: a review. Coral Reefs 5: 239-52.
  2234. ---. 1983. Cryptofaunal communities of coral reefs. Perspective on coral reefs. ed D. J. B. 200-208. Manuka, ACT, , Australia: Brian Clouston Publisher.
  2235. Hutchings, P. A., and W. E. Kiene. 1989. Relationships of grazing and boring communities to the bioerosion of dead coral substrates on the Great Barrier Reef. International Society for Reef Studies Annual Meeting, abstr.
  2236. Hutchings, P. A., and Mirielle Peyrot-Clausade. 1988. Macro-infaunal boring communities of Porites: a biological comparison. Proc 6th Int Coral Reef Sym, 263-68.
    return to list
  2237. Iams, W. J. "New methods for studying growth rates of reef-building organisms." Bermuda Biological Station for Research Special Publication 65-76. abstract
  2238. Iglesias-Prieto, R. 1997. Temperature-dependent inactivation of Photosystem II in symbiotic dinoflagellates. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Sym, 1313-18.
  2239. Iglesias-Prieto, R., and et. al. 1992. Photosynthetic response to elevated temperature in the symbiotic dinoflagellate Symbiodinium microadriaticum in culture. Proc Natl.Acad Sci USA 89: 10302-5.
  2240. Iglesia Prieto, R., and R. K. Trench. 1994. Acclimation and adaptation to irradiance in symbiotic dinoflagellates. I. Responses of the photsynthetic unit to changes in photon flux density. Marine Ecology Progress Series 113: 163-75.
  2241. Iglesias-Prieto, R., and R. K. Trench. 1997. Acclimation and adaptation to irradiance in symbiotic dinoflagellates. II. Response of chlorophyll- protein complexes to different photon-flux denisties. Mar Biol 130: 23-33.
  2242. Iglesias-Prieto, R., and R. K. Trench. 1997. Photoadaptation, photoacclimation and niche diversification in invertebrate-dinoflagellate symbioses. Proc 8th Int Coral reef Sym, 1319-24.
  2243. Ikeda, Y., T. Maruyama, and S. Miyachi. 1992. Decalcification by a solitary coral, Fungia sp. in the medium with calcium ion concentration lower than aragonite saturation. Proc 7th Int Coral Reef Sym, 1157-60.
  2244. Iliff, J. W., William B. Goodwin, J. Harold Hudson, M. W. Miller, and James Timber. 1999. Emergency stabilization of Acropora palmata with stainless steel wire and nails: impressions, lessons learned, and recommendations from Mona Island, Puerto Rico. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  2245. Illing, L. V. 1954. Bahaman calcareous sands. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 38: 1-95.
  2246. Imbrie, John, and H. Buchanan. 1965. Sedimentary structures in modern carbonate sands of the Bahamas. Primary Sedimentary Structures and Their Hydrodynamic Interpretation. G. V. Middleton, 149-72. Tulsa, OK: SEPM Special Publication No. 12.
  2247. Imbrie, John, and Edward G. Purdy. 1962. Classification of modern Bahamian carbonate sediments. Classification of Carbonate Rocks - a symposium. Ed. William E. Ham, 253-72. Tulsa, Okla.: Amer. Assoc. Petroleum Geologists. abstract - figure
  2248. Inden, Richard F., and Clyde H. Moore. 1983. Beach Environment. Carbonate Depositional Environments. Eds. Peter A. Scholle, Don G. Bebout, and Clyde H. Moore, 212-65. Tulsa, Okla.: American Association Petroleum Geologists.
  2249. Ingerson, E. 1962. Problems of the geochemistry of sedimentary carbonate rocks. Geochimica Et Cosmochimica Acta 26: 815-47.
  2250. Ingram, B. L., J. C. Ingle, and M. E. Conrad. 1996. Stable isotope record of late Holocene salinity and river discharge in San Francisco Bay, California. Earth and Planetary Science Letters 141: 237-47.
  2251. Insalaco, Enzo. 1996. The use of Late Jurassic coral growth bands as palaeoenvironmental indicators. Palaeontology 39, Part 2: 413-31.
  2252. Irish, J. L., and W. J. Lillycrop. 1997. Monitoring New Pass, Florida, with high density lidar bathymetry. J. Coastal Research 13, no. 4: 1130-1140.
  2253. Iryu, V., and S. Matsuda. 1988. Depth distribution, abundance and species assemblages of nonarticulated coralline algae in the Ryuko Islands, southwestern Japan. Proc. 6th International Coral Reef Symp, 101-5.
  2254. Isdale, Peter. 1977. Variation in growth rate of hermatypic corals in a uniform environment. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium, 403-8. abstract
  2255. Isdale, Peter. 1991. Three-dimensional representation of coral reefs; generation of submarine terrain images on personal computers. Marine Geology 96, no. 1-2: 145-50.
  2256. Isern, Alexandra R., J. A. McKenzie, and D. A. Feary. 1996. The role of sea-surface temperature as a control on carbonate platform development in the western Coral Sea. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 124: 247-72. abstract
  2257. Isoun, E E., C H. Fletcher, N L. Frazer, and J C Gradie. 2002. Mapping Bathymetry and Percent Living Coral with Multi-spectral Data; Kailua Bay, Oahu, Hawaii. 2002 Ocean Sciences Meeting.
  2258. Isoun, E., J. Harney, J. Gradie, and C. Fletcher. 1998. Airborne Multi-Spectral (MS) Scanning in Kailua Bay.
  2259. Itzkowitz, M., D. E. Itzkowitz, and et al. 1995. Territory use and disuse in the beaugregory damselfish. Bulletin of Marine Science 57(3).
  2260. Ivanovski, A. B., and J. A. Jr. Marsh. 1981. Note on madreporarian coral systematics. The Reef and Man Proceedings of the Fourth International Coral Reef Symposium. Eds. E. D. Gomez, C. E. Birkeland, R. W. Buddemeier, R. E. Johannes, and R. T. Tsuda, abstr. abstract
  2261. Ives Jr., William. 1955. "Evaluation of acid etching of limestone." Bulletin 114, Part 1, State Geological Survey of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas. abstract
    return to list
  2262. Jaap, Walter C. 1979. Observations on zooxanthellae expulsion at Middle Sambo Reef, Florida Keys. Bulletin of Marine Science 29, no. 3: 414-22.
  2263. ---. 1981. Stony corals (Milleporina and Scleractinia). In: Key Largo Coral Reef National Marine Sanctuary Deep Water Resource Survey. Ed. S. C. Jameson.
  2264. Jaap, Walter C. 1985. An epidemic zooxanthellae expulsion during 1983 in the lower Florida Keys coral reefs: hyperthermic etiology. Proc. Fifth Intl. Coral Reef Congress, 143-48. abstract - figure
  2265. Jaap, Walter C. 1988. "The 1987 zooxanthellae expulsion event at Florida reefs. Mass bleaching of coral reefs in the Caribbean: a research strategy." J. Ogden, and R. Wicklund. U.S. Department of Commerce.
  2266. ---. 1999. An historical review of coral reef restoration in Florida. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  2267. ---. 1999. Scleractinia coral dynamics at three reefs in Dry Tortugas National Park, Florida, USA, 1989-1997. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  2268. Jaap, Walter C., J. C. Halas, and R. G. Muller. 1988. Community dynamics of stony corals (Milleporina and Scleractinia) at Key Largo National Marine Sanctuary, Florida, during 1981-1986). Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, abstract. abstract
  2269. Jaap, Walter C., and Pamela Hallock. 1990. Coral reefs (ecosystems of Florida, USA). Ecosystems of Florida. Eds. R. L. Myers, and J. S. Ewel, 574-618. abstract
  2270. Jaap, Walter C., William G. Lyons, Phillip Dustan, and John C. Halas. 1989. "Stony coral (Scleractinia and Milleporina) community structure at Bird Key Reef, Ft. Jefferson National Monument, Dry Tortugas, Florida." Florida Marine Research Institute, St. Petersburg, Fla. abstract
  2271. Jaap, Walter C., Jack Morelock, Tim Austin, and Phillip Bush. 1999. Reef restoration and monitoring: Soto's Reef, George Town, Grand Cayman Island, British West Indies. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  2272. Jaap, Walter C., and F. J. Sargent. 1994. The status of the remnant population of Acropora palmata (Lamarck, 1816) at Dry Tortugas National Park, Florida, with a discussion of possible causes of changes since 1881. Proceedings of colloquium on Global aspects of coral reefs; health, hazards and history, Ed. Robert N. Ginsburg, 101-5. abstract
  2273. Jaap, Walter C., and J. L. Wheaton. 1975. "Observations on Florida reef corals treated with fish-collecting chemicals." Fl Mar Res Publ 10.
  2274. Jaap, Walter C., J. L. Wheaton, and K. B. Donnelly. 1990. Materials and methods to establish multipurpose, sustained, ecological research stations on coral reefs at Dry Tortugas. Diving For Science 1990. Proceedings Of The American Academy Of Underwater Sciences Tenth Annual Scientific Diving Symposium, Ed W. C. Jaap, 193-203. abstract
  2275. Jaap, Walter C., J. L. Wheaton, K. B. Donnelly, B. L. Kojis, J. E. Jr. McKenna, L. J. Miller, and M. L. Kub. 1994. A three-year evaluation of community dynamics of coral reefs at Ft. Jefferson National Monument, Dry Tortugas, Florida, USA. Symposium on Florida Keys Regional Ecosystem., Eds. J. M. Prospero, and C. C. Harwell, Abstr. abstract
  2276. Jablonski, D. 1986. Background and mass extinctions: The alternation of macroevolutionary regimes. Science 231: 129-33.
  2277. ---. 1986. Larval ecology and macroevolution in marine invertebrates. Bulletin of Marine Science 39, no. 2: 565-87.
  2278. Jaccarini, V., and E. Martens. 1992. The ecology of mangrove and related ecosystems; Proceedings of the International Symposium, 266 pp.
  2279. Jackson, J. B. C. 1991. Adaptation and diversity of reef corals. BioScience 41, no. 7: 475-82.
  2280. Jackson, J. B. C. 1977. Competition on marine hard substrata: the adaptive significance of solitary and colonial strategies. American Naturalist 111: 743-67. abstract
  2281. ---. 1989. Ecological effects of a major oil spill on Panamanian coastal marine communities. Science 243, no. 4887: 37-44.
  2282. ---. 1989. Interspecific competition and coral reef diversity. International Society for Reef Studies Annual Meeting, abstr.
  2283. ---. 1992. Pleistocene perspectives on coral reef community structure. Amer Zool 32: 719-31.
  2284. ---. 1996. Reefs since Columbus. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 97-106.
  2285. Jackson, J. B. C., A. Budd, and John M. Pandolfi. Chicago. The shifting balance of natural communities? Evolutionary Paleobiology: Essays in Honor of James W. Valentine. eds D. Jablonski, D. H. Erwin, and J. H. Lipps, 89-122. 1996: University of Chicago Press.
  2286. Jackson, J. B. C., and Leo Buss. 1975. Allelopathy and spatial competition among coral reef invertebrates. Proc Nat Acad Sci, no. 72: 5160-5163.
  2287. Jackson, J. B. C., and T. P. Hughes. 1985. Adaptive strategies of coral reef invertebrates. American Scientist 73: 265-74.
  2288. Jackson, J. B. C., J.C. Cubit, and K. Burns H. M. Caffey R. L. Cadwell S. D. Garrity C. D. Getter C. Gonzales H. M. Guzman K. W. Kaufmann B. D. Keller A. H. Knap S. C. Levings J. J. Marshall R. Steger R. C. Thompson and E. Weil. V. Batista. 1989. Effects of a major oil spill on Panamanian coastal marine communities. Science 243: 37-44.
  2289. Jackson, J. B. C., J. E. Winston, and A. G. Coates. 1985. Niche breadth, geographic range and extinction of Caribbean reef-associated Cheilostome bryozoa and Scleractinia. 5th Int. Coral Reef Congr., 151-58. abstract
  2290. Jaecks, Glenn Seward. 1994. "The ecological effects of the Oligocene-Miocene Caribbean coral extinction; stratigraphy, taphonomy, and paleoecology of three Oligocene reefs and one Miocene reef in Puerto Rico." Master's, University of Colorado. abstract
  2291. Jain, A., and R. Dubes. 1989. Algorithms for clustering data. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
  2292. James, F. C., and C. E. McCulloch. 1990. Multivariate analysis in ecology and systematics: Panacea or pandora's box? Annu. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 21: 129-66.
  2293. James, Noel P. 1977. The deep and the past. Proc. Third International Coral Reef Symp., xxv-xxvii. abstract
  2294. James, Noel P. 1974. Diagenesis of scleractinian corals in the subaerial vadose environment. Journal of Paleontology 48: 785-99.
  2295. ---. 1979. Facies models. Introduction to carbonate facies models. Facies Models.R. G. Walker, 105-7. Geoscience Canada Reprint Series 1. Toronto: Geological Association of Canada.
  2296. ---. 1979. Facies Models: reefs. Facies Models.R. G. Walker, 121-43. Toronto, Canada: Geological Association of Canada. abstract - figure
  2297. ---. 1979. Facies models. Shallowing-upward sequences in carbonates. Facies Models. R. G. Walker. Toronto, Canada: Geological Association of Canada.
  2298. ---. 1972. Holocene and Pleistocene calcareous crust (caliche) profiles: criteria for subaerial exposure. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 42: 817-36.
  2299. ---. 1983. Reef environment. Carbonate Depositional Environments. AAPG Memoir 33. Peter A. Scholle, Don G. Bebout, and Clyde H. Moore, 346-462. Tulsa, Okla.: American Association Petroleum Geologists.
  2300. James, Noel P., Yvonne Bone, C. C. von der Borch, and V. A. Gostin. 1992. Modern carbonate and terrigenous clastic sediments on a cool water, high energy, mid-latitude shelf: Lacepede, southern Australia. Sedimentology 39: 877-903.
  2301. James, Noel P., and P. A. Bourque. 1992. Reefs and mounds. Facies Models: Response to Sea Level Change.R. G. Walker, and N. P. James, 323-47. St. John's, Newfoundland: Geological Association of Canada.
  2302. James, Noel P., and Phillip. W. Choquette. 1983. Diagenesis 5. Limestones: Introduction. Geoscience Canada 10: 159-61.
  2303. James, Noel P., and Phillip W. Choquette. 1984. Diagenesis 9. Limestones - the meteoric diagenetic environment. Geoscience Canada 11: 161-94.
  2304. James, Noel P., Lindsay B. Collins, Yvonne Bone, and Pamela Hallock. 1999. Subtropical carbonates in a temperate realm: modern sediments on the southwest Australian shelf. Jour. Sedimentary Research 69: 1297-321. abstract - figure
  2305. James, Noel P., and Robert N. Ginsburg. 1979. Comparative anatomy, organism distribution and Late Quaternary evolution of modern reef margins. The Seaward Margin of Belize Barrier and Atoll Reefs. Spec. Publ. 3.Noel P. James, and Robert N. Ginsburg, 153-71. London: International Assoc. of Sedimentologists. abstract
  2306. ---. 1979. The morphology, sediments and organisms of the deep barrier reef and fore-reef. The Seaward Margin of Belize Barrier and Atoll Reefs. Spec. Publ. 3.Noel P. James, and Robert N. Ginsburg, 25-64. London: International Assoc. of Sedimentologists. abstract
  2307. ---. 1979. The seaward margin of Belize barrier and atoll reefs. 191. Oxford: International Association of Sedimentologists Special Pubication No. 3.
  2308. James, Noel P., Robert N. Ginsburg, Donald S. Marszalek, and Philip Choquette. 1976. Facies and fabric specificity of early subsea cements in shallow Belize (British Honduras) reefs. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 46: 523-44. abstract - figure
  2309. James, Noel P., and Ian G. Macintyre. 1985. Carbonate depositional environments, modern and ancient. Part 1 - Reefs: Zonation, depositional facies, diagenesis. Colorado School of Mines Quarterly 80: 1-70. abstract
  2310. James, Noel P., and E. W. Mountjoy. 1983. Shelf-slope break in fossil carbonate platforms: an overview. The Shelf-break: Critical Interface on Continental Margins.D. J. Stanley, and G. T. Moore, 189-206. Tulsa, OK: SEPM Special Publication No. 33.
  2311. Jameson, S. C., M. V. Erdman, G. R. Gibson Jr., and K. W. Potts. 1999. Coral reef bioindicators: where are we and where do we go from here? International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration. abstract
  2312. Jameson, S. C., M. Erdmann, and et al. 1998. Development of biological criteria for coral reef ecosystem assessment. Atoll Research Bulletin.
  2313. Jameson, S. C., M. V. Erdmann, and K. W. Potts. 2000. Classifying coral reefs for diagnostic monitoring. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  2314. Jameson, S. C., R. M. Huber, and M. Miller. 1999. Restoration of a valuable coral reef ecosystem: ReefFix Montego Bay, Jamaica. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  2315. Jameson, S. C., J. W. McManus, and M. D. Spalding. 1995. "State of the Reefs: Regional and Global Perspectives." International Coral Reef Initiative, US Department of State, Washington, DC. abstract
  2316. Jardine, D., D. P. Andrews, J. W. Wishart, and J. W. Young. 1977. Distribution and continuity of carbonate reservoirs. Journal of Petroleum Technology 29: 873-85.
  2317. Jardine, D., and J. W. Wilshart. 1987. Carbonate reservoir description. Reservoir Sedimentology.R. W. Tillman, and K. J. Weber, 129-52. Tulsa, OK: SEPM Special Publication No. 40.
  2318. Jarosewich, E., and Ian G. Macintyre. 1983. Carbonate reference samples for electron microprobe and scanning electron microscope analyses. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 53: 677-78.
  2319. Jaubert, J., and et. al. 1992. Productivity and calcification in a coral reef mesocosm. Proc 7th Int Coral Reef Sym, 363.
  2320. Jee, Jonathan Lucas. 1993. "Seismic stratigraphy of the western Florida carbonate platform and history of Eocene strata." Doctoral, University of Florida.
  2321. Jeffrey, S. W., and G. F. Humphrey. 1975. New spectrophotometric equations for determining chlorophylls a, b, c1 and c2 in higher plants, algae and natural phytoplankton. Biochem. Physiol. Pflanzen 167: 191-94.
  2322. Jeffrey, S. W., Margarete Sielicki, and F. T. Haxo. 1975. Chloroplast pigment patterns in dinoflagellates. J Phycol 11: 374-84.
  2323. Jenkyns, H. C. 1970. Growth and disintegration of a carbonate platform. Neues Jahrbuch Für Geologie Und Paläontologie, Monatshefte 1970, no. 6: 325-44.
  2324. Jensen, J. R. 1996. Introductory digital image processing: a remote sensing perspective, 2nd ed. Geographic Information Science, ed. K. C. Clarke. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.
  2325. Jensen, J. R., K. Rutchey, M. S. Koch, and S. Narumalani. 1995. Inland wetland change detection in the Everglades water conservation area 2A using a time-series of normalized remotely sensed data. Photogrammetric Engineering and Remote Sensing 61, no. 2: 199-209.
  2326. Jerlov, N. G. 1976. Marine optics. Amsterdam: Elsevier Scientific Publishing Company.
  2327. Jimenez, C. E. 1996. Corals and coral reefs of Culebra Bay, Pacific coast of Costa Rica: anarchy in the reef. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 239-334.
  2328. Jindal, A., K. B. Ritchie, R. L. Hayes, T. J. Goreau, and G. W. Smith. 1995. Bacterial Ecology of Selected Corals Following the 1994 South Central Pacific Bleaching Event. 27th Meeting Assoc. Mar. Labs Caribbean. abstract
  2329. Jindrich, Vladimir. 1969. Recent carbonate sedimentation by tidal channels in the Lower Florida Keys. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 39: 531-53. abstract
  2330. Jindrich, Vladimir. 1969. Recent carbonate sedimentation by tidal channels in the Lower Florida Keys. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 39: 531-53. abstract
  2331. Johannes, R. E. 1978. Flux of zooplankton and benthic algal detritus. Coral Reefs: Research Methods. Eds. D. R. Stoddard, and R. E. Johannes, 429-32. Paris: UNESCO.
  2332. ---. 1970. Method for determination of coral tissue biomass and composition. Limnol. & Ocean. 15, no. 5: 822-24.
  2333. Johannes, R. E., and et. al. 1972. The metabolism of some coral reef communities: a team study of nutrient and energy flux at Eniwetok. BioScience 22: 541-43.
  2334. Johannessen, J. A., L. P. Roed, O. M. Johannessen, G. Evensen, B. Hackett, L. H. Pettersson, P. M. Haugan, S. Sandven, and R. Schuman. 1993. Monitoring and modeling of the marine coastal environment. Photogrammetric Engineering and Remote Sensing 59, no. 3: 351-61.
  2335. Johns, H. D., and Clyde H. Moore. 1988. Reef to basin sediment transport using Halimeda as a sediment tracer, Grand Cayman Island, West Indies. Coral Reefs 6: 187-93. abstract - figure
  2336. Johnson, A. S., and K. P. Sebens. 1993. Consequences of a flattened morphology: effects of flow on feeding rates of the scleractinian coral Meandrina meandrites. Mar Ecol Prog Ser 99: 99-114.
  2338. Johnson, C. R., D. Klumpp, J. Field, and R. Bradbury. 1995. Carbon flux on coral reefs: Effects of large shifts in community structure. Mar Ecol Prog Ser 126: 123-43.
  2339. Johnson, C. R., and A. L. Preece. 1992. Damage, scale and recovery in model coral communities: The importance of system state. Proceedings of the Seventh International Coral Reef Symposium, 606-15.
  2340. Johnson, D. B., D. K. Bass, and et al. 1988. Outbreaks of the crown-of-thorns starfish (Acanthaster planci) on the Great Barrier Reef: results of surveys 1986 - 1988. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 165-69.
  2341. Johnson, D. B., P. J. Moran, and et al. 1990. Evaluation of crown-of-thorns starfish (Acanthaster planci) control program at Grub Reef (central Great Barrier Reef). Coral Reefs 9, no. 3: 167-71.
  2342. Johnson, David P. 1986. Inner-shelf fringing reefs. Oceanus 29: 4-5. abstract
  2343. Johnson, David P., C. Cuff, and E. Rhodes. 1984. Holocene reef sequences and geochemistry, Britomart Reef, central Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Sedimentology 31: 515-29. abstract
  2344. Johnson, David P., and M. J. Risk. 1987. Fringing reef growth on a terrigenous mud foundation, Fantome Island, central Great Barrier reef, Australia. Sedimentology 34: 275-87. abstract - figure
  2345. Johnson, David P., and D. E. Searle. 1984. Post-glacial seismic stratigraphy, central Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Sedimentology 31: 335-52. abstract
  2346. Johnson, J. H. 1961. Limestone-building algae and algal limestones. 297. Golden, CO: Colorado School of Mines.
  2347. Johnson, Kenneth G. 1988. Size, meander pattern, and behavior in the Caribbean free-living meandroid coral Manicina areolata (Linneaus). Proc. 6th International Coral Reef Symp., 403-7. abstract
  2348. Johnson, Kenneth G. 1992. Population dynamics of a free-living coral: recruitment, growth and survivorship of Manicina areolata (Linnaeus) on the Caribbean coast of Panama. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology & Ecology 164: 171-91.
  2349. Johnson, Kenneth G. 1999. Middle Miocene recovery of reef-coral diversity but not reef building after the Caribbean Oligocene/Miocene transition. Geological Society of America, 1999 annual meeting.
  2350. Johnson, Kenneth G., and Ann F. Budd. 1995. Quantitative morphology of Neogene free-living corals (Scleractinia) from Florida and the Dominican Republic. Proceedings of the Second European regional meeting; Coral reefs in the past, present and future, Eds. Bernard Lathuiliere, and Joern Geister, 268 Service Geologique du Luxembourg, Luxembourg, Luxembourg.
  2351. Johnson, M., and Cumming. R. 1995. Genetic distinctness of three widespread and morphologically variable species of Drupella (Gastropoda, Muricidae). Coral Reefs 14, no. 2: 71-?
  2352. Johnston, C. A., and J. Bonde. 1989. Quantitative analysis of ecotones using a geographic information system. Photo. Eng. Remote Sensing 55, no. 11: 1643-47.
  2353. Johnston, C. A., J. Pastor, and G. Pinay. 1992. Quantitative methods for studying landscape boundaries. A. J. Hansen, and F. di Castri, 107-24. Vol. 92. New-York: Springer-Verlag.
  2354. Johnston, Ian S. 1977. Aspects of the structure of a skeletal organic matrix, and the process of skeletogenesis in the reef coral, Pocillopora damicornis. Proc 3rd Int Coral Reef Sym , 447-53.
  2355. Jokiel, Paul L. 1978. Effects of water motion on reef corals. Jour. of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 35: 87-97.
  2356. ---. 1988. Is photoadaptation a cricital process in the development, function and maintenance of reef communities? 6th International Coral Reef Symp., 187-91.
  2357. ---. 1990. Long-distance dispersal by rafting: reemergence of an old hypothesis. Endeavour 14, no. 2: 66-73.
  2358. ---. 1980. Solar ultraviolet radiation and coral reef epifauna. Science 207: 1069-71. abstract
  2359. Jokiel, Paul L. 1985. Lunar periodicity of planula release in the reef coral Pocillopora damicornis in relation to various environmental factors. Proc. Fifth International Coral Reef Congress, 307-12. abstract
  2360. ---. 1990. Transport of reef corals into the Great Barrier Reef. Nature (London) 347 , no. 6294: 665-67.
  2361. Jokiel, Paul L., and S. L. Coles. 1990. Response of Hawaiian and other Indo-Pacific reef corals to elevated temperature. Coral Reefs 8: 155-62. abstract
  2362. Jokiel, Paul L., and J. I. Morrissey. 1993. Water motion on coral reefs: evaluation of the "clod card" technique. Mar Ecol Prog Ser 93: 175.
  2363. Jokiel, Paul L., B. Tissot, J. Pye, and E. F. Cox. 1999. The Hawaii coral reef assessment and monitoring program (CRAMP). International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  2364. Jokiel, Paul L., and Richard H. York Jr. 1982. Solar ultraviolet photobiology of the reef coral Pocillopora damicornis and symbiotic zooxanthellae. Bulletin of Marine Science 32: 301-15.
  2365. Jokiel, Paul L., and Richard H. York Jr. 1984. Importance of ultraviolet radiation in photoinhibition of microalgal growth. Limnol Oceanogr 29: 192-99.
  2366. Jones, A. T. 1995. Geochronology of drowned Hawaiian coral reefs. Marine Geology 99: 233-42.
  2367. Jones, B. J. 1988. A Field Guide to the Geology of the Cayman Islands. 75. Edmonton, Canada: University of Alberta.
  2368. Jones, B. J., and A. Desrochers. 1992. Shallow platform carbonates. Facies Models: Response to Sea Level Change.R. G. Walker, and N. P. James, 277-301. St. John's, Newfoundland: Geological Association of Canada.
  2369. Jones, B. J., and I. G. Hunter. 1990. Pleistocene paleogeography and sea level on the Cayman Islands, British West Indies. Coral Reefs 9: 81-91.
  2370. Jones, B. J., and K.-C Ng. 1988. Anatomy and diagenesis of a Pleistocene carbonate breccia formed by the collapse of a seacliff, Cayman Brac, British West Indies. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology 36: 9-24.
  2371. Jones, J. A. 1977. Morphology and development of southeastern Florida patch reefs. Proceedings of the Third International Coral Reef Symposium D. L. Taylor, 231-35. Miami, FL: University of Miami, Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science. abstract
  2372. Jones, O. A. 1977. The Great Barrier Reef province, Australia. Biology and Geology of Coral Reefs.O. A. Jones, and others, 206-29. New York: Academic Press.
  2373. Jones, R. J. 1997. Changes in zooxanthellar densities and chlorophyll concentrations in corals during and after a bleaching event. Marine Ecology Progress Series 158: 51-59.
  2374. ---. 1997. Zooxanthellae loss as a bioassay for assessing stress in corals. Marine Ecology Progress Series 149: 163-71.
  2375. Jones, R. J., R. Berkelmans, and J. K. Oliver. 1997. Recurrent bleaching of corals at Magnetic Island (Australia) relative to air and seawater temperature. Marine Ecology Progress Series 158: 289-92.
  2376. Jones, R.J. and Ove Hoegh-Guldberg. 2000. Dark metabolic dysfunction: tracing the origins of stress in reef-building corals and their symbionts. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  2377. Jones, R. J., and A. L. Steven. 1997. Effects of cyanide on corals in relation to cyanide fishing on reefs. Marine and Freshwater Research 48: 517-22.
  2378. Jones, R. W. 1984. Comparison of carbonate and shale source rocks. Petroleum Geochemistry and Source Rock Potential of Carbonate Rocks.J. G. Palacas, 163-80. Tulsa, OK: American Association of Petroleum Geologists Studies in Geology No. 18.
  2379. Jordan, Clif, editor. 1978. Sedimentary processes: Carbonate Sedimentology. 235 p . Tulsa, Oklahoma: Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists.
  2380. Jordan-Dahlgren, Eric. 1996. A Caribbean coral reef community of the Pleistocene. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 1681-86.
  2381. ---. 1989. Effect of the substrate morphology on the development of the coraline community. AN. INST. CIENC. MAR. LIMNOL. UNIV. NAC. AUTON. MEX. 16, no. 1: 105-18.
  2382. ---. 1992. Recolonization patterns of Acropora palmata in a marginal environment. Bull. Marine Science 51, no. 1: 104-17. abstract
  2383. Jordan-Dahlgren, Eric, Martin Merino, Oscar Moreno, and Eduardo Martin. 1981. Community structure of coral reefs in the Mexican Caribbean. Proceedings of the Fourth International Coral Reef Symposium, 303-8. abstract
  2384. Jordan, G. F. 1952. Reef formation in the Gulf of Mexico off Applachiacola Bay, Florida. Bull. Geological Society of America 63: 741-44.
  2385. Jordan Jr., C. F. 1973. Carbonate facies and sedimentation of patch reefs off Bermuda. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 57: 42-54.
  2386. Jorgensen, P. V., and K. Edelvang. 2000. CASI data utilized for mapping suspended matter concentrations in sediment plumes and verification of 2-D hydrodynamic modelling. Int. J. Remote Sensing 21, no. 11: 2247-58.
  2387. Joyce, K. E. 2000. "Hyperspectral techniques for analysis of coral reefs processes and dynamics." University of Queensland.
  2388. Joyce, K. E., and S. R. Phinn. 2000. Coral reefs: hyperspectral and multiple view angle approaches for assessment of coral structure and dynamics.
  2389. Juilllet-LeClerc, A., and et. al. 1997. Seasonal variation of primary productivity and skeletal ä13C and ä18O in the zooxanthellate coral Acropora formosa. Mar Ecol Prog Ser 137: 109-17.
  2390. Jupp, D. B. L. 1986. "The application and potential of remote sensing in the great Barrier Reef region." GBRMPA, Townsville.
  2391. Jupp, D. L. B. 1988. Background and extensions to depth of penetration (DOP) mapping in shallow coastal waters. Session 4, paper 2.
  2392. Jupp, D. L. B., J. T. O. Kirk, and G. P. Harris. 1994. Detection, identification and mapping of cyanobacteria - using remote sensing to measure the optical quality of turbid inland waters. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 45: 801-28.
  2393. Jupp, D. L. B., K. K. Mayo, D. A. Kuchler, S. J. Heggen, S. W. Kendall, B. M. Radke, and T. Ayling. 1985. "LANDSAT based interpretation of the CAIRNS section of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park." 4. CSIRO.
  2394. Jupp, D. L. B., KK Mayo, D. A. Kuchler, D. VanClaasen, R. A. Kenchington, and P. R. Guerin. 1985. Remote sensing for planning and managing the Great Barrier Reef of Australia. Photogrammetria 40: 21-42.
  2395. Jupp, D. L. B., A. H. Strahler, and C. E. Woodcock. 1988. Auto-correlation and regularization in digital images I. Basic theory. IEEE Trans. Geosciences Remote Sensing 26, no. 4: 463-73.
  2396. Jupp, D. L. B., A. H. Strahler, and C. E. Woodcock. 1988. Auto-correlation and regularization in digital images II. Simple image models. IEEE Trans. Geosciences Remote Sensing 27, no. 3: 247-58.
    return to list
  2397. Kajiwara, K., A. Nagai, S. Ueno, and H. Yokochi. 1994. Measurement of the calcification of the scleractinian coral Acropora pulchra and examination of the effects of coral shapes on its calcification . Bull. Inst. Oceanic Res. & Develop., Tokai Univ. 15: 27-37.
  2398. Kaly, U. L., and G. P. Jones. 1996. Minimum sampling design for assessing the magnitude and scale of ecological impacts on coral reefs. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 1479-84.
  2399. Kan, J., Y. Nakashima, and D. Hopley. 1996. Coral succession and reef development, Hayman Island, the Great Barrier Reef. ---: 1-6.
  2400. Kane, L. 1999. Mona Island coral reef restoration. International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  2401. Kanellopoulos, I., G. G. Wilkinson, and J. Mégier. 1991. "Segmentation of remotely-sensed images using best-merge region growing and spectral-spatial clustering with spatial context rules." I.91.119. ISPRA Joint Research Centre.
  2402. Kanmera, K., and H Nishi. 1983. Accreted oceanic reef complex in southwest Japan. Accretion Tectonics in the Circum-Pacific Regions.M. Hashimoto, and S. Uyeda, 195-206. Tokyo: Terra Scientific Publishing Co.
  2403. Kaplan, Eugene H. 1982. A Field Guide to Coral Reefs of the Caribbean and Florida. Boston, Massachusetts: Houghton Mifflin Company.
  2404. Karlson, R. H. 1980. Alternative competitive strategies in a periodically disturbed habitat. Bull Mar Sci 30: 894-900.
  2405. Karlson, R. H. 1981. Reproductive patterns in Zoanthus spp. from Discovery Bay, Jamaica. Proc 4th Int Coral Reef Sym, 700-704.
  2406. Karlson, R. H. 1991. Fission and the dynamics of genets and ramets in clonal cnidarian populations. Hydrobiology 216/217: 235-40.
  2407. ---. 1988. Size-dependent growth in two zoanthid species: A contrast in clonal strategies. Ecology 69, no. 4: 1219-32.
  2408. Kassem, K., M. Toscano, G. Llewellyn, and K. Casey. 2002. Where Do Coral Reefs Feel the Heat ? A Global Analysis of HotSpot Frequencies and the Consequences for Tropical Marine Biodiversity Conservation Planning. 2002 Ocean Sciences Meeting
  2409. Kauffman, E. G. 1978. The evolution and ecology of Caribbean Mesozoic reefs. Geologie En Mijnbouw 57: 377-78.
  2410. Kauffman, E. G., and C. C. Johnson. 1996. Ecological evolution of Jurassic - Cretaceous Caribbean reefs. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 1669-76.
  2411. Kaufman, Les. 1977. The three spot damselfish: effects on benthic biota of Caribbean coral reefs. Proc. 3rd International Coral Reef Symp., 559-64. abstract - figure
  2412. Kawaguti, S. 1969. Effect of the green fluorescent pigment on the productivity of the reef corals. Micronesica 5: 313.
  2413. Kawata, Y., S. Ueno, and T. Kusaka. 1988. Radiometric correction for atmospheric and topographic effects on LANDAT MSS images. Int. J. Remote Sensing 9, no. 4: 729-48.
  2414. Kayanne, Hajime. 1991. Coral reefs as eco-factories for fixing CO2. Proc. IEA International Conference on Technology Responses to Global Environmental Challenges, 455-60. abstract - figure
  2415. ---. 1991. Global warming and coral reefs. Chishitsu News 9, no. 445: 43-49.
  2416. ---. 1991. Holocene sea-level change and coral reefs. Chigaku Zasshi = Journal of Geography, Japan 100 , no. 6: 1019-26.
  2417. Kayanne, Hajime. 1993. CO2 fixation by coral reefs. Chishitsu News, Japan 1993, no. 5: 19-25.
  2418. ---. 1994. Response of coral reefs to future global changes; prediction based on Holocene records. International symposium on Quaternary environmental changes in the Pacific region, 861-66.
  2419. Kayanne, Hajime, and et. al. 1995. Diurnal changes in the partial pressure of carbon dioxide in coral reef water. Science 269: 214-17.
  2420. Kayanne, Hajime, and Shigetoh Miyachi. 1991. The role of calcifying organisms in the global CO2 cycle. Biofutur: 76-78. abstract
  2421. Kayanne, Hajime, and R. H. Randall. 1992. Holocene barrier reef development and sea level change on Palau Islands. 29th International Geological Congress, abstr.
  2422. Kayanne, Hajime, Atsushi Suzuki, and Hiroshi Saito. 1995. Diurnal changes in the partial pressure of carbon dioxide in coral reef water. Science 269, no. 5221: 214-16.
  2423. Keesing, J. K., R. H. Bradbury, L. M. DeVantier, M. J. Riddle, and G. De'ath. 1992. Geological evidence for recurring outbreaks of the crown-of-thorns starfish; a reassessment from an ecological perspective. Coral Reefs 11, no. 2: 79-85.
  2424. Keheila, E., H. Khalifa, and A. El-Haddad. 1989. Holocene carbonate facies model, Ras Shukhier hypersaline pool and its surrounding sabkha, west Gulf of Suez, Egypt. Sedimentary Geology 63: 155-69.
  2425. Keith, M. L., and J. N. Weber. 1965. Vital effects on the carbonate isotopic composition of reef communities. Stable Isotopes in Oceanographic Studies and Paleotemperatures.E. Tongiorgi, 267-83. Pisa, Italy: Consiglio Nazionale delle Richerche, Laboratorio di Geologica Nucleare, Proc. Conf. Spoleto, Italy.
  2426. Kelleher, G. G. 1981. Research needs for coral reef management planning. Proceedings of the Fourth International Coral Reef Symposium, 231-36. abstract
  2427. Keller, M., and C. Bostater. 1997. Measuring high spectral resolution specific absorption coefficients for use with hyperspectral imagery. 197-202.
  2428. Kelletat, D. 1989. The question of "zonality" in coastal geomorphology -- with tentative application along the East Coast of the USA. J. COAST. RES. 5, no. 2: 329-44. abstract
  2429. Kelman, Dovi, and et. al. 1998. Antimicrobial activity of a Red Sea soft coral, Paraerythrpodium fulvum fulvum: reproductive and developmental considerations. Mar Ecol Prog Ser 169: 87-95.
  2430. Kench, P. S. 1996. Currents of removal analysis of carbonate sediments. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 503-8.
  2431. Kenchington, R. A. 1978. Visual surveys of large areas of coral reefs. Coral Reefs: Research Methods. Eds. D. R. Stoddard, and R. E. Johannes, 149-62. Paris: UNESCO.
  2432. Kenchington, R. A. 1984. "Large area surveys of coral reefs." Comparing Coral Reef Survey Methods, Unesco, Paris, France. abstract
  2433. Kendall, C. G. St. C., and W. Schlager. 1981. Carbonates and relative changes in sea level. Marine Geology 44: 181-212.
  2434. Kendall, C. G. St. C., and P. A. d. E. Skipwith. 1969. Geomorphology of a Recent shallow water carbonate province; Khor al Bazam, Trucial Coast, southwest Persian Gulf. Geological Society of America Bulletin 80: 865-92.
  2435. ---. 1969. Holocene shallow-water carbonate and evaporite sediments of Khor al Bazam, Abu Dhabi, southwest Persian Gulf. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 53: 841-69.
  2436. Kendall, C. G. St. C., and Patrick A. Skipwith. 1968. Recent algal mats of a Persian Gulf lagoon. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 38, no. 4: 1040-1058. abstract
  2437. Kendall Jr., J. J., E. N. Powell, S. J. Connor, and T. J. Bright. 1983. The effects of drilling fluids (muds) and turbidity on the growth and metabolic state of the coral Acropora cervicornis, with comments on methods of normalization for coral data. Bull. Marine Science 33, no. 2: 336-52. abstract - figure
  2438. Kendall Jr, J. J., E. N. Powell, S. J. Connor, T. J. Bright, and C. E. Zastrow. 1984. The importance of monitoring metabolic recovery in the coral Acropora cervicornis after short-term exposure to drilling muds: Calcification rate and protein concentration. Coral Reefs 2: 215-25.
  2439. Kennedy, C. J., N. J. Gassman, and P. J. Walsh. 1992. The fate of benzo(a)pyrene in the scleractinian corals Favia fragum and Montastrea annularis. MAR. BIOL. 113, no. 2: 313-18. abstract
  2440. Kenter, Jeroen A. M. 1990. Carbonate platform flanks: slope angle and sediment fabric. Sedimentology 37: 777-94.
  2441. Keough, M. J., and A. J. Butler. 1983. Temporal changes in species number in an assemblage of sessile marine invertebrates. Journal of Biogeography 10: 317-30.
  2442. Keough, M. J., and Peter T. Raimondi. 1995. Responses of settling invertebrate larvae to bioorganic films: effects of different types of films. J Exp Mar Biol Ecol 185: 235-53.
  2443. Kerr, Alexander M. 2000. conceptual challenges of hurricane ecology. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  2444. Kerr, Richard A. 1990. From one coral many findings blossom. Science 248, no. 4961: 1314.
  2445. ---. 1990. Marking the ice ages in coral instead of mud. Science 248, no. 4951: 31-33.
  2446. Kershaw, A. P. 1986. Climatic change and Aboriginal burning in north-east Australia during the last two glacial/interglacial cycles. Nature 322: 47-49.
  2447. Kershaw, S. 1988. Stromatoporoids: a beginner's guide. Geology Today 4, no. 6: 202-6.
  2448. Ketcher, K., and W. D. Allmon. 1993. Environment and mode of deposition of a Pliocene coral bed: coral thickets and storms in the fossil record. Palaios 8: 3-17.
  2449. Ketchum, J. T., and H. Reyes Bonilla. 1996. Biogeography of hermatypic corals of the Archipelago Revillagigedo, Mexico. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 471-76.
  2450. Khan, M. A., Y. H. Fadlallah, and K. G. Al-Hinai. 1992. Thematic mapping of subtidal coastal habitats in the western Arabian Gulf using Landsat TM data- Abu Ali Bay, Saudi Arabia. Int. J. Remote Sensing 13, no. 4: 605-14.
  2451. Kiefer , D. A., and R. W. Austin. 1974. The effect of varying phytoplankton concentration on submarine light transmission in the Gulf of California. Limnology and Oceanography 19, no. 1: 55-64.
  2452. Kiefer, D. A., and J. B. SooHoo. 1982. Spectral absorption by marine particles of coastal waters of Baja California. Limnology and Oceanography 27, no. 3: 492-99.
  2453. Kiene, William E. 1996. Enriched nutrients and their impact on bioerosion: results from ENCORE. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp , 897-902.
  2454. ---. 1988. A model of bioerosion on the Great Barrier Reef. Proc. 6th International Coral Reef Symp.Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  2455. Kiene, William E., and P. A. Hutchings. 1994. Bioerosion experiments at Lizard Island, Great Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs 13: 91-98.
  2456. Kier, J. S., and O. H. Pilkey. 1971. The influence of sea level changes on sediment carbonate mineralogy, Tongue of the Ocean, Bahamas. Marine Geology 11: 189-200. abstract
  2457. Kikuchi, R. K. P., and Leao Z. M. A. N. 1996. Rocas (southwestern equatorial Atlantic, Brazil): an atoll built primarily by coralline algae. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Symp, 731-36.
  2458. Kikuchi, R. K. P., and Z. M. A. N Leão. 2000. Boundary conditions for coral reef development in turbid waters in Brazil. 9th International Coral Reef Symposium. abstract
  2459. Kikuchi, T. 1987. Some aspects of the ecological niche and interspecific relationships in marine benthic communities. Physiology & Ecology Japan 24: S29-S55.
  2460. Kim , J. H., and R. E. De Wreede. 1996. Effects of size and season of disturbance on algal patch recovery in a rocky intertidal community. Marine Ecology Progress Series 133: 217-28.
  2461. Kindinger, Jack L., Ronald J. Miller, and Charles W. Holmes. 1983. Sedimentology of southwestern Roads region, U.S. Virgin Islands -- origin and rate of sediment accumulation. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 53, no. 2: 439-47. abstract
  2462. King, A. W. 1990. Translatting models across scales in the landscape. M. G. Turner, and R. H. Gardner, 479-517. Vol. 82. New-York: Springer-Verlag.
  2463. Kingsley, Roni J., and Normitsu Watabe. 1987. Role of carbonic anhydrase in calcification in the gorgonian Leptogorgia virgulata. J Exp Zool 241: 171-80.
  2464. Kinne, Otto. 1980. Diseases of Marine Animals. Vol. 1: General Aspects, Protozoa to Gastropoda. John Wiley and Sons.
  2465. Kinsey, Donald W. 1977. Seasonality and zonation in coral reef production and calcification. Proc. Third International Coral Reef Symp., 383-88. abstract
  2466. ---. 1978. Productivity and calcification estimates using slack-water periods and field enclosures. Coral Reefs: Research Methods. Eds. D. R. Stoddard, and R. E. Johannes, 439-84. Paris: UNESCO.
  2467. Kinsey, Donald W. 1978. Alkalinity change and coral reef calcification. Limnol Oceanogr 23: 989-91.
  2468. Kinsey, Donald W. 1981. The Pacific/Atlantic reef growth controversy. 4th Int. Coral Reef Congr., 493-97. abstract
  2469. Kinsey, Donald W. 1987. Coral reef system response to some natural and anthropogenic stresses. Regional Research Workshop and International Symp. Conservation and Management of Coral Reef and Mangrove Ecosystems, abstr. abstract
  2470. Kinsey, Donald W. 1991. Can we resolve the nutrient issue for the reef. Search 22: 119-21.
  2471. Kinsey, Donald W. 1991. The coral reef: an owner-built, high-density, fully-serviced, self-sufficient housing estate in the desert _ or is it? Symbiosis 10: 1-22.
  2472. Kinsey, Donald W., and Peter J. Davies. 1979. Effects of elevated nitrogen and phosphorous on coral reef growth. Limnol Oceanogr 24: 935-40.
  2473. Kinsey, Donald W., and David Hopley. 1991. The significance of coral reefs as global carbon sinks; response to greenhouse. Global and Planetary Change 3, no. 4: 363-77.
  2474. Kinsman, D. J. J. 1964. The Recent carbonate sediments near Halat el Bahrani, Trucial Coast, Persian Gulf. Deltaic and Shallow Marine Deposits.L. M. J. U. van Straaten, 189-92. Developments in Sedimentology No. 1. Amsterdam: Elsevier. abstract
  2475. ---. 1964. Reef coral tolerance of high temperatures and salinities. Nature 202: 1280-1282.
  2476. Kinzie III, R. A. 1993. Effects of ambient levels of solar ultraviolet radiation on zooxanthellae and photosynthesis of the reef coral Montipora verrucosa. Marine Biology 116: 319-27.
  2477. ---. 1993. Spawning in the reef corals Pocillopora verrucosa and P. Eydouxi at Sesoko Island, Okinawa. Galaxea 11, no. 2: 93-106.
  2478. Kinzie III, R. A., and R. W. Buddemeier. 1996. Reefs happen. Global Change Biology 2: 479-94.
  2479. Kinzie III, R. A., and T. Hunter. 1987. Effect of light quality on photosysnthesis of the reef coral Montipora verrucosa. Marine Biology 94: 95-109.
  2480. Kinzie III, R. A., P. L Jokiel, and R. York. 1984. Effects of light of altered spectral composition on coral zooxanthellae associations and on zooxanthellae in vitro. Mar Biol 78: 239-48.
  2481. Kinzie III, R. A., and Teresa Sarmiento. 1986. Linear extension rate is independent of colony size in the coral Pocillopora damicornis. Coral Reefs 4: 177-81.
  2482. Kinzie III, R. A., and R. H. Snider. 1978. A simulation study of coral reef survey methods. Coral Reefs: Research Methods. Eds. D. R. Stoddard, and R. E. Johannes, 231-50. Paris: UNESCO.
  2483. Kirk, J. T. O. 1976. Yellow substance (gelbstoff) and its contribution to the attenuation of photosynthetically active radiation in some inland and coastal south-eastern Australian waters. Ast. Journal Mar. Freshwater Research 27: 61-71.
  2484. Kirk, J. T. O. 1979. Spectral distribution of photosynthetically active radiation in some south-eastern Australian waters. Aust. Journal Mar. Freshwater Research 30: 81-91.
  2485. Kirk, J. T. O. 1980. Relationship between nephelometric turbidity and scattering coefficients in certain Australian waters. Aust. Journal Mar. Freshwater Research 31: 1-12.
  2486. Kirk, J. T. O. 1981. Estimation of the scattering coefficient of natural waters using underwater irradiance measurements. Aust. Journal Mar. Freshwater Research 32: 533-39.
  2487. Kirk, J. T. O. 1989. The upwelling light stream in natural waters. Limnology & Oceanography 34, no. 8: 1410-1425.
  2488. Kirk, J. T. O. 1994. Characteristics of the light field in highly turbid waters: a Monte -Carlo study. Limnology & Oceanography 39, no. 3: 702-6.
  2489. Kirk, J. T. O. 1994. Light & Photosynthesis in Aquatic Ecosystems, 2nd ed. New York: Cambridge University Press.
  2490. Kirkland, B. L., and Clyde H. Jr. Moore. 1990. New evidence for the barrier reef model, Permian Capitan reef complex, New Mexico [abs.]. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 74: 696.
  2491. Kirtley, David W. 1967. Worm reefs as related to beach stabilization. Shore and Beach: 31-34. abstract
  2492. Kirtley, David W. 1992. Built to last. Worm reefs. A feat of natural engineering. Florida Oceanogr. Soc. 13: 12-19.
  2493. Kirtley, D. W., and W. F. Tanner. 1968. Sabellariid worms: builders of a major reef type. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 38: 73-78. abstract - figure - photograph - jm
  2494. Kitano, Hiroshi, Hiroshi Saito, Akihiro Mito, Nobuya Tamura, and Chiharu Takahashi. 1993. Methods for PCO2 measurement in coral reef. Chishitsu News, Japan 1993, no. 5: 48-51.
  2495. Kitano, Yasushi, Nobuko Kanamori, and Tamotsu Oomori. 1971. Measurements of distribution coefficients of strontium and barium between carbonate precipitate and solution - abnormally high values of distribution coefficients measured at early stages of carbonate formation. J Geochem 4: 183-206.
  2496. Kittredge, J. S., and et. al. 1974. Chemical signals in the sea: Marine allelochemicals and evolution. Fishery Bulletin 72, no. 1: 1-11.
  2497. Kjerfve, B., and S. P. Dinnel. 1983. Hindcast hurricane characteristics on the Belize Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs 1: 203-7. abstract
  2498. Klein, R., and Y. Loya. 1991. Skeletal growth and density patterns of two Porites corals from the Gulf of Eilat, Red Sea. Marine Ecology Progress Series 77: 253-59.
  2499. Klein, R., Y. Loya, and et al. 1990. Seasonal rainfall in the Sinai Desert during the late Quaternary inferred from fluorescent bands in fossil corals. Nature 345: 145-50.
  2500. Klein, R., J. Patzold, and et al. 1992. Seasonal variations in the stable isotopic composition and skeletal density pattern of the coral Porites lobata corals from the (Gulf of Eilat, Red Sea). Marine Biology 112: 259-63.
  2501. Klemas, V. 1980. Remote sensing of coastal fronts and their effects on oil dispersion. International Journal Remote Sensing 1, no. 1: 11-28.
  2502. Klemas, V., J. E. Dobson, R. L. Ferguson, and K. D. Haddad. 1993. A coastal land cover classification system for the NOAA coastwatch change analysis project. J. Coastal Res. 9, no. 3: 862-72.
  2503. Klemas, V., and W. D. Philpot. 1981. Drift and dispersion studies of ocean-dumped waste using LANDSAT imagery and current drogues. Photogrammetric Engineering and Remote Sensing 47, no. 4: 533-42.
  2504. Klement, K. W. 1967. Practical classification of reefs and banks, bioherms and biostromes. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 51: 167-68.
  2505. ---. 1966. Studies on the ecological distribution of lime-secreting and sediment-trapping algae in reefs and associated environments. Neues Jahrbuch Für Geologie Und Paläontologie, Abhandlungen 125: 363-81.
  2506. Kleppel, G. S., R. E. Dodge, and et al. 1989. Changes in pigmentation associated with the bleaching of stony corals. Limnology and Oceanography 34, no. 7: 1331-35. abstract
  2507. Kleypas, J. A. 1997. Modeled estimates of global reef habitat and carbonate production since the last glacial maximum. Paleoceanography 12, no. 4: 533-45.
  2508. Kleypas, J. A. 1996. Coral reef development under naturally turbid conditions: fringing reefs near Broad Sound, Australia. Coral Reefs 15: 153-67.
  2509. Kleypas, J. A., R. W. Buddemeier, and J.-P. Gattuso. 2001. Defining 'coral reef' for the age of global change. International Journal of Earth Sciences 90: 426-37.
  2510. Kleypas, J. A., and D.M. Burrage. 1994. Satellite-observations of circulation in the Southern Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Int. J. Remote Sensing 15, no. 10: 2051-63.
  2511. ---. 1991. Use of AVHRR data to assess environmental controls on reef development in the southern Great Barrier Reef. Proceedings of the Thematic Conference on Remote Sensing for Exploration GeologyRobert H. Rogers, 265 276Ann Arbor, MI.: Environ. Res. Inst. Mich.
  2512. Klumpp, D. W., D McKinnon, and et al. 1987. Damselfish territories: zones of high productivity on coral reefs. Marine Ecology Progress Series 40, no. 1-2: 41-51.
  2513. Klumpp, D. W., and N. V. C. Polunin. 1989. Partitioning among grazers of food resources within damselfish territories on a coral reef. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 125: 145-69.
  2514. Klumpp, D. W., and A. Pulfrich. 1989. Trophic significance of herbivorous macroinvertebrates on the central Great Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs 8, no. 3: 135-44.
  2515. Knap, A. H. 1987. Effects of chemically dispersed oil on the brain coral, Diploria strigosa. Marine Pollution Bulletin 18, no. 3: 122-24.
  2516. Knap, A. H., S. C. Wyers, and et al. 1985. The Effects of Chemically and Physically Dispersed Oil on the Brain Coral Diploria Strigosa (DANA). A Summary Review. 1985 Oil Spill Conference (Prevention, Behavior, Control, Cleanup).
  2517. Knauer, G. A., and J. H. Martin. 1981. Introduction. Trace Metals in Sea Water. Eds. C. S Boyle, and et. al. Oxford: Plenum Press.
  2518. Knight, D., E. Ledrew, and H. Holden. 1997. Mapping submerged corals in Fiji from remote sensing and in situ measurements: applications for integrated coastal management. Ocean and Coastal Management 34, no. 2: 153-70.
  2519. Knight, T. W., and D. W. Morris. 1996. How many habitats do landscapes contain? Ecology 77, no. 6: 1756-64.
  2520. Knowlton, Nancy. 1988. "Coral bleaching in Panama and considerations for the future." Mass bleaching of coral reefs in the Caribbean: a research strategy, J. Ogden, and R. Wicklund. U.S. Department of Commerce.
  2521. ---. 1992. Thresholds and multiple stable states in coral reef community dynamics. Amer. Zool. 32: 674-82.
  2522. ---. 1999. Who are the players on coral reefs and does it matter? International Conference on Scientific Aspects of Coral Reef Assessment, Monitoring, and Restoration, abstr. abstract
  2523. Knowlton, Nancy, and J. B. C. Jackson. 1994. New taxonomy and niche partitioning on coral reefs: Jack of all trades or master of some? TREE 9, no. 1: 7-9.
  2524. Knowlton, Nancy, and J. C. Lang. 1981. Evidence for delayed mortality in hurricane-damaged Jamaican staghorn corals. Nature 294: 251-52.
  2525. Knowlton, Nancy, J. C. Lang, and B. D. Keller. 1988. Fates of staghorn coral isolates on hurricane-damaged reefs in Jamaica: the role of predators. Proceedings of the Sixth International Coral Reef Symposium, 83-88. abstract
  2526. Knowlton, Nancy., Judith C. Lang, and B. D. Keller. 1990. Case study of natural population collapse: post-hurricane predation on Jamaican staghorn corals, Smiths, Contributions to Marine Science.
  2527. Knowlton, Nancy, Ernesto Weil, Lee A. Weight, and Hector M. Guzman. 1992. Sibling species in Monastraea annularis, coral bleaching, and the coral climate record. Science 255: 330-333. abstract - figure
  2528. Knutson, D. W., Buddemeier R.W., and S. V. Smith. 1972. Coral chronometers: seasonal growth bands in reef corals. Science 177: 270-272.
  2529. Kobluk, D. R. 1988. Cryptic faunas in reefs: ecology and geologic importance. Palaios 3: 379-90.
  2530. Kobluk, D. R., and K. H. Kim. 1991. A new microcomputer-assisted approach to the study of thin sections of carbonate rocks. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology 39: 252-59.
  2531. Kobluk, D. R., and M. Kozelj. 1985. Recognition of a relationship between depth and macroboring distribution in growth framework reef cavities, Bonaire, Netherlands Antilles. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology 33: 462-70.
  2532. Kobluk, D. R., and M. A. Lysenko. 1987. Impact of two sequential Pacific hurricanes on sub-rubble cryptic corals: the possible role of cryptic organisms in maintenance of coral reef communities. Journal of Paleontology 61: 663-75.
  2533. ---. 1986. Reef dwelling molluscs in open framework cavities, Bonaire N.A., and their potential for preservation in a fossil reef. Bulletin of Marine Science 39: 657-72.
  2534. ---. 1994. 'Ring' bleaching in southern Caribbean Agaricia agaricites during rapid water cooling. Bulletin of Marine Science 54: 142-50.
  2535. ---. 1992. Storm features on a southern Caribbean fringing coral reef. Palaios 7: 213-21. abstract
  2536. Kobluk, D. R., and M. J. Risk. 1977. Calcification of exposed filaments of endolithic algae, micrite envelope formation and sediment production. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 47: 517-28.
  2537. Kobluk, D. R., and M. J. Risk. 1977. Micritization and carbonate grain binding by endolithic algae. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin 61: 1069-82. abstract
  2538. Koehl, M. A. R. 1977. Water flow and the morphology of zoanthid colonies. Proc 3rd Int Coral Reef Sym, 437-44.
  2539. Koh, Esther G. L. 1997. Do scleractinian corals engage in chemical warfare against microbes? J Chem Ecol 23: 379-98.
  2540. Koh, Esther G. L. 1997. Secretion of bioactive compounds by a scleractinian coral. Proc 8th Int Coral Reef Sym, 1263-66.
  2541. Kojis, Barbara L. 1986. Sexual reproduction in Acropora (Isopora) (Coelenterata: Scleractinia). 2. Latitudinal variation in A. palifera from the Great Barrier Reef and Papua New Guinea. MAR. BIOL. 91, no. 3: 311-18. abstract
  2542. ---. 1986. Sexual reproduction in Acropora (Isopora) species (Coelenterata: Scleractinia) 1. A. cuneata and A. palifera on Heron Island reef, Great Barrier Reef. MAR. BIOL. 91, no. 3: 291-309. abstract
  2543. Kojis, Barbara L., and Norman J. Quinn. 1994. Biological limits to Caribbean reef recovery: A comparison with Western South Pacific reefs. Proceedings of the colloquium on global aspects of coral reefs, Ed. Robert N. Ginsburg, 353-59. abstract
  2544. Kolehmainen, S. "Siltation experiments on corals in situ." Puerto Mco Nuclear Center Annual Report: 77-80, 1974.
  2545. Kolehmainen, S., and J. Biaggi. 1975. "Ecological Status of a Puerto Rican coral reef." Rept to Dept Nat. Res., Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
  2546. Kolesar, P. T. 1978. Magnesium in calcite from a coralline alga. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 48: 815-20.
  2547. Komatsu, T., and H. Kawai . 1992. Measurements of time-averaged intensity of water motion with plaster balls. Journal of Oceanography 48: 353-65.
  2548. Komiyama, Hiroshi. 1993. Roles of coral reef ecosystems in mitigating global warming. Chishitsu News (Japan): 6-9. of the Second International Coral Reef SymposiumA. M. Cameron, and others, 595-613Brisbane, Australia: Great Barrier Reef Committee.
  2549. Konishi, K., A. Omura, and O. Nakamichi. 1974. Radiometric coral ages and sea level records from the late Quaternary reef complexes of the Ryukyu Islands. Proceedings of the Second International Coral Reef SymposiumA. M. Cameron, and others, 595-613Brisbane, Australia: Great Barrier Reef Committee.Koop, K., and A. W. D. Larkum. 1987. Deposition of organic material in a coral reef lagoon, One Tree Island, Great Barrier Reef. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 25: 1-9.
  2550. Koop, K., and A. W. D. Larkum. 1987. Deposition of organic material in a coral reef lagoon, One Tree Island, Great Barrier Reef. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 25: 1-9.
  2551. Kopelevich, O. V. 1982. The "yellow substance" in the ocean, according to optical data. Oceanology 22, no. 2: 152-56.
  2552. Kornicker, Louis S. 1959. Analysis of factors affecting quantitative estimates of organism abundance. Jour. Sedimentary Petrology 29: 596-601. abstract
  2553. Kornicker, Louis S., Bonet F., Ross Cann, and Charles M. Hoskin. 1959. Alacran Reef, Campeche Bank, Mexico. Instituet of Marine Sciences, Bull.: 1-22. abstract
  2554. Kornicker, Louis S., and Donald W. Boyd. 1962. Shallow water geology and environments of Alacran reef complex, Campeche Bank, Mexico. Bull. Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol. 46, no. 5: 640-673. abstract
  2555. Kornicker, Louis S., and William R. Bryant. 1969. Sedimentation on continental shelf of Guatemala and Honduras. ???, 244-57. Tulsa, Oklahoma: Am. Assoc. of Petroleum Geol., Memoir No. 11. abstract
  2556. Kornicker, Louis S., and E. G. Purdy. 1957. A Bahamian fecal-pellet sediment. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology 27: 126-28.
  2557. Korotky, A. M., N. G. Razjigaeva, T. A. Grebennikova, L. A. Ganzey, L. M. Mokhova, V. B. Bazarova, and L. D. Sulerzhitsky. 1995. Holocene marine terraces of Kunashiri Island, Kurile Islands. Daiyonki-Kenkyu = Quaternary Research 34: 359-75.
  2558. Korrubel, Jan L., and Bernhard Riegl. 1998. A new coral disease from the southern Arabian Gulf. Coral Reefs 17: 22.
  2559. Kosmynin, V. N. 1995. Corals and coral communities in the zone of volcanic activity, Rabaul volcano, Papua New Guinea. European Meeting of the International Society for Reef Studies (ISRS) and the British Ecological Society (BES), 'Biology and Geology of Coral Reefs', Abstract.
  2560. Kotler, Elaine, Ronald E. Martin, and W. David Liddell. 1992. Exerimental analysis of abrasion and dissolution resistance of modern reef-dwelling foraminifera: implications for the preservation of biogenic carbonate. Palaios 7: 244-76. abstract - fig